c SID_NEXTMARK 5c መጠቆሚያውን ወደሚቀጥለው ምልክት ማንቀሳቀሻ (ወደ ቀኝ).
c SID_PREVMARK 5d መጠቆሚያውን ቀደም ወዳለው ምልክት ማንቀሳቀሻ (ወደ ግራ).
b SID_NEXTERR 6f መጠቆሚያውን ወደሚቀጥለው ስህተት ማንቀሳቀሻ (ወደ ቀኝ ማንቀሳቀሻ).
b SID_PREVERR 70 መጠቆሚያውን ቀደም ወዳለው ስህተት ማንቀሳቀሻ (ወደ ግራ ማንቀሳቀሻ).
d .uno%3AZoomIn 38 የ formula ማሳያ መጠን መጨመሪያ በ 25%.
e .uno%3AZoomOut 38 የ formula ማሳያ መጠን መጨመሪያ በ 25%.
d .uno%3AAdjust 110 ጠቅላላ መቀመሪያውን ማሳያ በ ተቻለው ከፍተኛ መጠን አካላቶቹ በሙሉ እንዲካተቱ: መቀመሪያው ያንሳል ወይንም ይጨምራል ስለዚህ የ መቀመሪያ አካላቶች በ ስራ ቦታ ይታያሉ:
8 SID_DRAW 5a ይህ ትእዛዝ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ መስኮት ውስጥ formula ያሻሽላል
16 .uno%3ARedrawAutomatic d9 ራሱ በራሱ የተሻሻለውን formula ማሽሻሻያ: ይህን ምርጫ ካልመረጡ formula የሚሻሻውለው ይህን ሲመርጡ ነው መመልከቻ - ማሻሻያ ወይንም ይጫኑ F9.
b SID_TOOLBOX b4 እነዚህ ዝርዝሮች አንቀሳቃሾች: ተግባሮች: ምልክቶች እና አቀራረብ ናቸው በ formula ውስጥ ሊያስገቡዋቸው የሚችሉት
13 HID_SMA_XWIDESLASHY 7f Type a wideslash b in the Commands window to produce two characters with a slash (from lower left to upper right) between them.
c HID_SMA_XORY 47 ማስገቢያ የ Boolean OR ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
c HID_SMA_NEGX 48 ማስገቢያ የ Boolean NOT ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
13 HID_SMA_XSYMDIVIDEY 46 ማስገቢያ የ slash '/' ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
14 HID_SMA_XWIDEBSLASHY 80 Type a widebslash b in the Commands window to produce two characters with a slash (from upper left to lower right) between them.
d HID_SMA_XDIVY 50 ማስገቢያ የ ማካፈያ ምልክት ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
e HID_SMA_XOVERY 42 ማስገቢያ ክፍልፋይ ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
30 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_UNBINOPS_CAT 115 You can choose various unary and binary operators to build your $[officename] Math formula. Unary refers to operators that affect one placeholder. Binary refers to operators that connect two placeholders. The lower area of the Elements window displays the individual operators.
d HID_SMA_PLUSX 46 ማስገቢያ የ መደመሪያ ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_XANDY 48 ማስገቢያ የ Boolean AND ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
e HID_SMA_MINUSX 43 ማስገቢያ የ መቀነሻ ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
12 HID_SMA_PLUSMINUSX 53 ማስገቢያ የ መደመሪያ/መቀነሻ ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
12 HID_SMA_MINUSPLUSX 53 ማስገቢያ የ መደመሪያ/መቀነሻ ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
e HID_SMA_XCIRCY 4f ማስገቢያ የ concatenation sign ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
f HID_SMA_XTIMESY 49 ማስገቢያ የ 'x' multiplication ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
12 HID_SMA_XSYMTIMESY 57 ማስገቢያ የ ኮከብ ማባዣ ምልክት ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
e HID_SMA_XCDOTY 47 ማስገቢያ a dot operator ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
e HID_SMA_XPLUSY 46 ማስገቢያ የ መደመሪያ ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_XMINUSY 50 ማስገቢያ የ መቀነሻ ምልክት ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
15 HID_SMA_SUCCEEDSEQUIV 64 ማስገቢያ የ logical operator succeeds or equivalent ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
15 HID_SMA_PRECEDESEQUIV 64 ማስገቢያ የ logical operator precedes or equivalent ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
15 HID_SMA_SUCCEEDSEQUAL 5f ማስገቢያ የ logical operator succeeds or equal ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
15 HID_SMA_PRECEDESEQUAL 5f ማስገቢያ የ logical operator precedes or equal ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
13 HID_SMA_NOTSUCCEEDS 5a ማስገቢያ የ logical operator not succeeds ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
13 HID_SMA_NOTPRECEDES 5a ማስገቢያ የ logical operator not precedes ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
10 HID_SMA_SUCCEEDS 44 ማስገቢያ የ logical operator succeeds with two placeholders.
c HID_SMA_XGTY 2d ማስገቢያ የ ይበልጣል relation.
f HID_SMA_XEQUIVY 68 ማስገቢያ ባህሪ ለ identical to (congruent) relation ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
c HID_SMA_XLTY 31 ማስገቢያ የ ያንሳል ግንኙነት.
c HID_SMA_XEQY 57 ማስገቢያ የ እኩል ምልክት (=) ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
f HID_SMA_XSIMEQY 7e ማስገቢያ የ ተመሳሳይ ወይንም እኩል ይሆናል ከ ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ግንኙነት ጋር
10 HID_SMA_XAPPROXY 6a ማስገቢያ የ በግምት እኩል ይሆናል ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ግንኙነት ጋር
11 HID_SMA_XDIVIDESY 2a ማስገቢያ የ ማካፈያ ባህሪ
10 HID_SMA_PRECEDES 56 ማስገቢያ የ logical operator precedes ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
e HID_SMA_XPROPY 67 ማስገቢያ የ ተመጣጣኝ ይሆናል ከ ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ግንኙነት ጋር
d HID_SMA_XNEQY 44 The neq icon or command inserts an inequality with two placeholders.
12 HID_SMA_XPARALLELY 53 ማስገቢያ የ parallel relation with ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
11 HID_SMA_XLESLANTY 7b ማስገቢያ የ ያንሳል ወይንም እኩል ይሆናል ከ ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ግንኙነት ጋር
11 HID_SMA_XGESLANTY 7c ማስገቢያ የ ይበልጣል ወይም እኩል ይሆናል ከ  ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ግንኙነት ጋር
3b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_RELATIONS_CAT a3 You can choose among various relations to structure your $[officename] Math formula. The relation functions are displayed in the lower part of the Elements window.
c HID_SMA_XLEY 78 ማስገቢያ የ ያንሳል ወይም እኩል ይሆናል ከ ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ግንኙነት ጋር
c HID_SMA_XGEY 7b ማስገቢያ የ ይበልጣል ወይም እኩል ይሆናል ከ ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ግንኙነት ጋር
d HID_SMA_XSIMY 64 ይህ ምልክት የሚያስገባው የ similar to relation ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
10 HID_SMA_XTOWARDY 53 ማስገቢያ የ toward relation symbol ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
f HID_SMA_DLARROW 6e ማስገቢያ የ logical relation ቀስት በ ድርብ መደርደሪያ ወደ ግራ የሚጠቁም.
f HID_SMA_XORTHOY 69 ማስገቢያ ባህሪ ለ orthogonal (right angled) relation ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
10 HID_SMA_DLRARROW 8f ማስገቢያ የ logical relation ድርብ ቀስት ወደ ግራእና ወደ ቀኝ የሚያመለክት ከ ሁለት operators ጋር
12 HID_SMA_XNDIVIDESY 4a ይህ ምልክት የሚያስገባው የ አያካፍልም ባህሪ
f HID_SMA_DRARROW 7e ማስገቢያ የ logical operator ድርብ ቀስት ወደ ቀኝ የሚያመለክትከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
b HID_SMA_TOX 54 Inserts the range statement upper limit for integral and summation with placeholders
f HID_SMA_LLLINTX 59 ማስገቢያ የ triple curve integral ምልክት ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
31 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_OPERATORS_CAT 10c እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ከ ተለያዩ አንቀሳቃሽ አካሎች የ እርስዎን $[officename] ሂሳብ መቀመሪያ: ሁሉም ዝግጁ አንቀሳቃሾች በ ታችኛው ክፍል የ አካሉ መስኮት ውስጥ ይታያሉ:
c HID_SMA_LIMX 4d ማስገቢያ የ መጠን ምልክት ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
10 HID_SMA_FROMXTOY af የ መጠን አረፍተ ነገር ማስገቢያ የ ላይኛው እና የ ታችኛው መጠን ለ አስፈላጊ እና ድምር ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_INTX 4c ማስገቢያ የ integral ምልክት ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_PRODX 43 ማስገቢያ የ product sign ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_LINTX 4c ማስገቢያ የ curve integral symbol ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_COPRODX 47 ማስገቢያ የ coproduct symbol ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_SUMX 45 ማስገቢያ የ summation sign ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_IINTX 4d ማስገቢያ የ double integral symbol ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
e HID_SMA_IIINTX 49 ማስገቢያ a triple integral sign ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
e HID_SMA_LLINTX 53 ማስገቢያ የ double curve integral symbol ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_FROMX 8c ማስገቢያ የ ዝቅተኛ መጠን የ አረፍተ ነገር መጠን ለ አስፈላጊ እና ድምር በ ቦታ ያዢዎች
d HID_SMA_FACTX 45 ማስገቢያ የ factorial sign ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_ARTANHX 57 ማስገቢያ የ area hyperbolic tangent function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_TANX 47 ማስገቢያ የ tangent function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_SINX 44 ማስገቢያ የ sine function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_COSX 46 ማስገቢያ የ cosine function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_ARCOTHX 59 ማስገቢያ የ area hyperbolic cotangent function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_COTX 3d ማስገቢያ የ cotangent symbol ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_LOGX 51 ማስገቢያ የ common (base 10) logarithm ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
b HID_SMA_LNX 51 ማስገቢያ የ natural (base e) logarithm ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_NROOTXY 4b ማሳያ የ an nth root function ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
a HID_SMA_EX 31 ማስገቢያ የ natural exponential function.
d HID_SMA_SINHX 46 ማስገቢያ የ hyperbolic sine ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_ARCSINX 4b ማስገቢያ የ an arc sine function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_ABSX 4a ማስገቢያ የ absolute value sign ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
3b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_FUNCTIONS_CAT 4b ይምረጡ ተግባር በ መስኮቱ ታችኛው ክፍል ውስጥ
d HID_SMA_COSHX 4f ማስገቢያ የ hyperbolic cosine symbol ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_COTHX 52 ማስገቢያ የ hyperbolic cotangent symbol ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_SQRTX 49 ማስገቢያ የ square root symbol ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_ARCOSHX 56 ማስገቢያ የ area hyperbolic cosine function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_TANHX 50 ማስገቢያ የ hyperbolic tangent symbol ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_EXPX 4b ማስገቢያ የ exponential function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_ARCCOSX 48 ማስገቢያ የ arc cosine symbol ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_ARSINHX 54 ማስገቢያ የ area hyperbolic sine function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_ARCTANX 4b ማስገቢያ የ arc tangent function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_ARCCOTX 4d ማስገቢያ የ arc cotangent function ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
12 HID_SMA_LMRANGLEXY 38 ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ በ operator ቅንፍ
10 HID_SMA_LRGROUPX 2a ማስገቢያ የ ቡድን ቅንፎች
30 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_BRACKETS_CAT f9 እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ከ ተለያዩ የ ቅንፍ አይነቶች አካል በ $[officename] ሂሳብ መቀመሪያ: የ ቅንፍ አይነቶች በ ታችኛው ክፍል አካላቶች መስኮት ውስጥ ይታያል
10 HID_SMA_SLRCEILX 63 To insert scalable ceiling brackets, type left lceil<?>right rceil directly in the Commands window.
10 HID_SMA_LRDLINEX 4c ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ በ ድርብ ቁመት መደርደሪያ
10 HID_SMA_LRANGLEX 31 ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ angle brackets.
13 HID_SMA_SLMRANGLEXY 35 Inserts scalable operator brackets with placeholders.
f HID_SMA_LRLINEX 42 ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ በ ቁመት መደርደሪያ
10 HID_SMA_LRFLOORX 4f To insert floor brackets, type lfloor<?>rfloor directly in the Commands window.
11 HID_SMA_SLRFLOORX 63 To insert scalable floor brackets, type left lfloor<?>right rfloor directly in the Commands window.
13 HID_SMA_XOVERBRACEY 3c Inserts a scalable horizontal upper brace with placeholders.
13 HID_SMA_LRDBRACKETX 50 ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ በ ድርብ አራት ማእዘን ቅንፍ
11 HID_SMA_LRPARENTX 52 ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ በ መደበኛ ክብ ቅንፍ (parentheses).
12 HID_SMA_LRBRACKETX 46 ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ በ አራት ማእዘን ቅንፍ
11 HID_SMA_SLRDLINEX 39 Inserts scalable double vertical bars with a placeholder.
10 HID_SMA_LRBRACEX 40 ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ በ ቅንፍ (curly brackets)
12 HID_SMA_SLRPARENTX 4c ማስገቢያ scalable rounded brackets ከ አንድ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
13 HID_SMA_SLRBRACKETX 5f ሊመጠን የሚችል ስኴር ቅንፎች ማስገቢያ ከ ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
11 HID_SMA_SLRBRACEX 2b Inserts scalable braces with a placeholder.
14 HID_SMA_XUNDERBRACEY 3c Inserts a scalable horizontal lower brace with placeholders.
14 HID_SMA_SLRDBRACKETX 3a Inserts scalable double square brackets with placeholders.
10 HID_SMA_SLRLINEX 39 Inserts scalable single vertical bars with a placeholder.
11 HID_SMA_SLRANGLEX 33 Inserts scalable angle brackets with a placeholder.
f HID_SMA_LRCEILX 4f To insert ceiling brackets, type lceil<?>rceil directly in the Commands window.
c HID_SMA_BARX 46 ማስገቢያ የ መስመር ("bar") ከ ቦታ ያዢ በላይ .
c HID_SMA_HATX 3c ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር circumflex ("hat").
e HID_SMA_FONTXY 144 የ ፊደሉን አይነት ለ መቀየር ትእዛዝ ማስገቢያ: ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር: የ መጀመሪያውን ቦታ ያዢ በ ስም ይቀይረዋል በ ፊደል ማስተካከያ, Serif, Sans ወይንም የተወሰነ. ሁለተኛውን ቦታ ያዢ ይቀይረዋል በ ጽሁፍ
d HID_SMA_ITALX 48 ቦታ ያዢ ማስገቢያ ከ ማዝመሚያ አቀራረብ ጋር
e HID_SMA_BREVEX 36 ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ በ an accent breve.
e HID_SMA_TILDEX 33 ማስገቢያ ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር በ tilde.
12 HID_SMA_WIDETILDEX 37 ማስገቢያ የ wide tilde ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_CIRCLEX 3c ማስገቢያ ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር በ circle over it.
e HID_SMA_GRAVEX 3b ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ የ grave accent (grave).
10 HID_SMA_WIDEVECX 3e ማስገቢያ የ wide vector arrow ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
c HID_SMA_VECX 3a ማስገቢያ ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር በ vector arrow.
e HID_SMA_ACUTEX 32 ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ an acute accent.
d HID_SMA_DDOTX 3a ማስገቢያ የ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር two dots over it.
13 HID_SMA_OVERSTRIKEX 63 ማስገቢያ ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር መስመር (ወይንም በላዩ ላይ) መሰረዣ.
c HID_SMA_DOTX 2e ማስገቢያ ቦታ ያዢ ከ dot over it.
e HID_SMA_CHECKX 5e ማስገቢያ ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር በ reverse circumflex ("checkmark") በላዩ ላይ
32 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_ATTRIBUTES_CAT de እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ከ ተለያዩ መለያዎች በ %PRODUCTNAMEሂሳብ መቀመሪያ አንዳንድ መለያዎች የሚታዩት ከ ታችኛው አካላቶች መስኮት ስር ነው:
10 HID_SMA_WIDEHATX 44 ማስገቢያ የ wide circumflex ("hat") ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
12 HID_SMA_UNDERLINEX 39 ማስገቢያ መስመር ከ ቦታ ያዢ በ ታች
11 HID_SMA_OVERLINEX 32 ማስገቢያ ከ ቦታ ያዢ በላዩ ላይ
e HID_SMA_DDDOTX 3f ማስገቢያ ሶስት ነጥቦች ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
e HID_SMA_SIZEXY 100 የ ፊደል መጠን ለማሻሻል ትእዛዝ ማስገቢያ ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢ ጋር የ መጀመሪያው ቦታ ያዢ የሚያመለክተው የ ፊደል መጠን ነው: (ለምሳሌ, 12) እና ሁለተኛው ጽሁፍ ነው
10 HID_SMA_PHANTOMX 86 ማስገቢያ ቦታ ያዢ ለ ግልጽ ባህሪ: ይህ ባህሪ ቦታ ይወስዳል "a" ነገር ግን አያሳየውም
d HID_SMA_BOLDX 4c ማስገቢያ ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር በ ማድመቂያ አቀራረብ
f HID_SMA_ALIGNCX 68 መመደቢያ በ አግድም መሀከል ማሰለፊያ ወደ "a" እና ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
f HID_SMA_ALIGNLX 7d ይህ ምልክት መመደቢያ ነው በ ግራ- ማሰለፊያ ወደ "a" እና ቦታ ያዢ ማስገቢያ ነው
e HID_SMA_SBLANK 64 ትንሽ ክፍተት ማስገቢያ በ ቦታ ያዢ እና በ ጽሁፍ አካል መካከል
2e smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_FORMAT_CAT 10a እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ከ ተለያዩ ምርጫዎች ውስጥ አቀራረብ የ $[officename] ሂሳብ formula. የ አቀራረብ ምርጫ የሚታየው በ ታችኛው ግማሽ የ Formula አካላቶች መስኮት ውስጥ ነው:
f HID_SMA_BINOMXY 56 ማስገቢያ በ vertical stack (binomial) ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
d HID_SMA_LSUPX 5e ማስገቢያ በትንንሹ ዝቅ ብሎ መጻፊያ በ ግራ ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_BLANK 5f ይህ ምልክት ትንሽ ክፍተት ያስገባል በ ቦታ ያዢዎች መካከል
d HID_SMA_CSUPX 68 ማስገቢያ በትንንሹ ዝቅ ብሎ መጻፊያ በ ቀጥታ ከ ቦታ ያዢው በ ላይ
e HID_SMA_MATRIX 32 This icon inserts a matrix with four placeholders.
d HID_SMA_LSUBX 61 ማስገቢያ በትንንሹ ዝቅ ብሎ መጻፊያ በ ግራ ከ ቦታ ያዢው ጋር
f HID_SMA_ALIGNRX 57 ማስገቢያ ትእዛዝ በ ቀኝ ማሰለፊያ እና ከ ቦታ ያዢ ጋር
d HID_SMA_RSUPX 64 ማስገቢያ በትንንሹ ዝቅ ብሎ መጻፊያ ከ ቦታ ያዢው በ ቀኝ በኩል
d HID_SMA_RSUBX 64 ማስገቢያ በትንንሹ ዝቅ ብሎ መጻፊያ ከ ቦታ ያዢው በ ቀኝ በኩል
d HID_SMA_CSUBX 68 ማስገቢያ በትንንሹ ዝቅ ብሎ መጻፊያ በ ቀጥታ ከ ቦታ ያዢው በ ታች
f HID_SMA_NEWLINE 3e በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ አዲስ መስመር ማስገቢያ
d HID_SMA_STACK 56 ማስገቢያ በ ቁመት መከመሪያ ከ ሶስት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር
f HID_SMA_XSLASHY 52 Use this icon to insert a slash for creating a quotient set with two placeholders.
12 HID_SMA_XSETMINUSY 34 Use this icon to insert the difference set operator.
f HID_SMA_XUNIONY 66 ይህን ምልክት ይጠቀሙ ለ ማስገባት ማዋሀጃ በ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች
c HID_SMA_SETC 43 Use this icon to insert a character for the set of complex numbers.
16 HID_SMA_XINTERSECTIONY a4 ይህን ምልክት ይጠቀሙ ለ ማስገባት ከ ስብስብ አንቀሳቃሽ ከ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች ጋር የ ስብስብ መገናኛ .
c HID_SMA_SETR 40 Use this icon to insert a character for the set of real numbers.
13 HID_SMA_XNSUBSETEQY 53 Use this icon to insert the not subset or equal set operator with two placeholders.
10 HID_SMA_EMPTYSET 51 ይህን ምልክት ይጠቀሙ ለ ማስገባት የ ባዶ ስብስብ .
c HID_SMA_SETQ 44 Use this icon to insert a character for the set of rational numbers.
f HID_SMA_XNOTINY 93 ይህን ምልክት ይጠቀሙ ለ ማስገባት አክተካተተም በ ስብስብ አንቀሳቃሽ በ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች
c HID_SMA_XINY 91 ይህን ምልክት ይጠቀሙ ለ ማስገባት የ ተካትቷል በ ስብስብ አንቀሳቃሽ በ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች
35 smath%2Fui%2Ffloatingelements%2FRID_SETOPERATIONS_CAT a3 Assign different set operators to the characters in your $[officename] Math formula. The individual operators are shown in the lower section of the Elements window
11 HID_SMA_XNSUBSETY 4a Use this icon to insert the not subset set operator with two placeholders.
13 HID_SMA_XNSUPSETEQY 55 Use this icon to insert the not superset or equal set operator with two placeholders.
11 HID_SMA_XNSUPSETY 4c Use this icon to insert the not superset set operator with two placeholders.
12 HID_SMA_XSUBSETEQY 57 Use this icon to insert the is a subset or equal to set operator with two placeholders.
10 HID_SMA_XSUPSETY 4f Use this icon to insert the set operator is a superset of and two placeholders.
e HID_SMA_XOWNSY 90 ይህን ምልክት ይጠቀሙ ለ ማስገባት የ ስብስብ አንቀሳቃሽተካትቷል በ በ ሁለት ቦታ ያዢዎች
12 HID_SMA_XSUPSETEQY 5a Use this icon to insert the set operator is a super set or equal to with two placeholders.
10 HID_SMA_XSUBSETY 38 Use this icon to insert the is a subset of set operator.
c HID_SMA_SETN 43 Use this icon to insert a character for the set of natural numbers.
d HID_SMA_ALEPH 2a Use this icon to insert a cardinal number.
c HID_SMA_SETZ 41 Use this icon to insert a character for the set of whole numbers.
10 HID_SMA_DOTSDOWN 6b This icon inserts a downward diagonal ellipsis (three dots on the diagonal from upper left to lower right).
10 HID_SMA_DOTSAXIS 4f This icon inserts an axis-ellipsis (three vertically centered horizontal dots).
11 HID_SMA_DOWNARROW 45 ይህ ምልክት የሚያስገባው የ ታች ቀስት ነው
12 HID_SMA_RIGHTARROW 45 ይህ ምልክት የሚያስገባው የ ቀኝ ቀስት ነው
a HID_SMA_WP 32 This icon inserts a Weierstrass p-function symbol.
f HID_SMA_UPARROW 45 ይህ ምልክት የሚያስገባው የ ላይ ቀስት ነው
11 HID_SMA_MISC_MENU 38 የ ተለያዩ የ ሂሳብ ምልክቶች ማሳያ
f HID_SMA_DOTSLOW 3a This icon inserts an ellipsis (three low horizontal dots).
10 HID_SMA_INFINITY 20 Inserts the symbol for infinity.
e HID_SMA_FORALL 38 Inserts the symbol for a universal quantifier "for all".
f HID_SMA_PARTIAL 31 Inserts the symbol for a partial differentiation.
e HID_SMA_DOTSUP 70 This icon inserts an upward diagonal ellipsis (three dots on the diagonal from the bottom left to the top right)
a HID_SMA_IM 3e Inserts the symbol for the imaginary part of a complex number.
11 HID_SMA_NOTEXISTS 2c Inserts the symbol for an Existence quantor.
10 HID_SMA_DOTSVERT 3c This icon inserts a vertical ellipsis (three vertical dots).
e HID_SMA_EXISTS 2c Inserts the symbol for an Existence quantor.
c HID_SMA_HBAR 2a Inserts the symbol for the h-bar constant.
11 HID_SMA_LEFTARROW 45 ይህ ምልክት የሚያስገባው የ ግራ ቀስት ነው
a HID_SMA_RE 39 Inserts the symbol for the real part of a complex number.
d HID_SMA_NABLA 2f Inserts the symbol for a Nabla vector operator.
11 HID_SMA_LAMBDABAR 24 Inserts the symbol for a lambda-bar.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FfixedCB 71 እርስዎ መወሰን ይችላሉ የሚጠቀሙትን ፊደል ለ ተወሰነ ፊደል አቀራረብ
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FsansCB 69 እርስዎ መወሰን ይችላሉ የሚጠቀሙትን ፊደል ለ sans ፊደል አቀራረብ
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2Fmodify a8 Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the Fonts dialog, where you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FtextCB 67 እርስዎ መግለጽ ይችላሉ ፊደሎች ለ ቁጥሮች በ እርስዎ formula ውስጥ
32 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FfunctionCB 37 Select the fonts for names and properties of functions.
32 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FvariableCB 3b You can select the fonts for the variables in your formula.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2Fdefault 72 ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ ለውጡን እንደ ነባር ለማስቀመጥ ለሁሉም አዲስ formulas.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FserifCB 3e You can specify the font to be used for the font serif format.
30 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FnumberCB 67 እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ፊደሎች ለ ቁጥሮች በ እርስዎ formula ውስጥ
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffonttypedialog%2FFontsDialog 4f የ ፊደሎች መግለጫ ለ formula አካላቶች የሚጠቀሙበት
2a modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontdialog%2Fitalic 74 እዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ ምልክት ያድርጉ የ ማዝመሚያ መለያ ለ ፊደሉ ለ መመደብ
28 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontdialog%2Ffont 31 ፊደል ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ይምረጡ
28 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontdialog%2Fbold 74 እዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ ምልክት ያድርጉ የ ማድመቂያ መለያ ለ ፊደሉ ለ መመደብ
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontdialog%2FFontDialog 53 Use this dialog to select the font for the respective category in the Fonts dialog.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2Fdefault 69 ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ ለውጡን እንደ ነባር ለማስቀመጥ ለ አዲስ formulas.
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_limit 54 Select the relative size for the limits in a formula in proportion to the base size.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_function 6b Select the relative size for names and other function elements in a formula in proportion to the base size.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_operator 63 Select the relative size of the mathematical operators in a formula in proportion to the base size.
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_index 55 Select the relative size for the indexes in a formula in proportion to the base size.
32 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_text 40 Select the size for text in a formula relative to the base size.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FspinB_baseSize f9 All elements of a formula are proportionally scaled to the base size. To change the base size, select or type in the desired point (pt) size. You can also use other units of measure or other metrics, which are then automatically converted to points.
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Ffontsizedialog%2FFontSizeDialog 97 Use this dialog to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fspacingdialog%2Fdefault 41 Saves your changes as your default settings for all new formulas.
18 HID_SMA_LOWERBORDER_DIST 65 የ ታችኛው ድንበር የተቀመጠው በ formula እና በ መደብ መካከል ነው
18 HID_SMA_UPPERBORDER_DIST 65 የ ላይኛው ድንበር የተቀመጠው በ formula እና በ መደብ መካከል ነው
18 HID_SMA_RIGHTBORDER_DIST 5f የ ቀኝ ድንበር የተቀመጠው በ formula እና በ መደብ መካከል ነው
17 HID_SMA_LEFTBORDER_DIST 41 The left border is positioned between the formula and background.
15 HID_SMA_OPERATOR_DIST 43 Determines the horizontal distance between operators and variables.
19 HID_SMA_FRACLINE_EXCWIDTH 32 Determines the excess length of the fraction line.
14 HID_SMA_BRACKET_DIST 5a Determines the horizontal distance between the contents and the upper end of the brackets.
32 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fspacingdialog%2Fcheckbutton 1d Scales all types of brackets.
18 HID_SMA_DENOMINATOR_DIST 44 Determines the spacing between the fraction bar and the denominator.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fspacingdialog%2FSpacingDialog aa Use this dialog to determine the spacing between formula elements. The spacing is specified as a percentage in relation to the base size defined under Format - Font Size.
16 HID_SMA_NUMERATOR_DIST 42 Determines the spacing between the fraction bar and the numerator.
19 HID_SMA_BRACKET_EXCHEIGHT 6a Determines the vertical distance between the upper edge of the contents and the upper end of the brackets.
10 HID_SMA_SUP_DIST 61 በትንንሹ ከፍ ብሎ መጻፊያ ማውጫዎች መካከል ክፍተት መወሰኛ
10 HID_SMA_SUB_DIST 61 በትንንሹ ዝቅ ብሎ መጻፊያ ማውጫዎች መካከል ክፍተት መወሰኛ
11 HID_SMA_LINE_DIST 3a በ መስመሮች መካከል ክፍተት መወሰኛ
11 HID_SMA_ROOT_DIST 3a Determines the spacing between the root sign and radicals.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fspacingdialog%2Fcategory 5d This button allows you to select the category for which you would like to change the spacing.
1a HID_SMA_FRACLINE_LINEWIDTH 2b Determines the weight of the fraction line.
17 HID_SMA_UPPERLIMIT_DIST 42 Determines the spacing between the sum symbol and the upper limit.
14 HID_SMA_DEFAULT_DIST 58 በ ተለዋዋጭ እና በ አንቀሳቃሽ መካከል ክፍተት መወሰኛ
1a HID_SMA_OPERATOR_EXCHEIGHT 45 Determines the height from the variable to the operator's upper edge.
1a HID_SMA_BRACKET_EXCHEIGHT2 23 Adjusts the percentage excess size.
17 HID_SMA_LOWERLIMIT_DIST 42 Determines the spacing between the sum symbol and the lower limit.
16 HID_SMA_MATRIXROW_DIST 38 Determines the spacing between matrix elements in a row.
16 HID_SMA_MATRIXCOL_DIST 3b Determines the spacing between matrix elements in a column.
15 HID_SMA_ATTRIBUT_DIST 3e Defines the height of the symbols in relation to the baseline.
1a HID_SMA_INTERATTRIBUT_DIST 3e Determines the minimum distance between a symbol and variable.
30 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2Fdefault 69 ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ ለውጡን እንደ ነባር ለማስቀመጥ ለ አዲስ formulas.
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2Fright 57 የ ተመረጡትን አካላቶች ከ formula በ ቀኝ በኩል ማሰለፊያ
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2Fcenter 56 የ ተመረጡትን አካላቶች ከ formula መሀከል ላይ ማሰለፊያ
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2Fleft 57 የ ተመረጡትን አካላቶች ከ formula በ ግራ በኩል ማሰለፊያ
38 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Falignmentdialog%2FAlignmentDialog bd እርስዎ መግለጽ ይችላሉ ማሰለፊያ ለ በርካታ-መስመር formulas እንዲሁም ለ formulas ለ በርካታ አካላቶች በ አንድ መስመር ላይ
c SID_TEXTMODE c6 የ ጽሁፍ ዘዴ ማብሪያ ማጥፊያ መቀያየሪያ: በ ጽሁፍ ዘዴ ውስጥ formulas የሚታየው እንደ ጽሁፍ መስመር በ ተመሳሳይ እርዝመት ነው
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Fedit 52 ይጫኑ እዚህ ለ መክፈት የ ምልክቶች ማረሚያ ንግግር
30 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Fsymbolset 9a All symbols are organized into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2FCatalogDialog 8f መክፈቻ የ ምልክቶች ንግግር: እርስዎ ምልክቶች መምረጥ የሚችሉበት ለ ማስገባት ወደ formula.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fdelete 58 Click to remove the symbol shown in the left preview window from the current symbol set.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FEditSymbols d0 ይህን ንግግር ይጠቀሙ ምልክቶች ለ መጨመር ወደ ምልክት ማሰናጃ: የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ ለማረም: ወይንም የ ምልክት ማስታወሻ ለማሻሻል
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FsymbolSets f8 የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ ዝርዝር ሳጥን የያዘው ሁሉንም የ ነበሩ የ ምልክት ማሰናጃዎች ስም ነው: እርስዎ የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ ማሻሻል ወይንም አዲስ መፍጠር ይችላሉ
33 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FoldSymbols 31 የ አሁኑን ምልክት ስም ይምረጡ
2e modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Ffonts 69 የ አሁኑን ፊደል ስም ማሳያ እና የተለያ ፊደል መምረጥ ያስችሎታል
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FoldSymbolSets c1 ይህ የ ዝርዝር ሳጥን የያዘው የ አሁኑን ምልክት ማሰናጃ ነው: እርስዎ ከፈለጉ: የተለየ የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ መምረጥ ይችላሉ
30 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fsymbols d7 የ ምልክቶች ስም ዝርዝር በ አሁኑ የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ ውስጥ: ይምረጡ ስም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ወይንም ይጻፉ ስም ለ አዲስ ምልክት መጨመሪያ
36 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2FfontsSubsetLB 10d If you selected a non-symbol font in the Font list box, you can select a Unicode subset in which to place your new or edited symbol. When a subset has been selected, all symbols belonging to this subset of the current symbol set are displayed in the symbols list above.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fadd d6 ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ አሁን የሚታየውን ምልክት በ ቀኝ በኩል በ ቅድመ እይታ መስኮት ውስጥ ለ መጨመር ወደ አሁኑ የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ ውስጥ:
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fstyles 62 The current typeface is displayed. You can change the typeface by selecting one from the list box.
2f modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsymdefinedialog%2Fmodify 172 ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ አሁን የሚታየውን ምልክት ስም ለ መቀየር በ ግራ በኩል በ ቅድመ እይታ መስኮት ውስጥ: (አሮጌው ስም ይታያል በ አሮጌ ምልክት ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ:) እርስዎ ባስገቡት አዲስ ስም ይታያል በ ምልክት ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ:
1c .uno%3AImportMathMLClipboard 6b This command transforms MathML clipboard content to StarMath and inserts it at the current cursor position.
14 .uno%3AImportFormula 4e ይህ ትእዛዝ የ ንግግር መክፈቻ ነው formula ለ ማምጫ
11 SID_FORMULACURSOR 91 ይህን ምልክት ይጠቀሙ ከ እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ የ Formula መጠቆሚያ ለማብሪያ ወይንም ለማጥፊያ
18 HID_SMA_COMMAND_WIN_EDIT f8 ይጠቀሙ የ $[officename] ሂሳብ ትእዛዞች መስኮት formulas ለማስገባት እና ለማረም: እርስዎ በ ትእዛዝ መስኮት ውስጥ በሚያስገቡ ጊዜ: ውጤቱን በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ያዩታል
17 HID_TABDLG_STANDARD_BTN c2 ይጫኑ የ ተጨማሪ ቁልፍ ንግግሩን ለማስፋት ተጨማሪ ምርጫዎች ለማሳየት፡ ይጫኑ እንደገና ንግግሩን እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ
14 HID_TABDLG_RESET_BTN 5f እንደ ነበር መመለሻ የ ተሻሻሉ ዋጋዎችን ወደ ነባር ዋጋቸው
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
17 DBACCESS_HID_DBWIZ_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
17 SVX_HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 40 አሁን የተመረጠውን በቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
1b CUI_HID_MEASURE_CTL_PREVIEW 40 አሁን የተመረጠውን በቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fstandardfilterdialog%2Frbcopyarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fadvancedfilterdialog%2Frbfilterarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fassign 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconditionalformatdialog%2Frbassign 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fassignrb 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatcol 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptionsdialog%2Frevert 6e የተሻሻሉትን ዋጋዎች እንደነበር መመለሻ ወደ $[officename] ነባር ዋጋቸው
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbrepeatrow 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DEL 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
23 hid%2Fcui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign2 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdestarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
15 SW_HID_MD_GLOS_DELETE 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Frowref 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmanagenamesdialog%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fautoformattable%2Fremove 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortslist%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2a sw%3APushButton%3ADLG_BIB_BASE%3APB_DELETE 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CREATE 4d ሁሉንም ለውጦች መፈጸሚያ እና አዋቂውን መዝጊያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
1e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
11 WIZARDS_HID0_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDCANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
39 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fdefinedatabaserangedialog%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmacropage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fformulasref 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
13 WIZARDS_HID0_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDNEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
1a ui%2Fgradientpage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fnamerangesdialog%2Frbassign 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_0_CMDCANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDFINISH 4d ሁሉንም ለውጦች መፈጸሚያ እና አዋቂውን መዝጊያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmultipathdialog%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Flibrary 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fdelete 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Frbdataarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_DELETE 64 የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ከ ማረጋገጫ በኋላ ማጥፊያ
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDCANCEL 60 ከተጫኑ መሰረዣ ንግግሩ ይዘጋል የፈጸሙት ለውጥ አይቀመጥም
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fmultipleoperationsdialog%2Fcolref 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconsolidatedialog%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fprintareasdialog%2Frbprintarea 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
33 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fcustomslideshows%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fdelete 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdelabbrev 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdeldouble 5d የተመረጠውን አካል ወይንም አካሎች ያለ ማረጋገጫ ማጥፊያ
2d modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fcatalogdialog%2Finsert 6b የ ተሻሻለውን ወይንም የ ተመረጠውን ዋጋ ንግግሩ ሳይዘጋ መፈጸሚያ
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpivottablelayoutdialog%2Fdestination-button 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fformulabutton 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
1c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_NEXT 11a ይጫኑ የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ ፡ እና አዋቂው ይጠቀማል የ አሁኑን ንግግር ማሰናጃዎች እና ይቀጥላል ወደሚቀጥለው ደረጃ ፡ በ መጨረሻው ደረጃ ክሆኑ ይህ ቁልፍ ይቀየራል ወደ መፍጠሪያ.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fgoalseekdlg%2Fvarbutton 1b5 ይጫኑ የ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ንግግሩን ለማሳነስ ከ ማስገቢያው ሜዳ እኩል ለማድረግ: ከዛ በኋላ ቀላል ይሆናል ምልክት ለማድረግ የሚፈለገውን ማመሳከሪያ በ ወረቀቱ ውስጥ:ምልክቱ ራሱ በራሱ ይቀየራል ወደ ማሳደጊያ ምልክት: ይጫኑ እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ንግግሩን ወደ ዋናው መጠን
38 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryupdateprogress%2FGalleryUpdateProgress 6f ማሻሻያውን በ መስኮት ውስጥ መመልከቻ ወይንም በ ተመረጠው እቃ ውስጥ
1a SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_RENAME 28 Enables a selected object to be renamed.
1f SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_OPEN_OBJECT 78 ይጠቀሙ የ መክፈቻ ትእዛዝ ለ መክፈት የ ተመረጠውን እቃ በ አዲስ ስራ ውስጥ
1b SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_DESTROY 99 Deletes the current selection. If multiple objects are selected, all will be deleted. In most cases, a security query appears before objects are deleted.
18 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_COPY 51 የተመረጠውን አካል ወደ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ኮፒ ማድረጊያ
19 HID_GALLERY_MN_BACKGROUND 4d የተመረጠውን ምስል እንደ መደብ ንድፍ ማስገቢያ
19 SID_EXPLORERCONTENT_PASTE 46 Inserts the element that you moved to the clipboard into the document.
17 HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML 50 By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.
11 .uno%3AActiveHelp 53 Enables the display of a brief description of menus and icons at the mouse pointer.
e .uno%3AHelpTip 4f Enables the display of icon names at the mouse pointer and other Help contents.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressnone 32 Specifies that you do not wish to use compression.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor2rb 3b ፋይል በጥቁር እና ነጭ ቀለም መላኪያ
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolor1rb 23 ፋይል በቀለም መላኪያ
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel2rb 73 Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Flevel1rb 8c Compression is not available at this level. Select the Level 1 option if your PostScript printer does not offer the capabilities of Level 2.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftiffpreviewcb 6a Specifies whether a preview image is exported in the TIFF format together with the actual PostScript file.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Finterlacedcb 40 Specifies whether the graphic is to be saved in interlaced mode.
21 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Ftextcb 57 Exports the file in ASCII text format. The resulting file is larger than a binary file.
2d svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fsavetransparencycb ba Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionlb 4b Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.
28 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fepsipreviewcb b6 Specifies whether a monochrome preview graphic in EPSI format is exported together with the PostScript file. This format only contains printable characters from the 7-bit ASCII code.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionpngnf 62 Sets the compression for the export. A high compression means a smaller, but slower to load image.
2e svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fresolutionmf-nospin 4b Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.
26 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompresslzw 66 LZW compression is the compression of a file into a smaller file using a table-based lookup algorithm.
27 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcolordepthlb 69 ይምረጡ የ ቀለም ጥልቀት ከ 8 bit ጥቁር እና ነጭ ወይንም 24 bit true color.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthlb 1c ስፋቱን ይወስናል
2a svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fheightmf-nospin 22 እርዝመቱን ይወስናል
20 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Frlecb 36 Applies RLE (Run Length Encoding) to the BMP graphics.
2b svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fcompressionjpgnf 79 Sets the quality for the export. Choose from a low quality with minimal file size, up to a high quality and big file size
29 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fwidthmf-nospin 2c የመለኪያ ክፍሎችን መወሰኛ
23 svt%2Fui%2Fgraphicexport%2Fbinarycb 52 Exports the file in binary format. The resulting file is smaller than a text file.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetlist 41 Select the character set from the options used for import/export.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffixedwidth 56 ሁሉንም የ ዳታ ሜዳዎች መላኪያ በ ተወሰነ የስፋት ልክ
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fasshown bc Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fquoteall c0 Exports all text cells with leading and trailing quote characters as set in the Text delimiter box. If not checked, only those text cells get quoted that contain the Field delimiter character.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ftext 44 Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Ffield 41 Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fimoptdialog%2Fcharsetdropdown 2c Specifies the character set for text export.
3b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fdetectspecialnumbers 9e When this option is enabled, Calc will automatically detect all number formats, including special number formats such as dates, time, and scientific notation.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftextdelimiter 5c Select a character to delimit text data. You can can also enter a character in the text box.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fmergedelimiters 3e Combines consecutive delimiters and removes blank data fields.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Finputother 88 Separates data into columns using the custom separator that you specify. Note: The custom separator must also be contained in your data.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcharset b2 When this option is enabled, fields or cells whose values are quoted in their entirety (the first and last characters of the value equal the text delimiter) are imported as text.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcolumntype 5f Choose a column in the preview window and select the data type to be applied the imported data.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Flanguage 2f Determines how the number strings are imported.
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftoseparatedby 27 Select the separator used in your data.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fcomma 30 Separates data delimited by commas into columns.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ffromrow 35 Specifies the row where you want to start the import.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftofixedwidth 45 Separates fixed-width data (equal number of characters) into columns.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Ftab 2e Separates data delimited by tabs into columns.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2FTextImportCsvDialog 2b Sets the import options for delimited data.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fsemicolon 34 Separates data delimited by semicolons into columns.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftextimportcsv%2Fspace 30 Separates data delimited by spaces into columns.
2f SD%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_CUT 72 Specifies that anything extending beyond the maximum print range will be cut off and not included in the printing.
32 SD%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS%3ARBT_POSTER 3f Specifies whether to distribute the printout on multiple pages.
25 SD%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_PRINT_WARNINGS 64 The Warning Print Options dialog appears when the page setup does not match the defined print range.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flf 2d Produces a "Linefeed" as the paragraph break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcr 34 Produces a "Carriage Return" as the paragraph break.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcrlf 4a Produces a "Carriage Return" and a "Linefeed". This option is the default.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Flanguage 78 Specifies the language of the text, if this has not already been defined. This setting is only available when importing.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Ffont 93 By setting a default font, you specify that the text should be displayed in a specific font. The default fonts can only be selected when importing.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fasciifilterdialog%2Fcharset 3d Specifies the character set of the file for export or import.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerytitledialog%2FGalleryTitleDialog 4b ለ ተመረጠው የ አዳራሽ እቃ አርእስት መመደቢያ
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_PREVIEW 5f የ ቅድመ እይታ ትእዛዝ የሚያሳየው የ ተመረጠውን ንድፍ ነው
17 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD_LINK 52 የ ተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ እቃ እንደ አገናኝ ማስገቢያ
15 HID_GALLERY_MN_DELETE 58 የ ተመረጠውን ንድፍ ማጥፊያ ማረጋገጫ ከ ተጠየቀ በኋላ
12 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD 91 የ ተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ እቃ ኮፒ በቀጥታ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ እንዴት እንደሚገባ መወሰኛ
16 HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU 7d የ ተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ እቃ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ እንዴት እንደሚገባ መወሰኛ
19 HID_MN_READONLY_PLUGINOFF 1b Disables inserted plug-ins.
1a HID_MN_READONLY_GRAPHICOFF 4b ሁሉም ንድፎች በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ እንዲታዩ ማሰናጃ
1b HID_MN_READONLY_LOADGRAPHIC 64 If you have deactivated the graphics display, choose the Load Graphics command to make them visible.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_COPYGRAPHIC 2b Copies a selected graphic to the clipboard.
1e HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEBACKGROUND 30 Allows you to save the background of a Web page.
18 HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK 36 Copies the link at the mouse pointer to the clipboard.
1b HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC 4d የ ተመረጠውን ንድፍ ለማስቀመጥ ንግግር መክፈቻ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgallerygeneralpage%2Fname 1f Displays the name of the theme.
b slot%3A5500 84 የነበረውን ቴምፕሌት በመጠቀም አዲስ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ወይንም ናሙና ሰነድ መክፈቻ
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21053 2e አዲስ የ XForms ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ
10 .uno%3AAddDirect 31 መፍጠሪያ አዲስ $[officename] ሰነድ
16 HID_TBXCONTROL_FILENEW 77 መፍጠሪያ አዲስ $[officename] ሰነድ: የ ሰነዱን አይነት ለመምረጥ ቀስቱን ይጫኑ
d .uno%3ANewDoc 5d ከ ቴምፕሌት ሰነድ መፍጠር ከፈለጉ ይጫኑ አዲስ - ቴምፕሌት
19 private%3Afactory%2Fscalc 57 አዲስ የ ሰንጠረዥ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ($[officename] ሰንጠረዥ).
2c private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2FGlobalDocument 34 አዲስ የ ዋናውን ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ
28 private%3Afactory%2Fsimpress%3Fslot=6686 a2 አዲስ የ ማቅረቢያ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ($[officename] ማስደነቂያ). ካስነሱት የማቅረቢያ አዋቂ ንግግር ይታያል
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsmath 4a አዲስ የ formula ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ($[officename] ሂሳብ).
19 private%3Afactory%2Fsdraw a6 አዲስ የ ማቅረቢያ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ($[officename] ማስደነቂያ). ካስነሱት፡ የ ማቅረቢያ አዋቂ ንግግር ይታያል
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21051 e0 የ ምልክቶች ንግግር መክፈቻ: የ እርስዎን ምልክቶች ምርጫ የሚያሰናዱበት እና አዲስ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ለ ምልክቶች የሚፈጥሩበት ($[officename] Writer).
2f service%3Acom.sun.star.sdb.DatabaseWizardDialog 62 የ ዳታቤዝ አዋቂ መክፈቻ፡ አዲስ የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ለመፍጠሪያ
2b private%3Afactory%2Fsdatabase%3FInteractive 62 የ ዳታቤዝ አዋቂ መክፈቻ፡ አዲስ የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ለመፍጠሪያ
28 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%3Fslot=21052 f0 የ ንግድ ካርድ ንግግር መክፈቻ: የ እርስዎን የ ንግድ ካርድ ምርጫ የሚያሰናዱበት እና አዲስ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ለ ንግድ ካርድ የሚፈጥሩበት ($[officename] Writer).
1b private%3Afactory%2Fswriter 4f አዲስ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ ($[officename] መጻፊያ).
21 private%3Afactory%2Fswriter%2Fweb 2d አዲስ የ HTML ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ.
37 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_EDIT 78 የተመረጠውን ሰነድ መክፈቻ ወይንም በተመረጠው ቴምፕሌት ሰነድ መፍጠሪያ .
39 SVTOOLS_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_DOCTEMPLATE_BTN_DOCTEMPLATE_MANAGE 96 ቴምፕሌቶች ወይንም ናሙና ሰነዶችን መጨመር፡ ማስወገድ፡ እና እንደገና ማዘጋጀት ያስችሎታል
1a HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_DOCINFO 57 የ ተመረጠውን ቴምፕሌት ወይንም ሰነድ ባህሪዎች ማሳያ
17 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREV 35 አንድ ፎልደር ወደ ላይ መሄጃ ካለ
1a HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PREVIEW 72 የ ተመረጠውን ቴምፕሌት ወይንም ሰነድ በ ቅድመ እይታ ማየት ያስችሎታል
18 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_FILEVIEW 14b ዝግጁ የ ቴምፕሌት ዝርዝር ወይንም ሰነድ ለተመረጠው ምድብ ይታያል: ቴምፕሌት ወይንም ሰነድ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ. ሰነዱ በ ቅድመ እይታ ለማየት: ይጫኑ ቅድመ እይታ ቁልፍ ከ ሳጥኑ በላይ በ ቀኝ በኩል
18 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_PRINT 8c ቴምፕሌት እና ሰነዶችን በ ቅድመ እይታ ማየት ያስችሎታል እንዲሁም የ ሰነድ ባህሪዎችን
17 HID_TEMPLATEDLG_TB_BACK 4d ቀደም ወዳለው መስኮት ንግግር መሄድ ያስችሎታል
1c SVT_HID_TEMPLATEDLG_ICONCTRL 115 ምምድቦች በ ሳጥን ውስጥ ይታያሉ በ ግራ በኩል በ ቴምፕሌት እና ሰነዶች ንግግር  ውስጥ. ይጫኑ የ ምድብ ማሳያውን ከ ምድብ ጋር የተዛመዱ ፋይሎችን ለማሳየት በ አርእስት ሳጥን
29 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeldialog%2Fok 33 አዲስ ሰነድ ለማረሚያ መፍጠሪያ
13 .uno%3AInsertLabels 7d ምልክቶች መፍጠር ያስችሎታል: ምልክቶች መፍጠር የሚቻለው በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ነው:
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftype 173 ይምረጡ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን መጠን አቀራረብ: ዝግጁ የሆነው አቀራረብ እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ አይነቱ ይወሰናል የ Brand ዝርዝር መጠቀም ከ ፈለጉ ምልክት ማስተካከያ አቀራረብ: ይምረጡ [User], እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አቀራረብ tab አቀራረብ ለመግለጽ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fbrand 4d መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ወረቀት አይነት ይምረጡ
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fcontinuous 46 ምልክቶችን በሚቀጥለው ወረቀት ላይ ማተሚያ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftable 89 ለ እርስዎ ምልክት መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ሜዳ(ዎች) የያዘውን ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ ይምረጡ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Finsert e0 እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳ ይምረጡ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ቀስት ወደ ግራ በዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ ሜዳ ለማስገባት ወደ የ ጽሁፍ ምልክት ሳጥን.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fdatabase 75 ለ እርስዎ ምልክት እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ዳታቤዝ ይምረጡ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Fsheet 4a ምልክቶችን በ እያንዳንዱ ወረቀት ላይ ማተሚያ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Faddress b3 ምልክት መፍጠሪያ በ እርስዎ መመለሻ አድራሻ: አሁን ያለውን ጽሁፍ በ ምልክት ጽሁፍ  ሳጥን ውስጥ ተደርቦ ተጽፏል
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2Ftextview 9d እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ በ ምልክት ላይ ማስገቢያ: እንዲሁም የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳ ማስገባት ይችላሉ
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardmediumpage%2FCardMediumPage 66 የ ምልክት ጽሁፍ ይወስኑ እና ይምረጡ የ ወረቀት መጠን ለምልክቱ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fwidth b9 የ ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ስፋት ማሳያ: እርስዎ መግለጽ ከ ፈለጉ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን እዚህ ያስገቡ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fhori ea ማሳያ እርቀት ከ ገጹ ግራ ጠርዝ ምልክቱ አጠገብ ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ድረስ: እርስዎ የሚወስኑ ከሆነ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን አሁን ይወስኑ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Ftype 43 የምልክት አይነት ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fvert 133 ማሳያ እርቀት ከ ምልክቱ የ ላይ ጠርዝ ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ የ ላይ ጠርዝ የ ምልክቱ ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ በቀጥታ ከታች: እርስዎ የሚወስኑ ከሆነ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን አሁን ይወስኑ.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fheight c0 የ ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ እርዝመት ማሳያ: እርስዎ መግለጽ ከ ፈለጉ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን እዚህ ያስገቡ.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fsavelabeldialog%2Fbrand 49 ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ የሚፈልጉትን አይነት
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fleft 10f ማሳያ እርቀት ከ ገጹ ግራ ጠርዝ እስከ ግራ ጠርዝ የ መጀመሪያው ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ድረስ: እርስዎ የሚወስኑ ከሆነ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን አሁን ይወስኑ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fcols ad የ ምልክቶች ቁጥር ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ: በ እርስዎ የ ክፍተት ስፋት ገጽ ላይ የሚፈልጉትን
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Ftop 10f ማሳያ እርቀት ከ ገጹ ላይ ጠርዝ እስከ ላይ ጠርዝ የ መጀመሪያው ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ድረስ: እርስዎ የሚወስኑ ከሆነ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ዋጋውን አሁን ይወስኑ
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2FLabelFormatPage 40 የ ወረቀት አቀራረብ ምርጫዎችን ማሰናጃ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Frows b3 የ ምልክቶች ቁጥር ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ: በ እርስዎ የ ክፍተት እርዝመት ገጽ ላይ የሚፈልጉትን
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabelformatpage%2Fsave 62 የ አሁኑን ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ አቀራረብ ማስቀመጫ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsetup 37 መክፈቻ የ ማተሚያ ማሰናጃ ንግግር
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ffloatingsync%2Fsync e4 ኮፒ ማድረጊያ ከ ምልክቱ ከ ላይ በ ግራ በኩል ያሉትን ይዞታዎች ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርድ ወደ ቀሩት ምልክቶች ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች በ ገጹ ላይ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Frows 9c የ ረድፎች ቁጥር ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ: በ እርስዎ ገጽ ላይ የሚፈልጉትን
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsinglelabel 5e ነጠላ ምልክት ወይንም  የ ንግድ ካርዶች በ ገጹ ላዩ ማተሚያ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fcols a0 የ ምልክቶች ቁጥር ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ: በ እርስዎ የ ረድፉ ገጽ ላይ የሚፈልጉትን
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fentirepage 58 በሙሉ ገጽ  ምልክቶች ወይንም የንግድ ካርዶች መፍጠሪያ
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2Fsynchronize 12d እርስዎን ነጠላ ምልክት ማረም ያስችላል ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች እና ይዞታዎችን ማሻሻል: ቀሪውን ምልክቶች ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች በ ገጹ ላይ እርስዎ ሲጫኑ የ ምልክቶች ማስማሚያ ቁልፍ.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Flabeloptionspage%2FLabelOptionsPage c3 ተጨማሪ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ ለ እርስዎ ምልክት ወይንም የ ንግድ ካርዶች: የ ጽሁፍ ማስማሚያ እና የ ማተሚያ ማሰናጃዎች ያካትታል
19 .uno%3AInsertBusinessCard 4f ይንደፉ እና ይፍጠሩ የ ራስዎትን የ ንግድ ካርዶች
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE 17c ይምረጡ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን መጠን አቀራረብ: እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ ዝግጁ የሆነው አቀራረብ አይነቱ ይወሰናል የ አይነት  ዝርዝር: መጠቀም ከ ፈለጉ የ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ: ይምረጡ [ተጠቃሚ], እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አቀራረብ tab tአቀራረብ ለመግለጽ
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND 4d መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ወረቀት አይነት ይምረጡ
1b HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET 52 የ ንግድ ካርዶች በ እያንዳንዱ ወረቀት ላይ ማተሚያ
1a HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT 4e የ ንግድ ካርዶች በሚቀጥለው ወረቀት ላይ ማተሚያ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Fautotext 75 ይምረጡ የ ንግድ ካርድ ምድብ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እቅድ ከ ይዞታ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2Ftreeview ae ይምረጡ የ ንግድ ካርድ ምድብ ከ በራሱ ጽሁፍ - ክፍል ሳጥን ውስጥ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እቅድ ከ ይዞታ ዝርዝር ውስጥ.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcardformatpage%2FCardFormatPage 4b የ እርስዎን የ ንግድ ካርዶች አቀራረብ መግለጫ
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Furl 4a የ ድህረ ገጽ አድራሻዎን ያስገቡ ለኢንተርኔት
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fmobile 3e የ ተንቀሳቃሽ ስልክ ቁጥርዎን ያስገቡ.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fphone 31 የ ቤት ስልክ ቁጥርዎን ያስገቡ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fcountry 33 የሚኖሩበትን አገር ስም ያስገቡ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fshortname2 6a መነሻ ስም ያስገቡ እንደ ሁለተኛ ግንኙነት ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Flastname2 6e የ አባት ስም ያስገቡ እንደ ሁለተኛ ግንኙነት ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Fjob 26 የሞያዎትን ስም ያስገቡ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprivateuserpage%2Ffirstname2 60 ስም ያስገቡ እንደ ሁለተኛ ግንኙነት ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fmobile 37 የ ተንቀሳቃሽ ስልክ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fphone 2e የ ንግድ ስልክ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fstate 39 ድርጅቱ የሚገኝበትን አገር ያስገቡ
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Furl 59 የ ድርጅቱን የ ድህረ ገጽ አድራሻ ያስገቡ ለ ኢንተርኔት
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fslogan 2d የ ድርጅቱን መፈክር ያስገቡ
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2Fcompany2 3a ተጨማሪ የ ድርጅት ዝርዝር ማስገቢያ
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fbusinessdatapage%2FBusinessDataPage 10f ለ ንግድ ካርዶች የ ግኑኙነት መረጃዎችን ይዟል: የ ንግድ ካርዶች እቅድ ከ 'ንግድ ካርዶች ስራ' ምድብ ውስጥ ይምረጡ: የ ንግድ ካርዶች እቅድ የሚመርጡት ከ ንግድ ካርዶች tab.
15 HID_FILEOPEN_READONLY 31 መክፈቻ ፋይል ለንባብ-ብቻ ዘዴ
16 HID_FILEDLG_INSERT_BTN 71 የተመረጠውን ፋይል ያስገባል ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ
28 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fopen 35 መክፈቻ የተመረጠውን ሰነድ(ዶች).
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_type ce ይምረጡ መክፈት የሚፈልጉትን ፋይል አይነት: ወይንም ይምረጡ ሁሉንም ፋይሎች (*) በ ፎልደሩ ውስጥ ያሉትን ዝርዝር ፋይሎች ለማየት
36 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2FExplorerFileDialog 2d ፋይል መክፈቻ ወይንም ማምጫ
2e fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fnew_folder 26 አዲስ ፎልደር መፍጠሪያ
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_RENAME 8a ፋይል እንደገና ለመሰየም ፋይሉ ላይ በቀኝ-ይጫኑ እና ከዛ ይምረጡ እንደገና መሰየሚያ.
2d fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Ffile_name be የ ፋይል ስም ወይንም መንገድ ለ ፋይሉ ያስገቡ: እንዲሁም ማስገባት ይችላሉ የURL አሰራር የሚጀምር በ ftp, http, ወይንም https.
18 SVT_HID_FILEOPEN_LEVELUP 94 በ ፎልደር ውስጥ አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ: በ ረጅም-ይጫኑ ለ ማየት የ ፎልደሮች ደረጃ
18 HID_FILEVIEW_MENU_DELETE 64 ፋይል ለማጥፋት በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ ፋይሉን እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ማጥፊያ.
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fyes 63 ይጫኑ በ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ ስሙ የሚታየውን ፋይል ለ ማጥፋት
14 HID_FILEOPEN_VERSION 9f የተመረጠው ፋይል አይነት በርካታ ፋይሎች ካሉ: ይምረጡ እርስዎ መክፈት የሚፈልጉትን እትም አይነት
22 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fall 3c ይጫኑ የተመረጡትን ፋይሎች ለማጥፋት
14 HID_FILEDLG_STANDARD 5b ፋይሎች እና ፎልደሮች ማሳያ አሁን ባሉበት ፎልደር ውስጥ
21 svt%2Fui%2Fquerydeletedialog%2Fno 63 ይጫኑ በ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ ስሙ የሚታየውን ፋይል ለ መሰረዝ
19 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME 51 መንገዱን ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ
14 HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN 30 የ ተመረጠውን መንገድ መምረጫ
33 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_FILTER_SELECT%3ALB_DLG_LISTBOX 55 ይምረጡ የ ማምጫ ማጣሪያ ለ መክፈት ለሚፈልጉት ፋይል
f .uno%3ACloseDoc 48 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ መዝጊያ ከ ፕሮግራሙ ሳይወጣ
b .uno%3ASave 29 የአሁኑን ሰነድ ማስቀመጫ
1c HID_FILESAVE_CUSTOMIZEFILTER 89 የ ሰንጠረዥ ማስቀመጫ ምርጫ ለ አንዳንድ የ ዳታ ፋይሎች አይነት ማሰናዳት ያስችሎታል
35 fpicker%2Fui%2Fexplorerfiledialog%2Fconnect_to_server 7f Opens a dialog where you can set up connection to various types of servers, including WebDAV, FTP, SSH, Windows Share and CMIS.
14 HID_FILESAVE_LEVELUP 94 በ ፎልደር ውስጥ አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ: በ ረጅም-ይጫኑ ለ ማየት የ ፎልደሮች ደረጃ
1c HID_FILESAVE_CREATEDIRECTORY 26 አዲስ ፎልደር መፍጠሪያ
16 HID_FILESAVE_SELECTION ef የ ተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ እቃ መላኪያ ወደ %PRODUCTNAME መሳያ እና ማስደነቂያ ወደ ሌላ አቀራረብ: እዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ ምልክት ከተደረገ: ጠቅላላ ሰነዱ ይላካል
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILEVIEW 5b ፋይሎች እና ፎልደሮች ማሳያ አሁን ባሉበት ፎልደር ውስጥ
14 HID_FILESAVE_FILEURL 7b የ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ ወይንም መንገድ ለ ፋይሉ: እንዲሁም ማስገባት ይችላሉ URL
1f SVT_HID_FILESAVE_PLACES_LISTBOX 85 ማሳያ "የምወዳቸው" ቦታዎች: ማለት አቋራጮች ወደ አካባቢ ወይንም የ ሩቅ አካባቢዎች
15 HID_FILESAVE_FILETYPE 65 እርስዎ ማስቀመጥ ለሚፈልጉት ሰነድ የ ፋይል አቀራረብ ይምረጡ:
13 HID_FILESAVE_DOSAVE 19 ፋይል ማስቀመጫ
13 HID_FILESAVE_DIALOG 8e የ አሁኑን ሰነድ በተለየ አካባቢ ማስቀመጫ: ወይንም በተለየ የ ፋይል ስም ወይንም አይነት
1d HID_FILESAVE_SAVEWITHPASSWORD 80 ፋይሉን ይጠብቃል በ መግቢያ ቃል  ተጠቃሚው ማስገባት አለበት ፋይሉን ለ መክፈት
f .uno%3AExportTo 82 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ በተለየ ስም እና አቀራረብ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት አካባቢ ማስቀመጫ
1c .uno%3ASetDocumentProperties a3 የ አሁኑን ፋይል ባህሪዎች ማሳያ: እንደ statistics የ ቃላት ቆጠራ እና ፋይሉ የተፈጠረበትን ቀን የመሳሰሉ
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fkeywords ad Enter the words that you want to use to index the content of your document. Keywords must be separated by commas. A keyword can contain white space characters or semicolons.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fsubject ac ለ ሰነዱ ጉዳይ ያስገቡ: እርስዎ መጠቀም ይችላሉ ተመሳሳይ ይዞታ ያላቸውን ሰነዶች በ ጉዳይ በ ቡድን ማድረግ
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Ftitle 29 ለሰነዱ አርእስት ያስገቡ
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2Fcomments 55 አስተያየቶች ያስገቡ ሰነዱን ለመለየት እንዲረዳዎት
34 sfx%2Fui%2Fdescriptioninfopage%2FDescriptionInfoPage 31 ስለ ሰነዱ መግለጫ መረጃ ይዟል
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Freset 10e እንደ ነበር መመለሻ የ ማረሚያ ጊዜ ወደ ዜሮ: የ ተፈጠረበትን ቀን ወደ ዛሬ ቀን እና ሰአት: እና እትሙን ወደ ቁጥር 1. የ ተሻሻለበት ቀን እና የ ታተመበት ቀን በሙሉ ይጠፋል
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fuserdatacb c0 የ ተጠቃሚውን ሙሉ ስም ከ ፋይሉ ጋር ማስቀመጫ: ስሙን ማረም ይችላሉ በ መምረጥ መሳሪያ - ምርጫ - $[officename] - የ ተጠቃሚ ዳታ.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2Fnameed 1d የፋይል ስም ማሳያ
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fdocumentinfopage%2FDocumentInfoPage 3e ስለ አሁኑ ፋይል መሰረታዊ መረጃ ይዟል
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fadd 52 ይጫኑ አዲስ ረድፍ ወደ ባህሪዎች ዝርዝር ለ መጨመር
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2Fproperties ae Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fcustominfopage%2FCustomInfoPage 72 በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ መረጃ ሜዳዎች ማስተካከያ መመደብ ያስችሎታል
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstatisticsinfopage%2FStatisticsInfoPage 2c ለ አሁኑ ፋይል statistics ማሳያ
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Fprotect 129 ለውጥ ከ መመዝገብ መቀየር ይጠብቀዋል: ለውጥ መመዝገብ ከ ተጠበቀ ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ: ቁልፉ ይሰየማል አትጠብቅ. ይጫኑ አትጠብቅ እና ይጻፉ ትክክለኛውን የ መግቢያ ቃል ጥበቃውን ለማሰናከል
2b sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Frecordchanges c0 ይምረጡ ለውጦችን መመዝገብ እንዲችል ለማስቻል ይህ ተመሳሳይ ነው ከ ማረሚያ - ለውጦችን መከታተያ - ለውጦችን መመዝገብ.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2Freadonly 56 ይምረጡ ይህ ሰነድ ሲከፈት በ ንባብ-ዘዴ ብቻ ለማስቻል
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fsecurityinfopage%2FSecurityInfoPage 46 ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ የ መግቢያ ቃል ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
13 .uno%3ATemplateMenu b0 የ እርስዎን ቴምፕሌቶች ማደራጀት እና ማረም ያስችሎታል: እንዲሁም የ አሁኑን ፋይል እንደ ቴምፕሌት ማስቀመጥ
29 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fassign 76 ይምረጡ ሜዳ ከ ዳታ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ከ አድራሻ ደብተር ጋር የሚመሳሰለውን
28 svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fadmin 63 አዲስ የ ዳታ ምንጭ መጨመሪያ ለ አድራሻ ደብተር ምንጭ ዝርዝር
2c svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatatable 52 ለ እርስዎ አድራሻ ደብተር የ ዳታ ሰንጠረዥ ይምረጡ
2d svt%2Fui%2Faddresstemplatedialog%2Fdatasource 4c ለ እርስዎ አድራሻ ደብተር የ ዳታ ምንጭ ይምረጡ
18 .uno%3AAddressBookSource 6e ለ እርስዎ አድራሻ ደብተር የ ሜዳ መመደቢያ ማረሚያ እና የ ዳታ ምንጭ
32 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_ORGANIZE a3 መክፈቻ የ ቴምፕሌት አስተዳዳሪ ንግግር እርስዎ አዲስ ቴምፕሌት የሚፈጥሩበት ወይንም የሚያደራጁበት
2e SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ABT_EDIT 43 የ ተመረጠውን ቴምፕሌት ለማረሚያ መክፈቻ
32 SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_STYLESHEETS 41 ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ ቴምፕሌት ምድቦች ዝርዝር
2e SFX2%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3ALB_SECTION 49 አዲሱ ቴምፕሌት የሚቀመጥበትን ምድብ ይምረጡ
28 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ADLG_DOC_TEMPLATE%3AED_NAME 27 ለ ቴምፕሌቱ ስም ያስገቡ
15 .uno%3ASaveAsTemplate 44 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ እንደ ቴምፕሌት ማስቀመጫ
13 .uno%3AOpenTemplate 5a እርስዎ ቴምፕሌት ለ ማረም የሚመርጡበት ንግግር መክፈቻ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A3 a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A2 83 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer so they fit on the paper in the printer.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A0 57 ተንሸራታች በ ገጽ ውስጥ እንዴት እንደሚመጠን መወሰኛ
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A2 52 ቀለሞች በ ጥቁር እና ነጭ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A1 52 ቀለሞች በ ጥቁር እና ነጭ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintHidden%3ACheckBox 44 የ ተደበቁ ገጾች ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
3a .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPageOrder%3AListBox 5b ምን ያህል ተንሸራታች በ ገጽ ውስጥ እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A2 76 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የተመረጠውን ቦታ(ዎች) ወይንም አቃ(ዎች) ብቻ ማተሚያ
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintName%3ACheckBox 45 የ ሰነዱ ገጽ ስም ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
2e .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageRange%3AEdit 142 የ ገጾች መጠን ለማተም: ይህን አቀራረብ ይጠቀሙ እንደ 3-6. ነጠላ ገጽ ለማተም: ይህን አቀራረብ ይጠቀሙ እንደ 7;9;11. የ ተቀላቀሉ ገጾች መጠን እና ነጠላ ገጾች ለማተም: ይህን አቀራረብ ይጠቀሙ እንደ 3-6;8;10;12.
24 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinttofile 49 ወደ ማተሚያ ከ ማተም ይልቅ ወደ ፋይል ማተሚያ
40 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPicturesAndObjects%3ACheckBox a7 ንድፎች እና ስእሎች ወይንም የ OLE እቃዎች በ እርስዎ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ላይ የ ገቡ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fexpander 51 ለ ተመረጠው ማተሚያ ዝርዝር መረጃ ማሳያ/መደበቂያ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsIncludeEmptyPages%3ACheckBox ab ምልክት ከ ተደረገ ባዶ ገጾች ምንም የ ክፍል ይዞታ የሌላቸው ወይንም የ ስእል እቃዎች የሌላቸው አይታተሙም
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintScale%3ANumericField 6e መቀነሻ ወይንም ማሳደጊያ በሚታተመው formula የተወሰነ መጠን መፈጸሚያ
2f .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ABorder%3ACheckBox 81 ቀጭን የ መስመር ድንበር በ formula ቦታ መክበቢያ በሚታተመው ወረቀት ላይ መፈጸሚያ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A2 6e መቀነሻ ወይንም ማሳደጊያ በሚታተመው formula የተወሰነ መጠን መፈጸሚያ
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forderlb 3e ለማተም የ ገጾች ቅደም ተከተል ይምረጡ
34 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AFormulaText%3ACheckBox 84 የ ትእዛዝ መስኮት ይዞታዎች ከ ታች በኩል በ ህተመቱ ላይ ይካተት እንደሆን መወሰኛ
35 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ASlidesPerPage%3AListBox 5b ምን ያህል ተንሸራታች በ ገጽ ውስጥ እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
31 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3ATitleRow%3ACheckBox 7f የ ሰነዱ ስም በ እርስዎ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ በ ህተመቱ ላይ ይካተት እንደሆን መወሰኛ
c .uno%3APrint 83 Prints the current document, selection, or the pages that you specify. You can also set the print options for the current document.
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox a8 ቀለሞች እና እቃዎች በ መደቡ ላይ የ ገቡ በ ገጹ ላይ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ በ (አቀራረብ - ገጽ - መደብ).
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintControls%3ACheckBox 79 የ ፎርም መቆጣጠሪያ ሜዳዎች በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 78 ይህን ምርጫ ያስችሉ እንደ የተደበቀ ምልክት የተደረገበትን ጽሁፍ ለ ማተም
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintBlackFonts%3ACheckBox 47 ሁልጊዜ ጽሁፍ በ ጥቁር እንደሚታተም መወሰኛ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A1 95 የሚታተሙት ገጾች ወይንም ተንሸራታቾች እርስዎ የወሰኑዋቸው ብቻ ናቸው በ ገጾች ሳጥን ውስጥ
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 22c ይህ ምርጫ ካስቻሉ ራሱ በራሱ የ ገባ ባዶ ገጽ ይታተማል: ይህ ጥሩ የሚሆነው እርስዎ ሁለት-በኩል የሆነ ሲያትሙ ነው: ለምሳሌ: መጽሐፍ: "ምእራፍ" የ አንቀጽ ዘዴ ተሰናድቷል ሁልጊዜ በ ጎዶሎ ገጽች እንዲጀምር: ቀደም ያለው ምእራፍ በ ጎዶሎ ገጽ ላይ ጨርሶ ከሆነ: %PRODUCTNAME ሌላ መኡሉ ቁጥር ባዶ ገጽ ያስገባል: ይህ ምርጫ ይቆጣጠራል ለ ማተም የ ሙሉ ቁጥር ገጽ
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox af ይህን ምርጫ ያስችሉ ለማተም ቦታ ያዢ ጽሁፍ: ይህን ምርጫ ያሰናክሉ ቦታ ያዢ ጽሁፍ ባዶ ለ መተው በ ህትመቱ ላይ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageOptions%3ARadioButton%3A1 68 እርስዎ ተጨማሪ የ ገጽ መመጠኛ ለ ማተሚያ እንደማይፈልጉ መወሰኛ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A0 5d የ አሁኑን የ ፊደል መጠን ምንም ሳይስተካከል formula ማተሚያ
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagecols 27 የ አምዶች ቁጥር ይምረጡ
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Forientationlb 3b ለ አዲሱ እቃ መደርደሪያ ቦታ ያስገቡ
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 59 አስተያየት የት እንደሚታተም መወሰኛ (አስተያየት ካለ).
3d .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AFixedText 59 አስተያየት የት እንደሚታተም መወሰኛ (አስተያየት ካለ).
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintLeftRightPages%3AListBox 50 በሚታተም ጊዜ የትኞቹ ገጾች እንደሚካተቱ መወሰኛ
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Freverseorder 4e ገጾችን በ ግልባጭ ደንብ ለማተም ምልክት ያድርጉ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPaperFromSetup%3ACheckBox 86 For printers with multiple trays this option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
22 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcopycount 41 ማተም የሚፈልጉትን የ ኮፒ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
20 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fcollate 4f የ ገጾችን ደንብ በ ዋናው ሰነድ መሰረት መጠበቂያ
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AQuality%3ARadioButton%3A0 41 በ ዋናው ቀለም ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1e vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsetup b0 የ ማተሚያ ባህሪዎች ንግግር መክፈቻ: የ ማተሚያ ባህሪዎች እርስዎ እንደመረጡት የ ማተሚያ አይነቶች ይለያያል
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fprinters 18f ይህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን የሚያሳየው የ ተገጠሙ ማተሚያዎችን ነው: ይጫኑ ማተሚያውን ለ መጠቀም የ አሁኑን ስራ ለማተም: ይጫኑ በ ማተሚያ ዝርዝር ቁልፍ ላይ ለ ተመረጠው ማተሚያ መረጃ ለማግኘት: ይጫኑ የ ባህሪዎች ቁልፍ ላይ የ ማተሚያውን ባህሪዎች ለ መቀየር
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fbordercb 5e በ እያንዳንዱ ገጽ ዙሪያ ድንበር እንዲሳል ምልክት ያድርጉ
36 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspect%3ACheckBox 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
25 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagemarginsb 9a ለ እያንዳንዱ በሚታተመው ገጽ እና በ ወረቀቱ ጠርዝ መካከል የሚኖረውን የ መስመር ስፋት ይምረጡ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectInclude%3AListBox 54 የ ሰነዱ የትኛው መግለጫ ክፍል እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintProspectRTL%3AListBox 5e For brochure printing, you can select a left-to-right order of pages or a right-to-left order.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintFormat%3ARadioButton%3A1 73 formula ማስተካከያ በ ገጹ አቀራረብ ልክ በሚታተመው ወረቀት ላይ መፈጸሚያ
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpaperspersheetlb 5b ምን ያህል ተንሸራታች በ ገጽ ውስጥ እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
26 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsheetmarginsb 83 በሚታተመው ገጽ እና በ ወረቀቱ ጠርዝ መካከል የሚኖረውን የ መስመር ስፋት ይምረጡ
27 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fsingleprintjob 68 Check to not rely on the printer to create collated copies but create a print job for each copy instead.
29 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagespersheetbtn 3b በርካታ ገጾች በ ወረቀቱ ላይ ማተሚያ
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3AIsPrintDateTime%3ACheckBox 4c የ ዛሬ ቀን እና ሰአት ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
3c .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintContent%3ARadioButton%3A0 26 ጠቅላላ ሰነዱን ማተሚያ
21 vcl%2Fui%2Fprintdialog%2Fpagerows 27 የ ረድፎች ቁጥር ይምረጡ
37 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APageContentType%3AListBox 47 የ ሰነዱ የትኛው ክፍል እንደሚታተም ይምረጡ
39 SVTOOLS%3ALISTBOX%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG%3ALB_NAMES d9 በ እርስዎ የ መስሪያ ስርአት ላይ የተገጠመውን ዝርዝር ማተሚያ ማሳያ: ነባር ማተሚያውን ለ መቀየር ማተሚያውን ከ ዝርዝሩ ውስጥ ይምረጡ
32 SVTOOLS%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_SVT_PRNDLG_PRNSETUPDLG 3b ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ ነባር ማተሚያ ይምረጡ
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsOOo d2 አዲስ መስኮት መክፈቻ በ እርስዎ ነባር የ ኢ-ሜይል ፕሮግራም ከ አሁኑ ሰነድ ጋር እንደ ማያያዣ: የ OpenDocument ፋይል አቀራረብ ይጠቀማል
16 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsMS cf አዲስ መስኮት መክፈቻ በ እርስዎ ነባር የ ኢ-ሜይል ፕሮግራም ከ አሁኑ ሰነድ ጋር እንደ ማያያዣ: የ Microsoft ፋይል አቀራረብ ይጠቀማል
11 .uno%3ASendToMenu 58 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ ለ ተለያዩ መተግበሪያዎች ኮፒ መላኪያ
f .uno%3ASendMail 96 አዲስ መስኮት መክፈቻ በ እርስዎ ነባር የ ኢ-ሜይል ፕሮግራም ከ አሁኑ ሰነድ ጋር እንደ ማያያዣ
15 HID_FILESAVE_TEMPLATE 74 Select the paragraph style or outline level that you want to use to separate the source document into sub-documents.
26 HID_SEND_MASTER_CTRL_PUSHBUTTON_CANCEL b1 Creates a master document from the current Writer document. A new sub-document is created at each occurrence of a chosen paragraph style or outline level in the source document.
b .uno%3AQuit 87 መዝጊያ ሁሉንም $[officename] ፕሮግራሞች እና ለውጦቹን እርስዎ እንዲያስቀምጡ ይጠይቃል
e .uno%3ASaveAll 48 ማሰቀመጫ ሁሉንም የ ተሻሻሉ $[officename] ሰነዶች
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fdelete 2c የተመረጠውን እትም ማጥፊያ
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fcompare 5a በ እያንዳንዱ እትም ውስጥ የተደረገውን ለውጥ ያወዳድሩ
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fshow 4d ለ ተመረጠው እትም ጠቅላላ አስተያየቱን ያሳያል
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fopen 55 መክፈቻ የተመረጠውን ፋይል ለ ንባብ-ብቻ ዘዴ መስኮት
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fversions 85 Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Falways 77 If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.
36 sfx%2Fui%2Fversioncommentdialog%2FVersionCommentDialog e7 እዚህ አስተያየት ያስገቡ አዲስ የ ሰነድ እትም በሚያስቀምጡ ጊዜ: እርስዎ ከ ተጫኑ ማሳያ ይህን ንግግር ለ መክፈት: አስተያየቱን ማረም አይችሉም
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fversionsofdialog%2Fsave a8 Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
14 .uno%3AVersionDialog 89 Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete, and compare previous versions.
15 .uno%3ARecentFileList 8c በቅርብ ጊዜ የተከፈቱ ፋይሎች ዝርዝር: ፋይል ለ መክፈት ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ስሙ ላይ ይጫኑ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_UNDO 106 መጨረሻ የሰሩትን መገልበጫ ወይንም መጨረሻ ጽፈው ያስገቡትን: እርስዎ ይምረጡ መገልበጥ የሚፈልጉትን: ይጫኑ ቀስቱ ላይ በ መተው ምልክት በ መደበኛ መደርደሪያ ላይ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_REDO 13a መጨረሻ የ ሰሩትን መገልበጫ መተው ትእዛዝ: ለ መምረጥ የ መተው ደረጃን እርስዎ መገልበጥ የሚፈልጉትን: ይጫኑ ቀስቱ ላይ የ እንደገና መስሪያ ምልክት አጠገብ ያለውን በ መደበኛ እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ
d .uno%3ARepeat 95 የ መጨረሻውን ትእዛዝ መድገሚያ: ይህ ትእዛዝ ዝግጁ የሚሆነው ለ መጻፊያ እና ለ ሰንጠረዥ ነው
a .uno%3ACut 5e ማስወገጃ እና ኮፒ ማድረጊያ የተመረጠውን ወደ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ
b .uno%3ACopy 47 የተመረጠውን ወደ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ኮፒ ማድረጊያ
c .uno%3APaste ab መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ የ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ይዞታ ማስገቢያ: እና የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ወይንም እቃዎች መቀየሪያ
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_right 0 
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmove_down 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fno_shift 0 
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdivide 0 
13 .uno%3APasteSpecial a3 መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ የ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ይዞታ ማስገቢያ ወደ አሁኑ ፋይል አቀራረብ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fobjects 0 
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fadd 0 
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsource 3b የ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳውን ይዞታ ምንጭ ማሳያ
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Ftext 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fsubtract 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fformats 0 
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnone 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fmultiply 0 
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fnumbers 0 
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Flist 74 እርስዎ መለጠፍ የሚፈልጉትን የ ቁራጭ ሰሌዳ ይዞታዎች አቀራረብ ይምረጡ
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fdatetime 0 
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fpastespecial%2Fcomments 0 
d .uno%3ASelect 6b የ አሁኑን ፋይል ጠቅላላ ይዞታ ክፈፍ: ወይንም የ ጽሁፍ እቃ መምረጫ
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fallsheets 69 በ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ ፋይል ውስጥ በ ሁሉም ወረቀቶች ውስጥ መፈለጊያ
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcols 46 መፈለጊያ ከ ላይ እስከ ታች በ አምዶች ውስጥ
23 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Frows 43 መፈለጊያ ከ ግራ ወደ ቀኝ ከ ረድፍ ባሻገር
2b svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fcalcsearchin 9b Searches for the characters that you specify in formulas and in fixed (not calculated) values. For example, you could look for formulas that contain 'SUM'.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcase 64 መለያ የ ላይኛው ጉዳይ እና የ ታችኛው ጉዳይ ባህሪዎች መካከል.
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fwholewords 85 ጠቅላላ ቃሎቹን መፈለጊያ: ወይንም ክፍሎች ከ መፈለጊያው ጽሁፍ ጋር የሚመሳሰሉትን
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fregexp 61 በ እርስዎ ፍለጋ ውስጥ ሁለገብ መፈለጊያ መጠቀም ያስችሎታል
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fbackwards b1 ፍለጋው የሚጀምረው መጠቆሚያው አሁን ካለበት ቦታ ጀምሮ ነው እና የሚሄደው የ ኋሊዮሽ ነው ወደ ፋይሉ መጀመሪያ
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslike a2 Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the ... button to specify the search options.
2a svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplacelist a7 መቀየሪያውን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ: ወይንም ይምረጡ ቀደም ያለውን መቀየሪያ ጽሁፍ ወይንም ዘዴ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchlist 9c እርስዎ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ እና ይፈልጉ ወይንም ይምረጡ ቀደም ካለው ፍለጋ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
24 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnotes 9e በ መጻፊያ ውስጥ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ የ አስተያየት ጽሁፎች ማካተት በ እርስዎ መፈለጊያ ውስጥ
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fselection 4d የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ወይንም ክፍል ብቻ መፈለጊያ
f .uno%3AUpSearch 59 ይጫኑ ለ መፈለግ የሚቀጥለውን ሁኔታ በ ወደ ላይ አቅጣጫ
f .uno%3AFindText a2 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይጻፉ ለ መፈለግ: እና ማስገቢያውን ይጫኑ ጽሁፉን ለ መፈለግ
11 .uno%3ADownSearch 59 ይጫኑ ለ መፈለግ የሚቀጥለውን ሁኔታ በ ወደ ታች አቅጣጫ
13 .uno%3ASearchDialog 41 Searches for or replaces text or formats in the current document.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Flayout cf Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Search for list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace with list.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsoundslikebtn 43 Sets the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearchall 89 Finds and selects all instances of the text or the format that you are searching for in the document (only in Writer and Calc documents).
2d svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fmatchcharwidth 65 ሙሉ-ስፋት እና ግማሽ-ስፋት ያላቸውን ባህሪዎች ፎርሞች ይለያል
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplaceall 4f Replaces all of the occurrences of the text or format that you want to replace.
26 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Freplace aa መቀየሪያ የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ወይንም አቀራረብ እርስዎ በ መረጡት: እና ከዛ ይፈልጋል የሚቀጥለውን ሁኔታ
27 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fnoformat 7b Click in the Search for or the Replace with box, and then click this button to remove the search criteria based on formats.
25 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsearch 63 Finds and selects the next occurrence of the text or format that you searching for in the document.
28 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fexpander1 cb ተጨማሪ ወይንም አነስተኛ የ መፈጊያ ምርጫዎች ማሳያ: ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ እንደገና የ ተስፋፋውን የ መፈጊያ ምርጫዎች ለመደበቅ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fshorterfld 53 Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Flongerfld 6e Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Fotherfld 48 Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsimilaritysearchdialog%2Frelaxbox 53 Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.
2c svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilaritybtn 3a ምርጫ ማሰናጃ ለ ተመሳሳይ መፈለጊያ
29 svx%2Fui%2Ffindreplacedialog%2Fsimilarity eb ተመሳሳይ ደንቦችን መፈለጊያ በ መፈለጊያ ጽሁፍ ውስጥ: ይምረጡ ይህን ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ ... ቁልፍ ተመሳሳይ ምርጫ ለ መግለጽ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fsearchattrdialog%2FSearchAttrDialog 39 እርስዎ የሚፈልጉትን መለያ ይምረጡ
34 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_ATTRIBUTE 122 Choose the text attributes that you want to search for. For example, if you search for the Font attribute, all instances of text that do not use the default font are found. All text that has a directly coded font attribute, and all text where a style switches the font attribute, are found.
31 svx%3APushButton%3ARID_SVXDLG_SEARCH%3ABTN_FORMAT c5 የ ተወሰነ የ ጽሁፍ አቀራረብ ገጽታዎች መፈለጊያ: እንደ ፊደል አይነቶች: የ ፊደል ተጽእኖዎች: እና የ ጽሁፍ ፍሰት ባህሪዎች
10 HID_GLBLTREE_DEL 4a የተመረጠውን ከ መቃኛው ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማጥፊያ
e HID_NAVI_TBX22 71 የ ተመረጠውን አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ በ መቃኛ ዝርዝር ውስጥ:
e HID_NAVI_TBX21 a7 Saves a copy of the contents of the linked files in the master document. This ensures that the current contents are available when the linked files cannot be accessed.
19 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_NEW_FILE 41 አዲ ንዑስ-ሰንድ መፍጠሪያ እና ማስገቢያ
e HID_NAVI_TBX23 71 የ ተመረጠውን አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ በ መቃኛ ዝርዝር ውስጥ:
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_FILE 70 አንድ ወይንም ከዚያ በላይ የ ነበሩ ሰነዶች ወደ ዋናው ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
1b HID_NAVIGATOR_GLOB_TREELIST b8 The Navigator lists the main components of the master document. If you rest the mouse pointer over a name of a sub-document in the list, the full path of the sub-document is displayed.
11 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT b8 Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the index dialog is opened.
13 HID_GLBLTREE_UPDATE 50 ይጫኑ እና ይምረጡ ማሻሻል የሚፈልጉትን ይዞታዎች
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_SEL 2c የተመረጠውን ይዞታ ማሻሻያ
15 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_LINK 29 ሁሉንም አገናኞች ማሻሻያ
15 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_TEXT f3 አዲስ አንቀጽ ማስገቢያ ወደ ዋናው ሰነድ እርስዎ ጽሁፍ የሚያስገቡበት: እርስዎ ማስገባት አይችሉም ጽሁፍ ወደ ነበረው የ ጽሁፍ ማስገቢያ በ መቃኛ ውስጥ
13 HID_GLBLTREEUPD_ALL 29 ሁሉንም ይዞታዎች ማሻሻያ
13 HID_GLBLTREE_INSERT 61 ወደ ዋናው ሰነድ ፋይል: ማውጫ: ወይንም አዲስ ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
16 HID_GLBLTREE_EDIT_LINK 4d ለ ተመረጠው ፋይል አገናኝ ባህሪዎችን ይቀይራል
14 HID_GLBLTREE_UPD_IDX 29 ሁሉንም ማውጫዎች ማሻሻያ
14 HID_GLBLTREE_INS_IDX 61 ወደ ዋናው ሰነድ ፋይል: ማውጫ: ወይንም አዲስ ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FBREAK_LINK 99 Breaks the link between the source file and the current document. The most recently updated contents of the source file are kept in the current document.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FUPDATE_NOW 7a Updates the selected link so that the most recently saved version of the linked file is displayed in the current document.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FCHANGE_SOURCE 47 የ ተመረጠውን አገናኝ ፋይል ምንጭ መቀየሪያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FMANUAL 4f አገናኝ ማሻሻያ በሚጫኑ ጊዜ ብቻ የ ማሻሻያ ቁልፍ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FAUTOMATIC d1 Automatically updates the contents of the link when you open the file. Any changes made in the source file are then displayed in the file containing the link. Linked graphic files can only be updated manually.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbaselinksdialog%2FTB_LINKS cb ሁለት ጊዜ-ይጫኑ በ አገናኝ ላይ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ የ ፋይል ንግግር ለ መክፈት እርስዎ ሌላ እቃ መምረጥ የሚችሉበት ለዚህ አገናኝ
12 .uno%3AManageLinks 11e በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ አገናኝ ባህሪዎችን ማረም ያስችሎታል: እንዲሁም የ ፋል ምንጩን መንገድ: ይህ ትእዛዝ ዝግጁ አይደለም በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ አገናኝ ከሌለ ወደ ሌሎች ፋይሎች
24 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fcategory 6c Lists the section that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section here.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Ffile 3c የ መንገድ ዝርዝር ወደ የ ፋይል ምንጭ
1f sfx%2Fui%2Flinkeditdialog%2Fapp 5c የ መተግበሪያ ዝርዝር መጨረሻ የ ተቀመጠው የ ፋይል ምንጭ
14 .uno%3APlugInsActive 124 Allows you to edit plug-ins in your file. Choose this command to enable or disable this feature. When enabled, a check mark appears beside this command, and you find commands to edit the plug-in in its context menu. When disabled, you find commands to control the plug-in in its context menu.
13 .uno%3AOriginalSize 44 እቃውን ወደ ዋናው መጠን እንደገና መመጠኛ
12 .uno%3AObjectMenue 96 በ እርስዎ ፋይል ውስጥ በ መምረጥ ያስገቡትን እቃ ማረም ያስችሎታል በ ማስገቢያ - እቃ ትእዛዝ
3d SFX2%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ACB_MARGINHEIGHTDEFAULT 26 ነባር ክፍተት መፈጸሚያ
3a SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINHEIGHT dc Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
2f SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_FRAMENAME c9 ለ ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ስም ያስገቡ: ስሙ እነዚህን መያዝ የለበትም ክፍተት: የተለዩ ባህሪዎች: ወይንም በዚህ ( _ ) መጀመር የለበትም
29 SFX2%3AEDIT%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3AED_URL a7 Enter the path and the name of the file that you want to display in the floating frame. You can also click the ... button and locate the file that you want to display.
34 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ABT_FILEOPEN a5 ፋይሉን ፈልገው ያግኙ ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን በ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
39 SFX2%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ANM_MARGINWIDTH e2 Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.
38 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGON 47 ለ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ መሸብለያ ማሳያ
23 SFX2%3ATABPAGE%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES ed የ ተመረጠውን ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ባህሪ መቀየሪያ: ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፎች ጥሩ የሚሰሩት የ html ሰነዶች ሲይዙ ነው: እና ወደ ሌላ የ html ሰነድ ውስጥ ሲጨመሩ ነው
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_ON 44 ለ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ድንበር ማሳያ
39 SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGOFF 4d ለ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ መሸብለያ መደበቂያ
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_SCROLLINGAUTO c0 በዚህ ምርጫ ላይ ምልክት ያድርጉ በ አሁኑ ንቁ ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ውስጥ መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ እንዲኖረው በሚያስፈልግ ጊዜ
3a SFX2%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ATP_FRAMEPROPERTIES%3ARB_FRMBORDER_OFF 4a ለ ተመረጠው ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፍ ድንበር መደበቂያ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_PROPERTY 3c Allows you to define the properties of the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_MACRO 53 Lets you assign a macro that runs when you click the selected hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_ACTIVE 5e Disables or enables the hyperlink for the selected hotspot. A disabled hotspot is transparent.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYDELETE 3d የ ተመረጠውን ማስቆሚያ ነጥብ ማጥፊያ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYINSERT 43 Adds an anchor point where you click on the outline of the hotspot.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYMOVE 43 Lets you move the individual anchor points of the selected hotspot.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Fcontainer 44 Displays the image map, so that you can click and edit the hotspots.
1c svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Ftext 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FImapDialog 93 Allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a graphic or a group of graphics. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_APPLY 5b እርስዎ በ ምስል ካርታ ላይ የፈጸሙትን ለውጦች መፈጸሚያ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_OPEN 89 የ ነበረውን የ ምስል ካርታ መጫኛ በ MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA ወይንም SIP StarView ImageMap ፋይል አቀራረብ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLY 1bb Draws a polygonal hotspot in the graphic. Click this icon, drag in the graphic, and then click to define one side of the polygon. Move to where you want to place the end of the next side, and then click. Repeat until you have drawn all of the sides of the polygon. When you are finished, double-click to close the polygon. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_POLYEDIT 4f Lets you change the shape of the selected hotspot by editing the anchor points.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SAVEAS 7c የ ምስል ካርታ ማስቀመጫ በ  MAP-CERN, MAP-NCSA ወይንም SIP StarView ImageMap ፋይል አቀራረብ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_SELECT 2f Selects a hotspot in the image map for editing.
20 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_RECT b3 Draws a rectangular hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_FREEPOLY 122 Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
1b svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2Furl 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fimapdialog%2FTBI_CIRCLE b3 Draws an elliptical hotspot where you drag in the graphic. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FdescTV 26 መግለጫ ያስገቡ ለ hotspot.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Fnameentry 21 ለ ምስሉ ስም ያስገቡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FframeCB 116 እርስዎ መክፈት የሚፈልጉትን የ ታለመውን ክፈፍ ስም ያስገቡ በ URL ውስጥ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም መምረጥ ይችላሉ መደበኛ የ ክፈፍ ስም በ ሁሉም መቃኛዎች የሚታወቅ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Ftextentry 59 Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2Furlentry 55 Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fcuiimapdlg%2FIMapDialog 2e Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.
12 .uno%3AChangesMenu 79 በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ ለውጦችን ለ መከታተል ዝግጁ የሆኑ ትእዛዞች ዝርዝር
16 .uno%3ATraceChangeMode 91 እያንዳንዱን ለውጦች በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ተፈጸመበትን በ ቀን እና በ ደራሲው መከታተያ
1d .uno%3AProtectTraceChangeMode 87 Prevents a user from deactivating the record changes feature, or from accepting or rejecting changes unless the user enters a password.
12 .uno%3AShowChanges 4a የ ተመዘገቡ ለውጦችን ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcomment%2Fedit 40 ለ ተመዘገበው ለውጥ አስተያየት ያስገቡ
14 .uno%3AAcceptChanges 55 የተመዘገቡትን ለውጦች ተቀብያለሁ ወይም አልቀበልም
11 HID_SORT_POSITION a1 ዝርዝር መለያ እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ ደንብ ለውጡ ባለበት ቦታ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ: ይህ ነባር የ መለያ ዘዴ ነው
10 HID_SORT_COMMENT 71 ዝርዝሩን እንደ አስተያየቱ አይነት ከ ለውጦቹ ጋር የተያያዙትን መለያ
f HID_SORT_AUTHOR 30 ዝርዝሩን እንደ ደራሲው መለያ
f HID_SORT_ACTION 3d ዝርዝሩን እንደ ለውጦቹ አይነት መለያ
16 HID_SC_CHANGES_COMMENT 3d ለ ተመረጠው ለውጥ አስተያየት ማረሚያ
13 HID_SC_SORT_COMMENT 48 ከ ለውጡ ጋር የ ተያያዙ አስተያየቶች ዝርዝር
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2Fchanges 114 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ተመዘገቡት ለውጦች ዝርዝር: እርስዎ ማስገቢያ ሲመርጡ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ለውጦቹ ይደምቃሉ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ: ለ መለየት ዝርዝሩን: ይጫኑ: የ አምድ ራስጌ
12 HID_SC_SORT_ACTION 35 በ ሰነዱ ላይ የ ተቀየሩ ዝርዝሮች
12 HID_SC_SORT_AUTHOR 40 ለውጦችን የ ፈጸሙ ተጠቃሚዎች ዝርዝሮች
d HID_SORT_DATE 3b ዝርዝሩን እንደ ቀን እና ሰአት መለያ
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Faccept 8d የ ተመረጡትን ለውጦች እቀበላለሁ: ከ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ከ ለውጦቹ ላይ ማድመቂያውን ያጠፋዋል
2c svx%2Fui%2Fredlineviewpage%2FRedlineViewPage 55 እያንዳንዱን ለውጦች ተቀብያለሁ ወይንም አልቀበልም
2d svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Freject 9f የ ተመረጡትን ለውጦች አልቀበልም: ከ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ለውጦቹን ያስወግዳል እና ማድመቂያውን ያጠፋዋል
10 HID_SC_SORT_DATE 48 ለውጦቹ የ ተፈጸሙበት ቀን እና ሰአት ዝርዝር
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Facceptall 9a የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም ለውጦች እቀበላለሁ: ከ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ከ ለውጦቹ ላይ ማድመቂያውን ያጠፋዋል
30 svx%2Fui%2Facceptrejectchangesdialog%2Frejectall 9a የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም ለውጦች አልቀበልም: ከ ሰነዱ ውስጥ ከ ለውጦቹ ላይ ማድመቂያውን ያጠፋዋል
2a svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fcommentedit 83 እርስዎ ባስገቡት ቁልፍ ቃል(ሎች) መሰረት የ አስተያየት ዝርዝር ለውጦችን ማጣሪያ
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fdotdotdot 61 እንደ ማጣሪያ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ክፍሎች መጠን ይምረጡ
28 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frangeedit 61 እንደ ማጣሪያ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ክፍሎች መጠን ይምረጡ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Frange 61 እንደ ማጣሪያ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ክፍሎች መጠን ይምረጡ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendclock 63 የ ዛሬን ቀን እና ሰአት ወደ ተስማሚው ሳጥኖች ውስጥ ማስገቢያ
29 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fauthorlist 65 እርስዎ በ ወሰኑት ደራሲ ስም መሰረት ዝርዝር ለውጦችን ማጣሪያ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fredlinefilterpage%2Fendtime 6c እርስዎ በ ወሰኑት ቀን እና ሰአት መሰረት ዝርዝር ለውጦችን ማጣሪያ
15 .uno%3AMergeDocuments 92 Imports changes made to copies of the same document into the original document. Changes made to footnotes, headers, frames and fields are ignored.
17 .uno%3ACompareDocuments 3e Compares the current document with a document that you select.
11 SID_FM_DELETEROWS 30 የ ተመረጠውን መዝገብ ማጥፊያ
19 .uno%3ABib%2FremoveFilter 93 በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ሁሉንም መዝገቦች ለማሳየት ይጫኑ የ ማጣሪያ እንደ ነበር መመለሻ ምልክት
1b .uno%3ABib%2FstandardFilter 93 ይጠቀሙ የ መደበኛ ማጣሪያ እንደገና ለማጣራት እና ለ መቀላቀል በራሱ መሙያ መፈለጊያ ምርጫ
17 .uno%3ABib%2FautoFilter 96 Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the Search Key box. You can only search one data field.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_HOWPUBLISHED_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NUMBER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FDeleteRecord 2a የ አሁኑን መዝገብ ማጥፊያ
12 .uno%3ABib%2Fquery 17e Type the information that you want to search for, and then press Enter. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the AutoFilter icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as % or * for any number of characters, and _ or ? for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press Enter.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_MONTH_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_VOLUME_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 .uno%3ABib%2FInsertRecord 47 ወደ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ አዲስ መዝገብ ማስገቢያ
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PAGES_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS f4 እርስዎ መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን አይነት መዝገብ ይምረጡ $[officename] ቁጥር ያስገቡ በ አይነት አምድ ውስጥ መዝገቡ የሚስማማውን አይነት እርስው እዚህ ይምረጡ
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_JOURNAL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 83 እርስዎ ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን የ መዝገብ ቁጥር ይጻፉ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማስገቢያውን
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_INSTITUTION_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 4b በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደ መጨረሻው መዝገብ መሄጃ
3c modules%2Fsbibliography%2Fui%2Fmappingdialog%2FMappingDialog a1 Select the data field that you want to map to the current Column name. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 4a በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደሚቀጥለው መዝገብ መሄጃ
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 4b በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ቀደም ወዳለው መዝገብ መሄጃ
14 .uno%3ABib%2FMapping bd Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the Data Source button on the record Object Bar.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SCHOOL_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_IDENTIFIER_POS 97 ለ መዝገቡ አጭር ስም ያስገቡ: አጭሩ ስም ይታያል በ መለያ  አምድ ዝርዝር መዝገብ ውስጥ ይታያል
13 .uno%3ABib%2Fsource bd በ አሁኑ ዳታቤዝ ውስጥ ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ ሰንጠረዥ አይነቶች: ይጫኑ ስም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ የ ሰንጠረዡን መዝገብ ለማሳየት
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ADDRESS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 4e በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደ መጀመሪያው መዝገብ መሄጃ
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_EDITOR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
e HID_BIB_DB_TBX 77 በ Bibliography ዳታቤዝ ውስጥ መዝገቦች ማስገቢያ: ማጥፊያ: ማረሚያ እና ማደራጃ
1c EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_TITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_NOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_YEAR_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1b EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ISBN_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_PUBLISHER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_CHAPTER_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_BOOKTITLE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ORGANIZATIONS_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
16 .uno%3ABib%2Fsdbsource 3f ይምረጡ የ ዳት ምንጭ ለ bibliography ዳታቤዝ
13 HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 47 ወደ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ አዲስ መዝገብ ማስገቢያ
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_REPORTTYPE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_ANNOTE_POS 8e Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fbookmode 105 በ መጽሀፍ መመልከቻ ዘዴ እቅድ ውስጥ ለ እርስዎ ሁለት ገጾች ይታያል ጎን ለ ጎን በ ተከፈተ መጽሀፍ ውስጥ: የ መጀመሪያው ገጽ የ ቀኝ ገጽ ነው ከ ጎዶሎ ገጽ ቁጥር ጋር
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumnssb c4 በ አምድ መመልከቻ እቅድ ውስጥ ለ እርስዎ ይታያል ለ ገጾች የ ተሰጠው ቁጥር ከ አምዶች ጎን ለ ጎን: የ አምዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fcolumns c4 በ አምድ መመልከቻ እቅድ ውስጥ ለ እርስዎ ይታያል ለ ገጾች የ ተሰጠው ቁጥር ከ አምዶች ጎን ለ ጎን: የ አምዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fsinglepage 9a የ ነጠላ ገጽ መመልከቻ እቅድ የሚያሳያቸው ገጾች አንዱን ከ አንዱ ስር ነው: ጎን ለ ጎን አይደለም
17 HID_MNU_ZOOM_WHOLE_PAGE 43 በ እርስዎ መመልከቻ ላይ በ ሙሉ ገጽ ማሳያ
e .uno%3AView100 2e ሰነዱን በ ዋናው መጠን ማሳያ
b .uno%3AZoom 5b መቀነሻ ወይንም መጨመሪያ የ መመልከቻውን ማሳያ %PRODUCTNAME.
14 HID_MNU_ZOOM_OPTIMAL 7a እንደገና መመጠኛ መመልከቻውን: ጽሁፉ በ ስፋቱ ልክ እንዲሆን በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
1d cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2F100pc 2e ሰነዱን በ ዋናው መጠን ማሳያ
17 HID_MNU_ZOOM_PAGE_WIDTH 80 የ ሰነዱን ገጽ ሙሉ ስፋት ማሳያ: የ ላይኛው እና የ ታችኛው ጠርዝ ላይታይ ይችላል
14 SVX_HID_MNU_ZOOM_100 2e ሰነዱን በ ዋናው መጠን ማሳያ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fzoomsb 9a የ ማሳያ መጠን ማስገቢያ እርስዎ ሰነዱን ማየት እንደሚፈልጉት: በ ሳጥኑ ውስጥ ፐርሰንት ያስገቡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2FZoomDialog 5b መቀነሻ ወይንም መጨመሪያ የ መመልከቻውን ማሳያ %PRODUCTNAME.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fzoomdialog%2Fautomatic 8f ራሱ በራሱ የ መመልክከቻ እቅድ ማሳያ ገጾች ጎን ለ ጎን: የማሳያ መጠኑ እስከሚችለው ድረስ
19 .uno%3AFunctionBarVisible 4b ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ መደበኛ መደርደሪያ.
1a .uno%3AShowImeStatusWindow 5e ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ ማስገቢያ ዘዴ (IME) ሁኔታ መስኮት
15 .uno%3AToolBarVisible 45 ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ እቃ መደርደሪያ.
17 .uno%3AStatusBarVisible 73 ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ ሁኔታዎች መደርደሪያ በ መስኮቱ ከ ታች በኩል
15 .uno%3ATaskBarVisible 73 ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ ሁኔታዎች መደርደሪያ በ መስኮቱ ከ ታች በኩል
15 HID_FULLSCREENTOOLBOX c6 በ መጻፊያ እና በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ አቋራጭ ቁልፎችን መጠቀም ይችላሉ Ctrl+Shift+J በ መደበኛ እና በ ሙሉ መመልከቻ ዘዴ ለመቀያየር
11 .uno%3AFullScreen 11b ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ እቃ መደርደሪያ ወይንም ዝርዝር በ መጻፊያ ወይንም ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ: ከ ሙሉ መመልከቻ ዘዴ ለመውጣት ይጫኑ የ ሙሉ መመልከቻ ዘዴ ማብሪያ/ማጥፊያ  ቁልፍ.
30 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_NO 37 የ አሁኑን ፋይል ማጥፋት አይቻልም
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_ALL 56 በሁሉም በተመርረጡት ፋይሎች ውስጥ ማጥፋት ተፈጽሟል
31 SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE%3ABTN_YES 3e በ አሁኑ ፋይል ውስጥ ማጥፋት ተፈጽሟል
28 SFX2%3AMODALDIALOG%3ADLG_SFX_QUERYDELETE 3c ማረጋገጫ ወይንም መሰረዣ ማጥፊያውን
14 HID_COLOR_CTL_COLORS 145 Click the color that you want to use. To change the fill color of an object in the current file, select the object and then click a color. To change the line color of the selected object, right-click a color. To change the color of text in a text object, double-click the text-object, select the text, and then click a color.
13 .uno%3AColorControl fb ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ የ ቀለም መደርደሪያ. ለማሻሻል ወይንም ለመቀየር የሚታየውን የ ቀለም ሰንጠረዥ ይምረጡ አቀራረብ - ቦታ, እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ ቀለሞች tab.
18 .cmd%3ARestoreVisibility 12e ይምረጡ መመልከቻ - እቃ መደርደሪያ - እንደ ነበር መመለሻ  እቃ መደርደሪያውን እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ወደ ነባር ይዞታቸው: አንዳንድ እቃ መደርደሪያ ራሱ በራሱ ይታያል እንደ አገባቡ አይነት
18 .uno%3AAvailableToolbars 7e መክፈቻ ንዑስ ዝርዝር የተደበቁ የ እቃ መደርደሪያዎች ለማሳየት እና ለመደበቅ
1a .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotation 4e በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ሁሉም አስተያየቶች ማጥፊያ
16 .uno%3AShowAnnotations b5 ይጠቀሙ መመልከቻ - አስተያየቶች ሁሉንም አስተያየቶች ለማሳያ ወይንም ለመደበቂያ (በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ አይሰራም).
22 .uno%3ADeleteAllAnnotationByAuthor 72 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በዚህ ደራሲ የተጻፉ ሁሉንም አስተያየቶች ማጥፊያ
13 .uno%3ADeleteAuthor 72 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በዚህ ደራሲ የተጻፉ ሁሉንም አስተያየቶች ማጥፊያ
17 .uno%3ADeleteAnnotation 30 የ አሁኑን አስተያየት ማጥፊያ
11 .uno%3ADeleteNote 30 የ አሁኑን አስተያየት ማጥፊያ
15 .uno%3ADeleteAllNotes 4e በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ሁሉም አስተያየቶች ማጥፊያ
17 .uno%3AInsertAnnotation 22 አስተያየት ማስገቢያ
b .uno%3AScan 52 ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ታሰሱ ምስሎች ማስገቢያ
12 .uno%3ATwainSelect 39 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ማሰሻ ይምረጡ
14 .uno%3ATwainTransfer b8 ምስል ማሰሻ: እና ከዛ ውጤቱን ማስገቢያ ወደ ሰነድ ውስጥ: የ ማሰሻ ንግግር የሚቀርበው በ ማሰሻ አምራቹ ድርጅት ነው
17 HID_CHARMAP_CTL_SHOWSET 6e ይጫኑ የተለየ ባህሪ(ዎች) ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Fsubsetlb 2f Select a Unicode category for the current font.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspecialcharacters%2Ffontlb 5a ፊደል ይምረጡ የተዛመዱትን የ ተለዩ ባህሪዎች ለማሳየት
d .uno%3ABullet 4d ከ ተገጠሙት ፊደሎች የተለየ ባህሪዎች ማስገቢያ
13 HID_FILEDLG_LINK_CB 54 የተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ ፋይል እንደ አገናኝ ማስገቢያ
1b HID_FILEOPEN_IMAGE_TEMPLATE 2f ለ ንድፍ የ ክፈፍ ዘዴ ይምረጡ
16 HID_FILEDLG_PREVIEW_CB 4f የተመረጠውን የ ንድፍ ፋይል በ ቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ
14 .uno%3AInsertGraphic 34 ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ስእል ማስገቢያ
11 .uno%3AObjectMenu b9 በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ እቃ ማስገቢያ: ለ ሙቪ እና ድምፆች: ይጠቀሙ ማስገቢያ - መገናኛ - ድምፅ ወይንም ቪዲዮ  በምትኩ
23 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furlbtn 6d ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን ፋይል ፈልገው ያግኙ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Furled bb እንደ አገናኝ ወይንም ማጣበቅ የሚፈልጉትን የ ፋይሉን ስም ያስገቡ: ወይንም ይጫኑ መፈለጊያ, ፋይሉን ፈልጎ ለማግኘት
2b cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatefromfile 43 ከ ነበረው ፋይል ውስጥ የ OLE እቃ መፍጠሪያ
22 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Ftypes 4a መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን የ ሰነድ አይነት ይምረጡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Finsertoleobject%2Fcreatenew 69 እርስዎ የመረጡትን እቃ መሰረት ባደረገ አዲስ የ OLE እቃ መፍጠሪያ
13 .uno%3AInsertObject 9b ማስገቢያ የ OLE እቃ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ: የ OLE እቃ ይገባል እንደ አገናኝ ወይንም እንደ እቃ ይጣበቃል
20 cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2Furlbtn 74 ፈልገው ያግኙ ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን ተሰኪ-ዎች: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
1f cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2Furled a3 ለ ተሰኪ-ዎች URL ያስገቡ ወይንም ይጫኑ መቃኛ, እና ከዛ ፈልገው ያግኙ ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን ተሰኪ-ዎች
27 cui%2Fui%2Finsertplugin%2Fpluginoptions 4d Enter the parameters for the plug-in using the format parameter1="some text".
13 .uno%3AInsertPlugin 45 ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ተሰኪ-ዎች ማስገቢያ
12 .uno%3AInsertSound 42 የ ድምፅ ፋይል ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
12 .uno%3AInsertVideo 42 የ ቪዲዮ ፋይል ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ማስገቢያ
1b .uno%3AInsertObjectStarMath 32 ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ formula ማስገቢያ
20 .uno%3AInsertObjectFloatingFrame e1 ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፎች ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ማስገቢያ: ተንሳፋፊ ክፈፎች የሚጠቅሙት በ HTML ሰነዶች ውስጥ የ ሌሎች ፋይሎችን ይዞታ ለማሳየት ነው
1c .uno%3AViewDataSourceBrowser 96 የ ተመዘገቡ የ ዳታቤዝ ዝርዝሮች በ %PRODUCTNAME እና የ ዳታቤዝ ይዞታዎችን ማስተዳደር ያስችሎታል
11 .uno%3ADataImport 96 የ ተመዘገቡ የ ዳታቤዝ ዝርዝሮች በ %PRODUCTNAME እና የ ዳታቤዝ ይዞታዎችን ማስተዳደር ያስችሎታል
12 .uno%3AGraphicMenu 49 ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን ስእል ምንጩን ይምረጡ
1d .uno%3AStandardTextAttributes 80 ከ ምርጫው ውስጥ በ ቀጥታ አቀራረብ እና በ ባህሪ ዘዴዎች አቀራረብን ያስወግዳል
11 .uno%3AFontDialog 65 ለተመረጡት ባህሪዎች የ ፊደል አቀራረብ እና ፊደሎች መቀየሪያ.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctllanglb 9c Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlstylelb 3f ይምረጡ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን አቀራረብ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlsizelb b1 ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ መቀየር የሚፈልጉትን የ ፊደል መጠን: ፊደል ለመመጠን የ ዴሲማል ዋጋ ማስገባት ይችላሉ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2Fctlfontnamelb 96 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ተገጠመውን ፊደል ስም ያስገቡ ወይንም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ፊደል ይምረጡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcharnamepage%2FCharNamePage 50 ይምረጡ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን ፊደል እና አቀራረብ
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fpositionlb 47 የ ማጋነኛ ምልክቶች የት እንደሚታዩ መወሰኛ
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Femphasislb 87 ይምረጡ ባህሪ ለማሳየት ከ ላይ ወይንም ከ ታች የ ተመረጠውን ሰነድ ጠቅላላ እርዝመት
2a cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Findividualwordscb 76 የተመረጠውን ውጤት በ ፊደሎች ላይ ብቻ መፈጸሚያ እና ባዶ ቦታዎችን መተው
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinelb f9 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ዘዴ አይነት ይምረጡ: ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ዘዴ ለመፈጸም ለ ቃላት ብቻ: ይምረጡ የ እያንዳንዱን ቃላት ሳጥን ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2FEffectsPage 47 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ፊደል ውጤት ይወስኑ
f .uno%3AOverline 81 Overlines or removes overlining from the selected text. If the cursor is not in a word, the new text that you enter is overlined.
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Ffontcolorlb d4 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ ቀለም ማሰናጃ: ይምረጡ ራሱ በራሱ, የ ጽሁፍ ቀለም ማሰናጃ በ ጥቁር ነጣ ላሉ መደቦች እና ነጭ መደበቻው ጥቁር ለሆነ
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Frelieflb e1 Select a relief effect to apply to the selected text. The embossed relief makes the characters appear as if they are raised above the page. The engraved relief makes the characters appear as if they are pressed into the page.
22 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foutlinecb 76 የተመረጡትን ባህሪዎች ማሳያ: ይህ ተጽእኖ በ ሁሉም ፊደሎች ላይ አይሰራም
29 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Funderlinecolorlb 31 ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ቀለም ይምረጡ
10 .uno%3AFontColor 184 ይጫኑ ለ መፈጸም የ አሁኑን ፊደል ቀለም ወደ ተመረጠው ባህሪዎች ውስጥ: እንዲሁም መጫን ይችላሉ እዚህ እና መጎተት የ ተመረጠውን የ ጽሁፍ ቀለም ለ መቀየር: ይጫኑ በ ቀስቱ ላይ ከ ምልክቱ አጠገብ ያለውን ለ መክፈት የ ፊደል ቀለም እቃ መደርደሪያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fstrikeoutlb 4e ለተመረጠው ጽሁፍ በላዩ ላይ መሰረዣ ዘዴ ይምረጡ
21 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Fshadowcb 60 ለተመረጡት ባህሪዎች ከ ታች እና በ ቀኝ በኩል ጥላ መፍጠሪያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinelb 10d እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ከ ላዩ ላይ ማስመሪያ ዘዴ አይነት ይምረጡ: ከ ላዩ ላይ ማስመሪያ ዘዴ ለመፈጸም ለ ቃላት ብቻ: ይምረጡ የ እያንዳንዱን ቃላቶችከ ሳጥን ውስጥ
28 cui%2Fui%2Feffectspage%2Foverlinecolorlb 30 ከላይ ማስመሪያ ቀለም ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcommented 8a ወደ ተመረጠው የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ አስተያየት ማስገቢያ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ከዚህ ሳጥን ውጪ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fadd 88 የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ ኮድ መጨመሪያ እርስዎ ያስገቡትን በተጠቃሚ-ለሚገለጽ ምድብ ውስጥ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fedit 57 ወደ ተመረጠው የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ አስተያየት መጨመሪያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformated 5c Displays the number format code for the selected format. You can also enter a custom format.
1e .uno%3ATableNumberFormatDialog 44 ለተመረጠው ክፍል(ሎች) አቀራረቡን መወሰኛ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcategorylb 90 ይምረጡ ምድብ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይምረጡ የ አቀራረብ ዘዴ በ አቀራረብ ሳጥን ውስጥ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdelete 41 የ ተመረጠውን የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ ማጥፊያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fcurrencylb a8 ገንዘብ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ይሽብልሉ ወደ ላይ በ አቀራረብ ዝርዝር ውስጥ የ ገንዘብ አቀራረብ ምርጫ ለማየት
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fformatlb 75 የ ተመረጠው ክፍል(ሎች) ይዞታዎች እንዴት እንዲታይ እንደሚፈልጉ ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fnegnumred 52 የ አሉታዊ ቁጥሮችን ፊደል ወደ ቀይ ቀለም መቀየሪያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Flanguagelb 176 ቋንቋ ማሰናጃ ይወስኑ ለተመረጡት ሜዳዎች. በ ቋንቋ ማሰናጃ ወደ ራሱ በራሱ, $[officename] ራሱ በራሱ ይፈጽማል የ ቁጥር አቀራረብ የተዛመደውን ከ ስርአት ነባር ቋንቋ ጋር: ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ቋንቋ ማሰናጃውን ለመጠገን ለተመረጡት ሜዳዎች.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fsourceformat 4b Uses the same number format as the cells containing the data for the chart.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fdecimalsed 5a እርስዎ ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን የ ዴሲማል ቦታዎች ያስገቡ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fengineering 56 With scientific format, Engineering notation ensures that exponent is a multiple of 3.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fleadzerosed 76 ከ ዴሲማል ነጥብ በፊት ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን ከፍተኛ የ ዜሮ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingformatpage%2Fthousands 8a የ ሺዎች መለያያ ማስገቢያ: የ ሺዎች መለያያ እንደ ቋንቋ ማሰናጃዎች አይነት ይለያያል
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Funvisitedlb 168 ይምረጡ የ አቀራረብ ዘዴ ለ መጠቀም ለ ያልተጎበኙ አገናኞች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ለ መጨመር ወይንም ለማሻሻል ዘዴ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ንግግሩን ይዝጉ: እና ይጫኑ የ ዘዴዎች እና አቀራረብ ምልክት በ አቀራረብ እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fvisitedlb 162 ይምረጡ የ አቀራረብ ዘዴ ለ መጠቀም ለ ተጎበኙ አገናኞች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ለ መጨመር ወይንም ለማሻሻል ዘዴ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ንግግሩን ይዝጉ: እና ይጫኑ የ ዘዴዎች እና አቀራረብ ምልክት በ አቀራረብ እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftargetfrmlb c4 ያስገቡ የ ክፈፉን ስም እርስዎ ያገናኙትን ፋይል ለ መክፈት በ ወይንም ይምረጡ በ ቅድሚያ የ ተወሰነ ክፈፍ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Fnameed 22 ስም ያስገቡ ለ hyperlink.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Feventpb 54 እርስዎ በሚጫኑ ጊዜ hyperlink ሁኔታ የሚያስነሳ መወሰኛ
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furlpb 86 ፋይሉን ፈልገው ያግኙ እንደ አገናኝ ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
2c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Furled 5e ማስገቢያ a URL መክፈት ለሚፈልጉት ፋይል በሚጫኑ ጊዜ hyperlink.
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcharurlpage%2Ftexted 47 ለ hyperlink ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ
19 .uno%3AInsertHyperlinkDlg 5d አዲስ hyperlink መመደቢያ ወይንም የተመረጠውን hyperlink ማረሚያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2FPositionPage 54 ለ ባህሪዎች ቦታ: መጠን: ማዞሪያ እና ክፍተት ይወስኑ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsuperscript 99 የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ፊደል መጠን ማሳነሻ እና ጽሁፉን ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር በላይ ከፍ ያደርገዋል
20 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fnormal 82 በትንንሹ ከፍ ብሎ መጻፊያ ወይንም በትንንሹ ዝቅ ብሎ መጻፊያ አቀራረብ ማስወገጃ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fsubscript 99 የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ፊደል መጠን ማሳነሻ እና ጽሁፉን ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር በታች ዝቅ ያደርገዋል
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fpairkerning 69 ራሱ በራሱ የ ባህሪ ክፍተት ማስተካከያ ለ ተወሰነ ፊደል መቀላቀያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerningsb 9f የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ባህሪ ክፍተት በምን ያህል መጠን ማስፋት ወይንም ማሳነስ እንደሚፈልጉ ያስገቡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fraiselowersb 10e መጠን ያስገቡ እርስዎ መጨመር ወይንም መቀነስ የሚፈልጉትን የ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ አንጻር ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር: መቶ ፐርሰንት ማለት ከ ፊደሉ እርዝመት እኩል ነው ማለት ነው
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fscalewidthsb 9f ፐርሰንቴጅ ያስገቡ ለ ፊደል ስፋት የ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ በ አግድም የሚሰፋበትን ወይም የሚያንስበትን
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Ffontsizesb 66 የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ፊደል ማሳነስ የሚፈልጉበትን መጠን ያስገቡ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fautomatic b6 ራሱ በራሱ መጠኑን ማሰናጃ የተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ከፍ ማድረጊያ ወይንም ዝቅ ያደርገዋል ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር አንጻር
23 cui%2Fui%2Fpositionpage%2Fkerninglb 11f የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ባህሪ ክፍተት በምን ያህል መጠን ማስፋት ወይንም ማሳነስ እንደሚፈልጉ ያስገቡ: ያስገቡ መጠኑ እንዲሰፋ ወይንም እንዲያንስ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ በ ሳጥን ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fendbracket ca ይምረጡ ባህሪ ለ መግለጽ ለ መጨረሻ የ ድርብ-መስመር ቦታ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ከ ፈለጉ ባህሪዎች ማሻሻያ: ይምረጡ ሌሎች ባህሪዎች .
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Fstartbracket cd ይምረጡ ባህሪ ለ መግለጽ ለ ማስጀመር የ ድርብ-መስመር ቦታ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ከ ፈለጉ ባህሪዎች ማሻሻያ: ይምረጡ ሌሎች ባህሪዎች .
22 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2Ftwolines 67 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በ ተመረጠው ቦታ በ ድርብ መጻፍ ያስችሎታል
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftwolinespage%2FTwoLinesPage 7f Sets the options for double-line writing for Asian languages. Select the characters in your text, and then choose this command.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckApplySpacing 3c Inserts a space between Asian, Latin and complex characters.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckHangPunct 88 Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FcheckForbidList ee ባህሪዎች መስመር ከ መጀመር ወይንም ከ መጨረስ መከልከያ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ባህሪዎቹ እንደገና ማዛወሪያ ቀደም ወዳለው ወይንም ወደሚቀጥለው መስመር
2c cui%2Fui%2Fasiantypography%2FAsianTypography f2 Set the typographic options for cells or paragraphs in Asian language files. To enable Asian language support, choose Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box, and then select the Enabled box in the Asian language support area.
10 .uno%3AEditStyle 7f የ አሁኑን አንቀጽ አቀራረብ ማሻሻያ እንደ ማስረጊያዎች: እና ማሰለፊያ አይነት
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LINEDISTMETRIC 54 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ መስመር ክፍተት ዋጋ ያስገቡ
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcheckCB_CONTEXTUALSPACING 94 Makes any space specified before or after this paragraph not be applied when the preceding and following paragraphs are of the same paragraph style.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FcomboLB_LINEDIST 4a Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_BOTTOMDIST 69 ከ ተመረጡት አንቀጽ(ጾች) ስር መተው የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት ያስገቡ
2d cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_TOPDIST 6c ከ ተመረጡት አንቀጽ(ጾች) በላይ መተው የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት ያስገቡ
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_FLINEINDENT 12a Indents the first line of a paragraph by the amount that you enter. To create a hanging indent enter a positive value for "Before text" and a negative value for "First line". To indent the first line of a paragraph that uses numbering or bullets, choose "Format - Bullets and Numbering - Position".
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_RIGHTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FspinED_LEFTINDENT 184 Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparaindentspacing%2FParaIndentSpacing 53 ለ አንቀጽ የ ማስረጊያ እና የ ክፍተት ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_DELALL e0 ሁሉንም የ tab ማስቆሚያ ማስወገጃ እርስዎ የ ወሰኑትን ከ ባታ ማሰናጃ ውስጥ የ ግራ tab ማስቆሚያ በ መደበኛ ክፍተት እንደ ነባር የ tab ማስቆሚያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FbuttonBTN_NEW 63 ለ አሁኑ አንቀጽ እርስዎ የ ወሰኑትን የ tab ማስቆሚያ መጨመሪያ
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER 9f እርስዎን መወሰን ያስችሎታል በ ባህሪዎች ባዶ ቦታዎች መሙያ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ በ ነጥቦች
3c cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE 68 መስመር መሳያ ለ መሙላት ባዶ ቦታዎች ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FParagraphTabsPage 3f የ tab ማስቆሚያ በ አንቀጽ ውስጥ ማሰናጃ
37 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER 5d ጽሁፍ መሀከል ማሰለፊያ እስከ ማስረጊያው ማስቆሚያ ድረስ
3a cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE 5b ባዶ ቦታዎች መሙያ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ በ ጭረቶች
35 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT 94 ጽሁፍ በ ግራ ጠርዝ ማሰለፊያ እስከ ማስረጊያው ማስቆሚያ ድረስ እና ጽሁፉን ወደ ቀኝ ማስፊያ
36 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT cb ጽሁፍ በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ ማሰለፊያ እስከ ማስረጊያው ማስቆሚያ ድረስ እና ጽሁፉን ወደ ግራ ማስፊያ እስከ ማስረጊያው ማስቆሚያ ድረስ
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL 8a ማሰለፊያ የ ዴሲማል መለያያ ቁጥር ከ tab ማስቆሚያ መሀከል እና ጽሁፍ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FentryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR 85 ባህሪ ያስገቡ እርስዎ የ ዴሲማል tab እንዲጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እንደ ዴሲማል መለያያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FED_TABPOS 199 ይምረጡ የ tab ማስቆሚያ አይነት: አዲስ መለኪያ ያስገቡ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አዲስ. እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ መወሰን ይችላሉ የ መለኪያ ክፍሎችን የሚጠቀሙትን ለ tab (ሴሚ ለ ሴንቲ ሚትር ወይንም " ለ ኢንች). የ ነበረው tabs ወደ ግራ ከ መጀመሪያው tab እርስዎ ያሰናዱት ይወገዳል
34 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO af ምንም ባህሪ መሙያ የለም ማስገቢያ ወይንም ማስወገጃ የ ነበረውን ባህሪዎች መሙያ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ
38 cui%2Fui%2Fparatabspage%2FradiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS 5b ባዶ ቦታዎች መሙያ ከ tab በ ግራ በኩል ማስቆሚያ በ ነጥቦች
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fdistancemf 27 የ ጥላውን ስፋት ያስገቡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2FBorderPage 79 በ መጻፊያ ወይንም ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ድንበር ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinestylelb b9 ይጫኑ በ ድንበር ዘዴ ላይ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን: ዘዴው ይፈጸማል ለ ተመረጡት ድንበሮች በ ቅድመ እይታ ውስጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Flinecolorlb 80 እርስዎ ለ ተመረጠው ደንበር(ሮች) መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ መስመር ቀለም ይምረጡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fpresets 5b በ ቅድሚያ የተገለጸውን የ ድንበር ዘዴ ለመፈጸም ይምረጡ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fleftmf 96 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እርቀት ያስገቡ በ ግራ ድንበር እና በ ተመረጠው ይዞታው መካከል
25 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadowcolorlb 27 የ ጥላውን ቀለም ያስገቡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Frightmf 96 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እርቀት ያስገቡ በ ቀኝ ድንበር እና በ ተመረጠው ይዞታው መካከል
1f cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fshadows 45 ለ ተመረጠው ድንበር የ ጥላዎች ዘዴ ይምረጡ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fbottommf 9c እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እርቀት ያስገቡ በ ታችኛው ድንበር እና በ ተመረጠው ይዞታው መካከል
1d cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Ftopmf 9c እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን እርቀት ያስገቡ በ ላይኛው ድንበር እና በ ተመረጠው ይዞታው መካከል
1c cui%2Fui%2Fborderpage%2Fsync 96 መፈጸሚያ ተመሳሳይ ክፍተት ለ ይዞታዎች  ማሰናጃ ለ አራቱም ድንበሮች አዲስ እርቀት ሲያስገቡ
18 SVX_HID_POPUP_COLOR_CTRL f2 ይጭኑ በ ቀለም ላይ: ይጫኑ መሙያ የለም የ መደብ ቀለም ወይንም የ ማድመቂያውን ቀለም ለማስወገድ: ይጫኑ ራሱ በራሱ የ ፊደል ቀለም እንደ ነበረ ለ መመለስ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Ftilerb 61 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ንድፍ መድገሚያ ጠቅላላ መደቡን እንዲሞላ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Farearb 5e የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ንድፍ ማስፊያ ጠቅላላ መደቡን እንዲሞላ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fpositionrb 71 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አካባቢውን በ መጋጠሚያ ቦታ ውስጥ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbrowse 78 ለ መደብ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ንድፍ ፈልገው ያግኙ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fshowpreview 5e የተመረጠውን ንድፍ በ ቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fbackgroundcolorset 90 ይጫኑ ለ መደብ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ቀለም: የ መደብ ቀለም ለማስወገድ: ይጫኑ መሙያ የለም.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Flink 55 በ አሁኑ ፋይል ውስጥ ንድፍ አገናኝ ወይንም ማጣበቂያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2Fselectlb 4a መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ መደብ አይነት ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fbackgroundpage%2FBackgroundPage 3b የ መደብ ቀለም ወይንም ንድፍ ማሰናጃ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fcolumnpage%2Ftextdirectionlb d4 ለ አንቀጽ የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ይወስኑ ለ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL). ይህ ገጽታ የሚኖረው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ ድጋፍን ሲያስችሉ ነው
31 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN 6a የ ተመረጠውን አንቀጽ ወደ ግራ እና ወደ ቀኝ ገጽ መስመር ማሰለፊያ
30 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_CENTERALIGN 5c በ ገጹ ላይ ያሉትን የ አንቀጽ ይዞታዎች መሀከል ማድረጊያ
2f cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_RIGHTALIGN 2e Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FradioBTN_LEFTALIGN 2d Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fparagalignpage%2FParaAlignPage 52 ከ ገጽ መስመር አንፃር የ አንቀጽ ማሰለፊያ ማሰናጃ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Forigsize 44 ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ ዋናውን መጠን ይመልሳል
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheight 3a ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ እርዝመት ያስገቡ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepscale a2 እርስዎ በሚከረክሙ ጊዜ የ ዋናውን ንድፍ መጠን ይጠብቃል: ስለዚህ የ ንድፉ መጠን ብቻ ነው የሚቀየረው
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fkeepsize 1d3 እርስዎ በሚከረክሙ ጊዜ የ ዋናውን ንድፍ መጠን ይጠብቃል: ስለዚህ የ ንድፉ መጠን ብቻ ነው የሚቀየረው: የ ንድፉን መጠን ለ መቀነስ: ይምረጡ ይህን ምርጫ እና ያስገቡ አሉታዎ ዋጋዎች በ መከርከሚያ ሳጥኖች ውስጥ: የ ንድፉን መጠን ለ መጨመር: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ ቁጥሮች በ መከርከሚያ ሳጥኖች ውስጥ
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidth 34 ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ ስፋት ያስገቡ
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fright 23d ይህን መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን በ ንድፉ በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ በኩል ለ መከርከም: ወይንም የ አሉታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር ነጭ ክፍተት ቦታ በ ንድፉ በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ በኩል: ይህን ምስል መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር በ ንድፉ የ አግድም መጠን በኩል: ወይንም አሉታዊ መጠን የ ንድፉን አግድም መጠን ለ መቀነስ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2FCropPage 83 የ ተመረጠውን ንድፍ መከርከሚያ: እርስዎ ንድፉን ወደ ዋናው መጠን መመለስ ይችላሉ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fheightzoom 4e ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ በ ፐርሰንት እርዝመት ያስገቡ
1c cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fbottom 237 ይህን መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን በ ንድፉ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል ለ መከርከም: ወይንም የ አሉታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር ነጭ ክፍተት ቦታ በ ንድፉ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል: ይህን ምስል መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር በ ንድፉ የ ቁመት መጠን በኩል: ወይንም አሉታዊ መጠን የ ንድፉን ቁመት መጠን ለ መቀነስ
19 cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Ftop 237 ይህን መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን በ ንድፉ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል ለ መከርከም: ወይንም የ አሉታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር ነጭ ክፍተት ቦታ በ ንድፉ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል: ይህን ምስል መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር በ ንድፉ የ ቁመት መጠን በኩል: ወይንም አሉታዊ መጠን የ ንድፉን ቁመት መጠን ለ መቀነስ
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fleft 23d ይህን መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን በ ንድፉ በ ግራ ጠርዝ በኩል ለ መከርከም: ወይንም የ አሉታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር ነጭ ክፍተት ቦታ በ ንድፉ በ ግራ ጠርዝ በኩል: ይህን ምስል መጠን መጠበቂያ ምርጫ ከ ተመረጠ: ያስገቡ አዎንታዊ መጠን ለ መጨመር በ ንድፉ የ አግድም መጠን በኩል: ወይንም አሉታዊ መጠን የ ንድፉን አግድም መጠን ለ መቀነስ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcroppage%2Fwidthzoom 48 ለ ተመረጠው ንድፍ በ ፐርሰንት ስፋት ያስገቡ
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fcategory c6 ለ አሁኑ ዘዴ ምድብ ማሳያ: እርስዎ የሚፈጥሩ ወይንም የሚያሻሽሉ ከሆነ አዲስ ዘዴ: ይምረጡ 'ዘዴ ማስተካከያ' ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Flinkedwith d0 ይምረጡ የ ነበረ ዘዴ እርስዎ መሰረት ማድረግ የሚፈልጉትን ለ አዲስ ዘዴ: ወይንም ይምረጡ ምንም እርስዎ የራስዎትን ዘዴ ለ መግለጽ
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnextstyle 1b5 ይምረጡ የ ነበረ ዘዴ እርስዎ መከተል የሚፈልጉት የ አሁኑ ዘዴ በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ለ አንቀጽ ዘዴዎች: የሚቀጥለው ዘዴ የ ተፈጠረው ወደ አንቀጹ የሚፈጸመው እርስዎ ማስገቢያውን በሚጫኑ ጊዜ ነው: ለ ገጽ ዘዴዎች: የሚቀጥለው ዘዴ ወደ ገጽ የሚፈጸመው አዲስ ገጽ ሲፈጥሩ ነው
27 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fautoupdate 131 ዘዴውን ማሻሻያ እርስዎ በሚፈጽሙ ጊዜ በ ቀጥታ አቀራረብ ወደ አንቀጽ ይህን ዘዴ በ መጠቀም በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ይህን የ አቀራረብ ዘዴ የሚጠቀም ሁሉም አንቀጾች በሙሉ ራሱ በራሱ ይሻሻላል
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fdesc 52 በ አሁኑ ዘዴ ውስጥ የ ተጠቀሙትን አቀራረብ መግለጫ
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2Fnamerw 114 የ ተመረጠውን ዘዴ ስም ማሳያ: እርስዎ የሚፈጥሩ ወይንም የሚያሻሽሉ ከሆነ የ ዘዴ ማስተካከያ: የ ዘዴውን ስም ያስገቡ: እርስዎ በ ቅድሚያ የተሰየመ ዘዴ ስም መቀየር አይችሉም
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fmanagestylepage%2FManageStylePage 31 ለ ተመረጠው ዘዴ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckAdaptBox da እርስዎ በ መረጡት የ ወረቀት አቀራረብ ልክ እንዲሆን የ ስእል እቃዎችን እንደገና መመጠኛ: የ ስእል እቃው አቀራረብ እንደ ነበረ ይቆያል
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboLayoutFormat 6a ለ አሁኑ ገጽ ዘዴ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ቁጥር መስጫ ዘዴ ይምረጡ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonVert 0 
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboRegisterStyle 0 
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckbuttonHorz 0 
2d cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcheckRegisterTrue 7e በ ተመረጠው ገጽ ዘዴ ውስጥ ያለውን ጽሁፍ በ ቁመት ገጽ መጋጠሚያ ላይ ማሰለፊያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargTop 9c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargBot 9c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FPageFormatPage b9 እርስዎን መግለጽ ያስችሎታል የ ገጽ እቅዶች ለ ነጠላ እና በርካታ-ገጽ ሰነዶች: እንዲሁም ቁጥር መስጫ እና አቀራረብ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageFormat e7 ይምረጡ በ ቅድሚያ የተገለጸ የ ወረቀት መጠን: ወይንም የ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ይፍጠሩ የ ወረቀቱን አቅጣጫ በ እርዝመት እና ስፋት ሳጥኖች ውስጥ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinWidth a8 የ ተመረጠውን የ ወረቀት አቀራረብ ስፋት ማሳያ: የ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ለ መግለጽ ስፋቱን እዚህ ያስገቡ
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonPortrait 64 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ በ ወረቀቱ የ ቁመት አቅጣጫ ማሳያ እና ማተሚያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPageLayout ac የ አሁኑ ገጽ የሚያሳየው ጎዶሎ ገጾች ነው ወይንም ሙሉ ገጾች ወይንም ሁለቱንም ጎዶሎ እና ሙሉ ገጾች መወሰኛ
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FradiobuttonLandscape 67 የ አሁኑን ሰነድ በ ወረቀቱ የ አግድም አቅጣጫ ማሳያ እና ማተሚያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargRight 18c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ቀኝ ገጽ መስመር እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል: እርስዎ የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የተንፀባረቀ ገጽ እቅድ: ያስገቡ የ ክፍተቱን መጠን መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ውጪኛው የ ጽሁፍ መስመር እና በ ገጹ የ ውጪ ጠርዝ መካከል
26 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinHeight b1 የ ተመረጠውን የ ወረቀት አቀራረብ እርዝመት ማሳያ: የ አቀራረብ ማስተካከያ ለ መግለጽ እርዝመት እዚህ ያስገቡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboPaperTray 188 ለ እርስዎ ማተሚያ የ ወረቀት ምንጭ ይምረጡ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ: የ ተለያዩ የ ወረቀት ትሪዎች ለ ተለያዩ ገጽ ዘዴዎች መመደብ ይችላሉ: ለምሳሌ: ለ መጀመሪያው ገጽ ዘዴ የ ተለየ ትሪ ይመድቡ: እና ይጫኑ ትሪውን የ ድርጅት የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ባለው ወረቀት
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FcomboTextFlowBox 6f በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ይምረጡ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpageformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 192 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ግራ ገጽ መስመር እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል: እርስዎ የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የተንፀባረቀ ገጽ እቅድ: ያስገቡ የ ክፍተቱን መጠን መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ውስጠኛው የ ጽሁፍ መስመር እና በ ገጹ የ ውስጥ ጠርዝ መካከል
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonEdit 0 
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FbuttonMore 70 ለ ድንበር: ለ መደብ ቀለም: ወይንም ለ ራስጌ የ መደብ ድግግሞሽ መግለጫ
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameFP 65 የ መጀመሪያ እና ሙሉ/ጎዶሎ ገጾች ተመሳሳይ ይዞታዎችን ይጋራሉ
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckFooterOn 39 ለ አሁኑ የ ገጽ ዘዴ ራስጌ መጨመሪያ
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckSameLR 51 ሙሉ እና ጎዶሎ ገጾች ተመሳሳይ ይዞታዎችን ይጋራሉ
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FHFFormatPage ce ወደ አሁኑ የ ገጽ ዘዴ ራስጌ መጨመሪያ: ራስጌ በ ገጹ ከ ላይ መስመር በኩል ያለ ቦታ ነው: እርስዎ ንድፍ ወይንም ጽሁፍ የሚጨምሩበት
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckAutofit 75 እርስዎ በሚያስገቡት ይዞታ ልክ ራሱ በራሱ የ ራስጌ እርዝመት ማስተካከያ
2c svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargLeft 99 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እና በ ግራ ጠርዝ ራስጌ መካከል
2d svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinMargRight 99 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ቀኝ ጠርዝ እና በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ ራስጌ መካከል
2f svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FcheckDynSpacing b0 መሻሪያ የ ክፍተት ማሰናጃዎችን እና መፍቀጃ የ ራስጌ ማስፊያ ወደ ራስጌ ቦታ መካከል እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ውስጥ
2b svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinSpacing aa ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን ከ ራስጌ የ ታች ጠርዝ እና ከ ታች ጠርዝ የ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ መካከል
2a svx%2Fui%2Fheadfootformatpage%2FspinHeight 50 ለ ራስጌ ማስገባት የሚፈልጉትን እርዝመት ያስገቡ
12 HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 0 
15 SC_HID_SC_FOOTER_EDIT 41 የ ግርጌ ጽሁፍ መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማረሚያ
2d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER_CB_DYNSPACING a3 የ ክፍተት ማሰናጃዎችን እና መፍቀጃ የ ግርጌ ማስፊያ ወደ ራስጌ ቦታ መካከል እና በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ውስጥ
11 HID_FORMAT_FOOTER ce ወደ አሁኑ የ ገጽ ዘዴ ግርጌ መጨመሪያ: ግርጌ በ ገጹ ከ ታች መስመር በኩል ያለ ቦታ ነው: እርስዎ ንድፍ ወይንም ጽሁፍ የሚጨምሩበት
2f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_TURNON 39 ለ አሁኑ የ ገጽ ዘዴ ግርጌ መጨመሪያ
2f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED 51 ሙሉ እና ጎዶሎ ገጾች ተመሳሳይ ይዞታዎችን ይጋራሉ
35 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_SHARED_FIRST 65 የ መጀመሪያ እና ሙሉ/ጎዶሎ ገጾች ተመሳሳይ ይዞታዎችን ይጋራሉ
32 SVX%3APUSHBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ABTN_EXTRAS 70 ለ ድንበር: ለ መደብ ቀለም: ወይንም ለ ግርጌ የ መደብ ድግግሞሽ መግለጫ
33 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_LMARGIN 99 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እና በ ግራ ጠርዝ ግርጌ መካከል
33 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_RMARGIN 99 ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ቀኝ ጠርዝ እና በ ቀኝ ጠርዝ ግርጌ መካከል
30 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_DIST ba ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል በ ጽሁፍ ሰነድ ውስጥ እና ከ ታች ጠርዝ ግርጌ መካከል
32 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3AED_HEIGHT 40 ለ ግርጌ የሚፈልጉትን እርዝመት ያስገቡ
33 SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_FOOTER%3ACB_HEIGHT_DYN 75 እርስዎ በሚያስገቡት ይዞታ ልክ ራሱ በራሱ የ ግርጌ እርዝመት ማስተካከያ
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToKatakana 64 የ ተመረጠውን የ እሲያ ባህሪዎች ወደ Katakana ባህሪዎች መቀየሪያ
1b .uno%3AChangeCaseToHiragana 64 የ ተመረጠውን የ እሲያ ባህሪዎች ወደ Hiragana ባህሪዎች መቀየሪያ
1d .uno%3AChangeCaseToToggleCase 71 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች መቀያየሪያ
1f .uno%3AChangeCaseToSentenceCase 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToLower 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ ትንሽ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
1a SID_TRANSLITERATE_SENTENCE 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToTitleCase 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
18 .uno%3ATransliterateMenu 88 Changes the case of characters in the selection. If the cursor is within a word and no text is selected, then the word is the selection.
18 .uno%3AChangeCaseToUpper 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
1c SID_TRANSLITERATE_CAPITALIZE 89 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች ወደ አቢይ ፊደል መቀየሪያ
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToFullWidth 6c የ ተመረጠውን የ እሲያ ባህሪዎች ወደ ሙሉ ስፋት ባህሪዎች መቀየሪያ
1c .uno%3AChangeCaseToHalfWidth 6c የ ተመረጠውን የ እሲያ ባህሪዎች በ ግማሽ-ስፋት ባህሪዎች መቀየሪያ
18 SID_TRANSLITERATE_TOGGLE 71 የ ተመረጠውን የ መጀመሪያ የ ምእራባውያን ፊደል ባህሪዎች መቀያየሪያ
2c svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstyles 7b መክፈቻ የ ዘዴዎች እና አቀራረብ መስኮት የ ruby ጽሁፍ ባህሪ ዘዴ የሚመርጡበት
30 svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fpositionlb 3f የ Ruby ጽሁፍ የሚቀመጥበትን ቦታ ይምረጡ
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fadjustlb 40 ይምረጡ የ አግድም ማሰለፊያ ለ Ruby ጽሁፍ
2e svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FRight4ED 4f Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2Fstylelb 40 ይምረጡ የ አግድም ማሰለፊያ ለ Ruby ጽሁፍ
2d svx%2Fui%2Fasianphoneticguidedialog%2FLeft4ED e7 በ አሁኑ ፋይል ውስጥ እርስዎ የመረጡትን መሰረታዊ ጽሁፍ ማሳያ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ: መሰረታዊ ጽሁፍ ማሻሻል ይችላሉ አዲስ ጽሁፍ እዚህ በማስገባት
11 .uno%3ARubyDialog 54 Allows you to add comments above Asian characters to serve as a pronunciation guide.
15 .uno%3AAlignFrameMenu 34 Aligns selected objects with respect to one another.
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
1c .uno%3AAlignHorizontalCenter 116 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች በ አግድም መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ አግድም መሀከል ላይ ይሆናል በ ገጹ ውስጥ
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
f .uno%3AAlignTop 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
1a .uno%3AAlignVerticalCenter 110 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች በ ቁመት መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ቁመት መሀከል ላይ ይሆናል በ ገጹ ውስጥ
12 .uno%3AAlignBottom 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
10 .uno%3AAlignDown 121 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች የ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል ያደርጋቸውል: አንድ እቃ ብቻ ከ ተመረጠ በ መሳያ ወይንም በ ማስደነቂያ: የ እቃው መሀከል በ ላይ ጠርዝ መሀከል በ ገጹ መስመር ላይ ይሆናል
f .uno%3ALeftPara 5d ማሰለፊያ የ ተመረጠውን አንቀጽ(ጾች) ወደ ግራ ገጽ መስመር
10 .uno%3ARightPara 5d ማሰለፊያ የ ተመረጠውን አንቀጽ(ጾች) ወደ ቀኝ ገጽ መስመር
11 .uno%3ACenterPara 5a መሀከል ማድረጊያ የ ተመረጠውን አንቀጽ(ጾች) በ ገጹ ላይ
12 .uno%3AJustifyPara 160 ማሰለፊያ የ ተመረጡትን አንቀጽ(ጾች) ወደ ግራ እና ወደ ቀኝ የ ገጽ መስመሮች: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ: እርስዎ መወሰን ይችላሉ የ ማሰለፊያ ምርጫዎች ለ መጨረሻው መስመር በ አንቀጽ ውስጥ በ መምረጥ አቀራረብ - አንቀጽ - ማሰለፊያ.
11 .uno%3AMergeCells 62 የ ተመረጡትን የ ሰንጠረዥ ክፍሎች ወደ አንድ ክፍል መቀላቀያ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fvert b3 መክፈያ የ ተመረጠውን ክፍል(ሎች) ወደሚፈልጉት ቁጥር አምዶች እርስዎ እንደ ወሰኑት በ መክፈያ ክፍል ወደ ሳጥን.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fprop 47 መክፈያ ክፍሎች ወደ እኩል ረድፎች እርዝመት
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fhori b2 መክፈያ የ ተመረጠውን ክፍል(ሎች) ወደሚፈልጉት ቁጥር ረድፎች እርስዎ እንደ ወሰኑት በ መክፈያ ክፍል ወደ ሳጥን
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsplitcellsdialog%2Fcountnf 91 ቁጥር ያስገቡ ለ ረድፎች ወይንም ለ አምዶች እርስዎ እንዲከፈል ለሚፈልጉት ክፍል(ሎች) ወደ
10 .uno%3ASplitCell 9a መክፈያ ክፍል ወይንም የ ክፍሎች ቡድን በ አግድም ወይንም በ ቁመት እርስዎ ወደሚያስገቡት ቁጥር
12 .uno%3ACellVertTop 5d የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ከ ክፍሉ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል ማሰለፊያ
15 .uno%3ACellVertCenter 6e የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች መሀከል ማድረጊያ ከ ላይ እና ከ ታች ክፍል ውስጥ
15 .uno%3ACellVertBottom 5d የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ከ ክፍሉ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል ማሰለፊያ
b .uno%3ABold ec የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ማድመቂያ: መጠቆሚያው በ ቃል ውስጥ ከሆነ ጠቅላላ ቃሉ ይደምቃል: የ ተመረጠው ቃል ቀድም ብሎ ደምቆ ከ ነበረ አቀራረቡ ይወገዳል
d .uno%3AItalic ed የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ማዝመሚያ: መጠቆሚያው በ ቃል ውስጥ ከሆነ ጠቅላላ ቃሉ ያዘማል: የ ተመረጠው ቃል ቀድም ብሎ የ ዘመመ ከ ነበረ አቀራረቡ ይወገዳል
16 .uno%3AUnderlineDouble 59 የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ከ ስሩ በ ሁለት መስመሮች ማስመሪያ
10 .uno%3AUnderline 7c የ ተመረጠውን ጽሁፍ ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ወይንም ከ ስሩ የተሰመረበትን ማስወገጃ
10 .uno%3AStrikeout b4 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ በ ላዩ ላይ መስመር መሳያ: ወይንም መጠቆሚያው በ ቃል ውስጥ ከሆነ በጠቅላላ ቃሉ ላይ ይፈጸማል
f .uno%3AShadowed a2 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ ጥላ መጨመሪያ: ወይንም መጠቆሚያው በ ቃል ውስጥ ከሆነ በጠቅላላ ቃሉ ላይ ይፈጸማል
15 .uno%3ADistributeRows 99 የ ተመረጡትን ረድፎች እርዝመት ማስተካከያ እርዝመቱ እንዲመሳሰል ከ ትልቁ የ ረድፍ ምርጫ ጋር
12 .uno%3ASuperScript 98 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ የ ፊደል መጠን መቀነሻ እና ጽሁፉን ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር በላይ ከፍ ማድረጊያ
10 .uno%3ASubScript 98 ለ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ የ ፊደል መጠን መቀነሻ እና ጽሁፉን ከ መሰረታዊ መስመር በታች ዝቅ ማድረጊያ
11 .uno%3ASpacePara1 96 ነጠላ መስመር ክፍተት ወደ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ማስገቢያ መፈጸሚያ: ነባሩ የተሰናዳው እንደዚህ ነው
12 .uno%3ASpacePara15 71 ለ አሁኑ አንቀጽ የ መስመር ክፍተት ማሰናጃ በ አንድ እና ግማሽ መስመር
11 .uno%3ASpacePara2 60 ለ አሁኑ አንቀጽ የ መስመር ክፍተት ማሰናጃ በ ሁለት መስመር
18 .uno%3ADistributeColumns 91 የ ተመረጡትን አምዶች ስፋት ማስተካከያ እንዲመሳሰል ከ ሰፊው የ አምድ ስፋት ጋር በ ምርጫ
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fnewstyle%2Fstylename 27 ለአዲሱ ዘዴ ስም ያስገቡ
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fstringinput%2Fedit 51 ለ አዲሱ አቀራረብ ስም ያስገቡ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ.
18 HID_SD_NAMEDIALOG_OBJECT 89 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ስም ይመድቡ: በሚፈልጉት ጊዜ በ ፍጥነት በ መቃኛ ውስጥ እንዲያገኙት.
13 .uno%3ARenameObject 88 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ስም ይመድቡ: በሚፈልጉት ጊዜ በ ፍጥነት በ መቃኛ ውስጥ እንዲያገኙት
2d cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fdesc_entry 180 የ መግለጫ ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ: ረጅም የ መግለጫ ጽሁፍ ማስገብት ይቻላል ለ ውስብስብ እቃዎች ለ መግለጽ ወይንም ለ እቃዎች ቡድን ለ ተጠቃሚዎች በ መመልከቻ አንባቢ ሶፍትዌር: መግለጫው ይታያል እንደ አማራጭ ግን tag ተደርጓል ለ መሳሪያ መድረሻዎች
35 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2Fobject_title_entry e1 የ እርእስት ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ: ይህ አጭር ስም ይታያል እንደ አማራጭ tag በ HTML አቀራረብ ውስጥ: የ መድረሻ መሳሪያዎች ይህን ጽሁፍ ማንበብ ይችላሉ
38 cui%2Fui%2Fobjecttitledescdialog%2FObjectTitleDescDialog ec ለ ተመረጠው እቃ አርእስት እና መግለጫ መመደቢያ: እነዚህ ጋር መድረስ የሚቻለው ለ መድረሻ መሳሪያዎች ነው እና እንደ አማራጭ tags ሰነድ በሚልኩ ጊዜ
1d .uno%3AObjectTitleDescription ec ለ ተመረጠው እቃ አርእስት እና መግለጫ መመደቢያ: እነዚህ ጋር መድረስ የሚቻለው ለ መድረሻ መሳሪያዎች ነው እና እንደ አማራጭ tags ሰነድ በሚልኩ ጊዜ
11 .uno%3AFormatLine 47 ለ ተመረጠው መስመር አቀራረብ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_CAP_STYLE 77 ይምረጡ ዘዴ ለ መስመር መጨረሻ ባርኔጣ: ባርኔጣ ለ ጭረትም መጨመር ይቻላል
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 111 ራሱ በራሱ ማሻሻያ ሁለቱንም የ ቀስት ራስጌ ማሰናጃዎች እርስዎ ሲያስገቡ የ ተለያዩ ስፋት: ይምረጡ የ ተለያዩ የ ቀስት ራስጌ ዘዴ: ወይንም የ ቀስት ራስጌ መሀከል ማድረጊያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FTSB_CENTER_END 8e የ ቀስት ራስጌ(ዎች) መሀከል ላይ ማድረጊያ በ መጨረሻ ነጥብ(ቦች) በ ተመረጠው መስመር ላይ
24 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLineTabPage 117 ለ ተመረጠው መስመር አቀራረብ ማሰናጃ ወይንም እርስዎ መሳል የሚፈልጉት መስመር: እርስዎ መጨመር ይችላሉ የ ቀስት ራስጌዎች ወደ መስመር ላይ: ወይንም መቀየር የ chart ምልክቶች
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_LINE_STYLE 47 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ መስመር ዘዴ ይምረጡ
21 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_COLOR 27 ለ መስመር ቀለም ይምረጡ
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH f5 ይምረጡ የ መስመር ስፋት: እርስዎ መጨመር ይችላሉ የ መለኪያ ክፍል: የ ዜሮ መስመር ስፋት ውጤት በ ቀጭን መስመር አንድ ፒክስል ስፋት ነው በ ውጤት መገናኛ
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT b1 የ መስመር ግልጽነት ያስገቡ: ይህ 100% ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን ያሳልፋል እና 0% ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን አያሳልፍም
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_END_STYLE 68 ለ ተመረጠው መስመር መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን የ ቀስቶች ራስ ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_END_WIDTH 2b ለ ቀስት ራስ ስፋት ያስገቡ
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FCB_SYMBOL_RATIO 93 የ ምልክት ተመጣጣኝነት መጠበቂያ እርስዎ አዲስ የ እርዝመት ወይንም የ ስፋት ዋጋ ሲያስገቡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMB_SYMBOL_BITMAP 5e የ እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ chart ምልክት ዘዴ ይምረጡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FLB_EDGE_STYLE 91 Select the shape to be used at the corners of the line. In case of a small angle between lines, a mitered shape is replaced with a beveled shape.
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_WIDTH 2a የ ምልክቱን ስፋት ያስገቡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Flinetabpage%2FMF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT 2d ለ ምልክቱ እርዝመት ያስገቡ
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 8a የ አሁኑን የ መስመር ዘዴዎች ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
26 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 34 የ መስመር ዘዴዎች ዝርዝር ማምጫ
2b cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_LINESTYLES 47 መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን የ መስመር ዘዴ ይምረጡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fnamedialog%2FNameDialog 13 ስም ያስገቡ
2d cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FCBX_SYNCHRONIZE 73 ራሱ በራሱ ማስገቢያዎቹን ያስተካክላል እንደ መስመሩ እርዝመት አንፃር
c HID_LINE_DEF 6e ጭረት ወይንም ነጠብጣብ የ መስመር ዘዴዎች ማረሚያ ወይንም መፍጠሪያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FNUM_FLD_2 85 ነጥብ ወይንም ጭረት በ ተደጋጋሚ በ ተከታታይ እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን ቁጥር ያስገቡ
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 7f በ ነጥቦች እና በ ጭረቶች መካከል እንዲኖር የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት መጠን ያስገቡ
27 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FLB_TYPE_2 67 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ጭረቶች ወይንም ነጥቦች ጥምረት ይምረጡ
2e cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LENGTH_2 2a የ ጭረት እርዝመት ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_ADD 60 የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ በ መጠቀም አዲስ የ መስመር ዘዴ መፍጠሪያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Flinestyletabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY eb የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ በ መጠቀም አዲስ የ ተመረጠውን የ መስመር ዘዴ ማሻሻያ: የ ተመረጠውን የ መስመር ዘዴ ለ መቀየር: አዲስ ስም ያስገቡ በሚጠየቁ ጊዜ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 30 የቀስት ዘዴዎች ዝርዝር ማምጫ
27 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY 42 የ ተመረጠውን የ ቀስት ዘዴ ስም መቀየሪያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_ADD 96 የ ቀስት ዘዴ ማስተካከያ ለ መግለጽ: ይምረጡ የ መሳያ እቃ በ ሰነድ ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እዚህ
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLB_LINEENDS 72 ይምረጡ በ ቅድሚያ የ ተገለ የ ቀስት ዘዴ ምልክት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 7a የ አሁኑን የ ቀስት ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
25 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FEDT_NAME 3c የ ተመረጠውን የ ቀስት ዘዴ ስም ማሳያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Flineendstabpage%2FLineEndPage 43 የቀስት ዘዴዎች ማረሚያ ወይንም መፍጠሪያ
11 .uno%3AFormatArea 53 ለ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ የ መሙያ ባህሪዎች ማሰናጃ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FRBT_COLUMN 61 Vertically offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_HATCHBCKGRDCOLOR 72 ይጫኑ ለ መደብ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን ቀለም: ለ ተመረጠው hatching ድግግሞሽ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_OFFSET 4e ረድፎች እና አምዶች ለ ማካካስ ፐርሰንት ያስገቡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_X_OFFSET 45 የ አግድም ማካካሻ ማዝመሚያ ለ bitmap ያስገቡ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_X_SIZE 21 ለ bitmap ስፋት ያስገቡ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FAreaTabPage 4d ለ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ የ መሙያ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FRBT_ROW 63 Horizontally offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_TILE 3f ለ ተመረጠው እቃ መሙያ ለ bitmap መከመሪያ
10 .uno%3AFillStyle 80 ለ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን የ መሙያ አይነት ይምረጡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FNUM_FLD_STEPCOUNT 66 የ ሁለቱን ቀለሞች ከፍታ ማዋሀጃ ደረጃ በ ቁጥር ማሰናጃ ያስገቡ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FCB_HATCHBCKGRD 6d Applies a background color to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a color in the list.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_Y_OFFSET 42 የ ቁመት ማካካሻ ማዝመሚያ ለ bitmap ያስገቡ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_SCALE 1ac እንደገና መመጠኛ ከ bitmap አንጻር የ ተመረጠውን እቃ በ ፐርሰንት ዋጋዎች እርስዎ በሚያስገቡት በ ስፋት እና እርዝመት ሳጥኖች ውስጥ: ይህን ምልክት ማድረጊያ ያጽዱ እንደገና ለ መመጠን የ ተመረጠውን እቃ እርስዎ በሚያስገቡት መለኪያ በ ስፋት እና እርዝመት ሳጥን ውስጥ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_STEPCOUNT 6a ራሱ በራሱ የ ሁለቱን ቀለሞች ከፍታ ማዋሀጃ ደረጃ በ ቁጥር ማሰናጃ
21 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_COLOR 73 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ቀለም መሙያ እርስዎ በሚጫኑት ቀለም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_GRADIENT 73 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ከፍታ መሙያ እርስዎ በሚጫኑት ከፍታ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_HATCHING 132 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ መሙያ በ hatching ንድፍ እርስዎ በሚጫኑት ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: የ መደብ ቀለም ለ መፈጸም ወደ hatching ንድፍ: ይምረጡ ከ መደብ ቀለም ሳጥን ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ቀለም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FLB_BITMAP 54 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ መሙያ እርስዎ በሚጫኑት መፈጸሚያ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_STRETCH 8e የ ተመረጠውን እቃ በ bitmap ለ መሙላት ማስፊያ: ይህን ገጽታ ለ መጠቀም: ያጽዱ የ ክምርሳጥን
27 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FMTR_FLD_Y_SIZE 27 ለ bitmap እርዝመት ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fareatabpage%2FTSB_ORIGINAL e7 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ በሚሞላ ጊዜ የ bitmap ዋናውን መጠን መጠበቂያ: bitmap እንደገና ለ መመጠን: ምልክት ማድረጊያውን ሳጥን ያጽዱ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አንጻር
1e cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fload 3a የተለያዩ የ ከፍታዎች ዝርዝር መጫኛ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fmodify b7 የ አሁኑን ከፍታ ባህሪዎች ወደ ተመረጠው ከፍታ መፈጸሚያ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ: ከፍታውን በ ሌላ ስም ማስቀመጥ ይችላሉ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradientslb 6e እርስዎ መፈጸም ወይንም መፍጠር የሚፈጉትን የ ከፍታ አይነት ይምረጡ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fgradienttypelb 3f ይምረጡ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን አቀራረብ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fsave 7f የ አሁኑን ከፍታዎችን ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterxmtr 11c የ አግድም ማካካሻ ለ ከፍታ ያስገቡ: ይህ 0% ተመሳሳይ ነው ለ አግድም አካባቢ ለ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም በ ከፍታ ውስጥ: የ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም የ ተመረጠው ቀለም ነው በ ለ ሳጥን ውስጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortolb 3f ይምረጡ ቀለም የ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ለ ከፍታ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2FGradientPage 74 የ ክፍታ ባህሪዎች ማሰናጃ: ወይንም ማስቀመጫ እና መጫኛ የ ከፍታ ዝርዝር
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcenterymtr 116 የ ቁመት ማካካሻ ለ ከፍታ ያስገቡ: ይህ 0% ተመሳሳይ ነው ለ ቁመት አካባቢ ለ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም በ ከፍታ ውስጥ: የ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም የ ተመረጠው ቀለም ነው በ ለ ሳጥን ውስጥ
1d cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fadd bd ወደ አሁኑ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ከፍታ ማስተካከያ መጨመሪያ: የ እርስዎን ከፍታ ባህሪዎች ይወስኑ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fanglemtr 44 ለ ተመረጠው ከፍታ ማዞሪያ አንግል ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfromlb 45 ይምረጡ ቀለም የ ማስጀመሪያ ነጥብ ለ ከፍታ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fbordermtr e3 መጠን ያስገቡ አካባቢውን ለማስተካከል ለ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም በ ከፍታ ውስጥ: የ መጨረሻ ነጥብ ቀለም የ ተመረጠው ቀለም ነው በ ለ ሳጥን ውስጥ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolorfrommtr 72 Enter the intensity for the color in the From box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgradientpage%2Fcolortomtr 8c የ ቀለም ጥልቀት ያስገቡ ለ ሳጥን ውስጥ: 0% ተመሳሳይ ለ ጥቁር እና 100 % ለ ተመረጠው ቀለም
20 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2FHatchPage 85 የ hatching ድግግሞሽ ባህሪዎች ማሰናጃ: ወይንም ማስቀመጫ እና መጫኛ የ hatching ዝርዝሮች
1b cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fload 33 የተለያዩ የ hatching ዝርዝር መጫኛ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglectl 69 ይጫኑ በ መጋጠሚያው ላይ ለ መግለጽ የ ማዞሪያ angle ለ hatch መስመሮች
21 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinetypelb 60 እርስዎ ይምረጡ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ hatch መስመር አይነት
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Flinecolorlb 30 የ hatch መስመሮች ቀለም ይምረጡ
1b cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fsave 8a Sየ አሁኑን የተለያዩ የ hatching ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fanglemtr 54 Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fhatchingslb bf ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ hatching ድግግሞሽ: ይጫኑ በ hatching ድግግሞሽ ላይ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን ለ መፈጸም እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ
1d cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fmodify b7 የ አሁኑን hatching ባህሪዎች ወደ ተመረጠው hatching መፈጸሚያ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ ድግግሞሹን በ ሌላ ስም ማስቀመጥ ይችላሉ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fdistancemtr 48 Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.
1a cui%2Fui%2Fhatchpage%2Fadd bb ወደ አሁኑ ዝርዝር ውስጥ hatching ማስተካከያ መጨመሪያ: የ እርስዎን hatching ባህሪዎች ይወስኑ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_SAVE 74 የ አሁኑን bitmaps ዝርዝር ማስቀመጫ: እርስዎ በሚፈልጉ ጊዜ መጫን እንዲችሉ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_LOAD 2f የ ተለያዩ bitmaps ዝርዝር መጫኛ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_MODIFY d8 እርስዎ የ ፈጠሩትን bitmap መቀየሪያ በ ድግግሞሽ አራሚ በ አሁኑ bitmap ድግግሞሽ: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ ድግግሞሹን ማስቀመጥ ይችላሉ በ ሌላ ስም
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_IMPORT d9 እርስዎ ማምጣት የሚፈልጉትን bitmap ፋልገው ያግኙ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መክፈቻ የ እርስዎ bitmap ይጨመራል ከ መጨረሻ በኩል ዝግጁ ከሆኑ bitmaps ጋር
22 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBTN_ADD 80 እርስዎ የ ፈጠኡትን bitmap መጨመሪያ ወደ ድግግሞሽ አራሚ ወደ አሁኑ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_BITMAPS 8a ይምረጡ bitmap ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ድግግሞሽ ለ መፈጸም
23 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_COLOR 90 የ ፊት ለ ፊት ቀለም ይምረጡ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጋጠሚያውን ፒክስል ለ መጨመር ወደ ድግግሞሽ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FLB_BACKGROUND_COLOR 3f የ መደብ ቀለም ይምረጡ ለ bitmap ድግግሞሽ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fbitmaptabpage%2FBitmapTabPage 127 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን bitmap ይምረጡ እንደ መሙያ ድግግሞሽ ወይንም ይፍጠሩ የራስዎትን በ pixel ድግግሞሽ: እርስዎ bitmaps ማምጣት ይችላሉ እና ማስቀመጥ ወይንም ወደ bitmap ዝርዝር መጫን
11 .uno%3AFillShadow 137 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ጥላ መጨመሪያ: እቃው ቀደም ብሎ ጥላ ከ ነበረው: ጥላው ይወገዳል: እርስዎ ይህን ምልክት ከ ተጫኑ ምንም እቃ ሳይመረጥ: ጥላው የሚጨመረው እርስዎ ለሚስሉት ለሚቀጥለው እቃ ይሆናል:
39 SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_FLD_DISTANCE 8c እርስዎ ያስገቡ ጥላው እንዲኖር የሚፈልጉበትን ቦታ እርቀት ለ ማካካስ ለ ተመረጠው እቃ
3f SVX%3AMETRICFIELD%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3AMTR_SHADOW_TRANSPARENT d7 ያስገቡ: በ ፐርሰንት ከ 0% (ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን አያሳልፍም) 100% (ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን ያሳልፋል) የ ጥላ ብርሃን ማሳለፊያ ለ መወሰን
11 HID_TPSHADOW_CTRL 3a ይጫኑ ጥላ ማጥላት የሚፈልጉበት ቦታ
38 SVX%3ATRISTATEBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ATSB_SHOW_SHADOW 3b ለ ተመረጠው መሳያ እቃ ጥላ መጨመሪያ
34 SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_SHADOW%3ALB_SHADOW_COLOR 21 ለ ጥላ ቀለም ይምረጡ
f HID_AREA_SHADOW 6b ለ ተመረጠው መሳያ እቃ ጥላ መጨመሪያ: እና መግለጫ የ ጥላ ባህሪዎች
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_END_VALUE a3 የ ግልጽነት ዋጋ ያስገቡ ለ ከፍታው መጨረሻ ነጥብ፡ 0% በ ውስጡ ምንም የማያሳልፍ 100% በሙሉ ግልጽ የሆነ
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_OFF 2a የ ቀለም ግልጽነት ማጥፊያ
35 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_START_VALUE a2 ግልጽነት ዋጋ ያስገቡ ለ ከፍታው መጀመሪያ ነጥብ፡ 0% በ ውስጡ ምንም የማያሳልፍ 100% በሙሉ ግልጽ የሆነ
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRANSPARENT da የ አሁኑ ቀለም መሙያ ግልጽነት ማስተካከያ: ያስገቡ ቁጥር በ 0% (ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን አያሳልፍም) 100% (ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን ያሳልፋል).
33 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_GRADIENT b0 ወደ አሁኑ ቀለም መሙያ የ ግልጽነት ከፍታ መፈጸሚያ: ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ የ ከፍታ ባህሪዎችን ያሰናዱ
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_X 38 የ አግድም ማካካሻ ለ ከፍታ ያስገቡ
31 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FRBT_TRANS_LINEAR 101 የ ቀለም ግልጽነት ማብሪያ: ይምረጡ ከ ምርጫ: እና ከዛ ቁጥር ያስገቡ በ ሳጥን ውስጥ: ይህ 0% ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን አያሳልፍም 100% ማለት በ ውስጡ ብርሀን ያሳልፋል
32 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y 35 የ ቁመት ማካካሻ ለ ከፍታ ያስገቡ
34 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FTransparencyTabPage 72 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ እርስዎ መፈጸም ለሚፈልጉት የ ግልጽነት ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_BORDER 89 እርስዎ ለ ግልጽነትን ቦታ ማስተካከል የሚፈልጉበትን መጠን ያስገቡ: ነባር ዋጋ 0% ነው
37 cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FLB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES 67 እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ግልጽነት አይነት ከፍታ ይምረጡ
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftransparencytabpage%2FMTR_TRGR_ANGLE 44 ለ ተመረጠው ከፍታ ማዞሪያ አንግል ያስገቡ
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FULL_WIDTH 6a በ መሳያ እቃ ወይንም በ ጽሁፍ እቃመኡሉ ስፋት ልክ ጽሁፍ ማስቆሚያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_BOTTOM 9c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ ከ ታች ጠርዝ በኩል እና በ ጽሁፍ ድንበር በኩል
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTextAttributesPage 7a በ ተመረጠው መሳያ ወይንም የ ጽሁፍ እቃ የ ማስቆሚያ ባህሪዎች እቅድ ማሰናጃ
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RIGHT 9d ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ቀኝ ጠርዝ እና በ ቀኝ የ ጽሁፍ ድንበር በኩል
2f cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 79 የ እቃውን ስፋት ማስፊያ በ ጽሁፉ ስፋት ልክ: እቃው አነስተኛ ከሆነ ከ ጽሁፉ
30 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 85 የ እቃውን እርዝመት ማስፊያ በ ጽሁፉ እርዝመት ልክ: እቃው አነስተኛ ከሆነ ከ ጽሁፉ
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_FIT_TO_SIZE 94 በ ተመረጠው መሳያ ወይንም የ ጽሁፍ እቃ ጠቅላላ ቦታ ልክ እንዲሆን ጽሁፉን እንደገና መመጠኛ
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_WORDWRAP_TEXT a5 እርስዎ የ ጨመሩትን ጽሁፍ መጠቅለያ ሁለት ጊዜ-ከ ተጫኑ በኋላ በ ቅርጹ ልክ እንዲሆን ቅርጽ ማስተካከያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_CONTOUR 75 ለ ተመረጠው መሳያ እቃ የ ጽሁፍ ፍሰት ይስማማል ከ ቅርጹ ጋር ለ መመሳሰል
2e cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_SIZE b9 እንደገና መመጠኛ ቅርጽ ማስተካከያ በ ጽሁፉ ልክ እንዲሆን እርስዎ ባስገቡት በ ቅርጹ ላይ ሁለት ጊዜ-ከ ተጫኑ በኋላ
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_LEFT 9d ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እና በ ግራ የ ጽሁፍ ድንበር በኩል
29 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FCTL_POSITION 4d ይጫኑ እርስዎ ጽሁፍ ማስቆም የሚፈልጉበትን ቦታ
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextattrtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_TOP 9c ክፍተት ያስገቡ እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን በ ገጽ ከ ላይ ጠርዝ በኩል እና በ ጽሁፍ ድንበር በኩል
16 .uno%3ATransformDialog 7d የ ተመረጠውን እቃ እንደገና መመጠኛ፡ ማንቀሳቀሻ፡ ማዞሪያ ወይንም ማንጋደጃ
2f cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT 85 የ እቃውን እርዝመት ማስፊያ በ ጽሁፉ እርዝመት ልክ: እቃው አነስተኛ ከሆነ ከ ጽሁፉ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH 79 የ እቃውን ስፋት ማስፊያ በ ጽሁፉ ስፋት ልክ: እቃው አነስተኛ ከሆነ ከ ጽሁፉ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_POSRECT 162 ይጫኑ የ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ በ መጋጠሚያ ላይ: እና ከዛ ያስገቡ መጠኑን እቃው ከ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ አንፃር የሚቀየርበትን እርስዎ የ መረጡትን በ Y ቦታእናX ቦታሳጥን ውስጥ: የ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ ይስማማል እንደ እቃው ምርጫ አያያዝ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_SIZEPROTECT 3d እቃውን እንደገና ከ መመጠን መከልከያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X bc የ አግድም እርዝመት ያስገቡ እቃውን ማንቀሳቀስ የሚፈልጉበትን ከ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ አንጻር በ መጋጠሚያው ከ ተመረጠው
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y b9 የ ቁመት እርዝመት ያስገቡ እቃውን ማንቀሳቀስ የሚፈልጉበትን ከ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ አንጻር በ መጋጠሚያው ከ ተመረጠው
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_WIDTH 31 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ስፋት ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCBX_SCALE 6a የ ተመረጠው እቃ እንደገና በሚመጠን ጊዜ ተመጣጣኝነቱን መጠበቂያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FPositionAndSize 5a የ ተመረጠውን እቃ እንደገና መመጠኛ ወይንም ማንቀሳቀሻ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FCTL_SIZERECT da ይጫኑ በ መሰረታዊ ነጥብ በ መጋጠሚያ ላይ: እና ከዛ ያስገቡ አዲስ የ አቅጣጫ መጠን ለ ተመረጠው እቃ በ ስፋት እና እርዝመት ሳጥኖች ውስጥ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FMTR_FLD_HEIGHT 37 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ እርዝመት ያስገቡ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpossizetabpage%2FTSB_POSPROTECT 5b የ ተመረጠው እቃ መጠን ወይን ቦታ እንዳይቀየር መከልከያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_ANGLE 6c ይጫኑ የ ተወሰነ የ ማዞሪያ አንግል ያለ ቀሪ የሚያካፍል 45 ዲግሪዎች
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FCTL_RECT 4f ይጫኑ እርስዎ pivot point ማስቆም የሚፈልጉበትን ቦታ
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_Y 6d ያስገቡ የ አግድም እርዝመት ከ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እስከ pivot point ድረስ
2a cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_POS_X 6d ያስገቡ የ አግድም እርዝመት ከ ገጽ የ ግራ ጠርዝ እስከ pivot point ድረስ
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FNF_ANGLE 55 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ለማዞር የ ዲግሪዎች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
25 cui%2Fui%2Frotationtabpage%2FRotation 2a የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ማዞሪያ
2d cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_ANGLE 2b angle ያስገቡ ለ axis ማዝመሚያ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FMTR_FLD_RADIUS 49 Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fslantcornertabpage%2FSlantAndCornerRadius 7e የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ማዝመሚያ: ወይንም ክብ ማድረጊያ የ አራት ማእዘን እቃ ጠርዝ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Foptimal 63 ይጫኑ እዚህ ለማሳየት የ ነጠላ-አንግል መስመር በ አጥጋቢ ዘዴ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Flength 73 Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fposition 78 የ መጥሪያ መስመር ማስፋት የሚፈልጉበትን ከ መጥሪያ ሳጥን አንጻር ያስገቡ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fspacing aa በ መጥሪያ መስመር መጨረሻ እና በ መጥሪያ ሳጥን ውስጥ መካከል እንዲኖር የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት ቦታ ያስገቡ
21 cui%2Fui%2Fcalloutpage%2Fvalueset 65 ይጫኑ የ መጥሪያ ዘዴ ለ ተመረጠው መጥሪያ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን
f .uno%3AFlipMenu 59 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ በ እግድም ወይንም በ ቁመት መገልበጫ
11 .uno%3AMirrorVert 5f የ ተመረጠውን እቃ(ዎች) በ ቁመት ከ ላይ እስከ ታች መገልበጫ
1d .uno%3AObjectMirrorHorizontal 5f የ ተመረጠውን እቃ(ዎች) በ አግድም ከ ግራ ወደ ቀኝ መገልበጫ
15 .uno%3AObjectPosition 48 የተመረጠውን እቃ(ዎች) ክምር ደንብ መቀየሪያ
13 .uno%3ABringToFront b8 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ላይ አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ላይ መደርደሪያው ላይ ከ እቃዎች ፊት ለ ፊት ይሆናል
17 .uno%3AObjectForwardOne 95 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ላይ አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ላይ መደርደሪያው ላይ ይሆናል
e .uno%3AForward 95 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ላይ አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ላይ መደርደሪያው ላይ ይሆናል
14 .uno%3AObjectBackOne 95 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ታች አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ታች መደርደሪያው ላይ ይሆናል
f .uno%3ABackward 95 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ታች አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ታች መደርደሪያው ላይ ይሆናል
11 .uno%3ASendToBack ba የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ታች አንድ ደረጃ ማንቀሳቀሻ: ስለዚህ ከ ታች መደርደሪያው ላይ ከ እቃዎች በስተ ጀርባ ይሆናል
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToForeground 47 የተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ፊት ለፊት ማንቀሳቀሻ
1c .uno%3ASetObjectToBackground 45 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ከ ጽሁፉ ኋላ ማንቀሳቀሻ
11 .uno%3AAnchorMenu 45 ለ ተመረጠው እቃ የ ማስቆሚያ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPage 55 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ውስጥ ማስቆሚያ
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToPara 55 የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ውስጥ ማስቆሚያ
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToCell 24 Anchors the selected item to a cell.
17 .uno%3ASetAnchorToFrame 33 Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorToChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
16 .uno%3ASetAnchorAsChar c0 Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectBezierMode 65 የ ተመረጠውን የ መሳያ እቃ ቅርጽ እርስዎን መቀየር ያስችሎታል
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcolor 2b ለ ጽሁፍ ጥላ ቀለም ይምረጡ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslant d7 በ ተመረጠው እቃ ውስጥ ላለው ጽሁፍ ጥላ መጨመሪያ: ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ: እና ከዛ ያስገቡ የ ጥላ አቅጣጫ በ X ቦታ እና በY ቦታ ሳጥን ውስጥ.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fnoshadow 60 እርስዎ በ ጽሁፍ ውስጥ የ ፈጸሙትን የ ጥላ ውጤቶች ማስወገጃ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Findent c1 እርስዎ መተው የሚፈልጉትን የ ክፍተት መጠን ያስገቡ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር መጀመሪያ እና በ ጽሁፍ መጀመሪያ መካከል
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistance d0 እርስዎ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር እና በ እያንዳንዱ ባህሪዎች መሰረት መካከል እንዲኖር የሚፈልጉትን ክፍተት መጠን ቦታ ያስገቡ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fautosize 68 ጽሁፍ እንደገና መመጠኛ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር እርዝመት ልክ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancey 74 በ ጽሁፍ ባህሪዎች እና በ ጥላ ጠርዞች መካከል የ ቁመት እርቀት ማስገቢያ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fright 6d በ ቀኝ መጨረሻ በኩል ጽሁፍ ማሰለፊያ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር ላይ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcontour 86 የ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር ወይንም የ ተመረጠው እቃ ጠርዞች ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fupright 106 የ ላይኛውን ወይንም የ ታችኛውን ጠርዝ ይጠቀማል ለ ተመረጠው እቃ እንደ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር እና ዋናውን የ ቁመት ማሰለፊያ ለ እያንዳንዱ ባህሪዎች ያስቀምጣል
16 HID_FONTWORK_CTL_FORMS 68 ይጫኑ በ ቅርጹ መሰረታዊ መስመር ላይ ጽሁፉን መጠቀም በሚፈልጉት
f .uno%3AFontWork 8e የ ፊደል ስራ ውጤት ማረሚያ ለ ተመረጠው እቃ: ቀደም ብሎ በ ፊደል ስራ ንግግር ለ ተፈጠረው
20 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Foff 3c መሰረታዊ መስመር አቀራረብ ማስወገጃ
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Ftextcontour 78 በ ጽሁፍ ውስጥ የ እያንዳንዱን ባህሪዎች ድንበሮች ማሳያ ወይንም መሰበቂያ
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Forientation 122 የ ጽሁፍ ፍሰት አቅጣጫ እንደ ነበር መመለሻ: እና ጽሁፍ መገልበጫ በ አግድም ወይንም በ ቁመት: ይህን ትእዛዝ ለ መጠቀም: እርስዎ መጀመሪያ መሰረታዊ መስመር ለ ጽሁፉ መፈጸም አለብዎት
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslantx 48 የ ጽሁፍ እቃ ባህሪዎችን በ አግድም ማዝመሚያ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fdistancex 77 በ ጽሁፍ ባህሪዎች እና በ ጥላ ጠርዞች መካከል የ አግድም እርቀት ማስገቢያ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Frotate 9a የ ላይኛውን ወይንም የ ታችኛውን ጠርዝ ይጠቀማል ለ ተመረጠው እቃ እንደ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fslanty 45 የ ጽሁፍ እቃ ባህሪዎችን በ ቁመት ማዝመሚያ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fvertical d8 በ ተመረጠው እቃ ውስጥ ላለው ጽሁፍ ጥላ መጨመሪያ : ይጫኑ ይህን ቁልፍ: እና ከዛ ያስገቡ የ ጥላ አቅጣጫ በ X ቦታ እና በY ቦታ ሳጥን ውስጥ.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fleft 6d በ ግራ መጨረሻ በኩል ጽሁፍ ማሰለፊያ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር ላይ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingfontwork%2Fcenter 58 ጽሁፍ መሀከል ማድረጊያ በ ጽሁፍ መሰረታዊ መስመር ላይ
10 .uno%3AGroupMenu 61 Groups keep together selected objects, so that they can be moved or formatted as a single object.
12 .uno%3AFormatGroup 80 የ ተመረጡትን እቃዎች በ ቡድን ማድረጊያ: እንደ ነጠላ እቃ ማንቀሳቀስ እንዲቻል
14 .uno%3AFormatUngroup 54 የ ተመረጡትን ቡድኖች ወደ እያንዳንዱ እቃ መከፋፈያ
11 .uno%3AEnterGroup 123 የ ተመረጠውን ቡድን መክፈቻ: ስለዚህ እርስዎ እያንዳንዱን እቃዎች ማረም ይችላሉ: የ ተመረጠውን ቡድን እቅፍ ቡድን ከያዘ: እርስዎ ይህን ትእዛዝ መድገም ይችላሉ በ ንዑስ ቡድኖች ላይ
11 .uno%3ALeaveGroup 7b ከ ቡድን መውጫ: ስለዚ እርስዎ ማረም አይችሉም እያንዳንዱ እቃ በ ቡድን ውስጥ
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_DELAY 3d Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_PIXEL 35 የ ጭማሪ ዋጋ በ ፒክስሎች መለኪያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTextAnimation 6d በ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ ውስጥ የ ጽሁፍ እንቅስቃሴ ውጤት መጨመሪያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FLB_EFFECT ca በ ተመረጠው የ መሳያ እቃ ውስጥ የ ጽሁፍ እንቅስቃሴ ውጤት መጨመሪያ: የ እንቅስቃሴውን ውጤት ለ ማስወገድ ይምረጡ ውጤት የለም
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_DOWN 32 ጽሁፍ ከ ላይ ወደ ታች መሸብለያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_ENDLESS 9a Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_LEFT 32 ጽሁፍ ከ ቀኝ ወደ ግራ መሸብለያ
25 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_AUTO c5 $[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_RIGHT 32 ጽሁፍ ከ ግራ ወደ ቀኝ መሸብለያ
2d cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_START_INSIDE 6a ጽሁፍ ይታያል እና በ መሳያ እቃ ውስጥ ጽሁፍ ይታያል ውጤቱ ሲፈጸም
2b cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FMTR_FLD_AMOUNT 4d ጽሁፉ የሚሸበለልበት የ ጭማሪውን ቁጥር ያስገቡ
23 cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FBTN_UP 32 ጽሁፍ ከ ታች ወደ ላይ መሸብለያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FNUM_FLD_COUNT 7e እንቅስቃሴው በ ተከታታይ ምን ያህል ጊዜ እንዲታይ እንደሚፈልጉ ቁጥር ያስገቡ
2c cui%2Fui%2Ftextanimtabpage%2FTSB_STOP_INSIDE 4b ጽሁፍ እንደታየ ይቆያል ውጤቱ ከ ተፈጸመ በኋላ
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fdefault c1 Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2Fvalue 4d መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ረድፍ እርዝመት ያስገቡ
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Frowheightdialog%2FRowHeightDialog 68 የ አሁኑን ረድፍ ወይንም የ ተመረጠውን ረድፍ እርዝመት መቀየሪያ
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fdefault 73 የ አሁኑን ፊደል መሰረት ባደረገ የ አምድ ስፋት ራሱ በራሱ ያስተካክላል
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2Fvalue 47 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ አምድ ስፋት ያስገቡ
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolwidthdialog%2FColWidthDialog 62 የ አሁኑን አምድ ወይንም የ ተመረጠውን አምድ ስፋት መቀየሪያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckHyphActive 65 የ ቃላት ጭረት ማስቻያ ለ ጽሁፍ መጠቅለያ ወደሚቀጥለው መስመር
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckWrapTextAuto a7 ጽሁፍ መጠቅለያ በ ሌላ መስመር ላይ በ ክፍል ድንበር ውስጥ: የ መስመር ቁጥር ይለያያል እንደ ክፍሉ ስፋት
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinDegrees e6 ለ ተመረጠው ክፍል(ሎች) የ ጽሁፍ ማዞሪያ አንግል ማስገቢያ: አዎንታዊ ቁጥር ጽሁፉን ወደ ግራ ያዞራል እና አሉታዊ ቁጥር ጽሁፉን ወደ ቀኝ ያዞራል
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxHorzAlign 92 ይምረጡ የ አግድም ማሰለፊያ ምርጫ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን ወደ ክፍል ይዞታዎች ውስጥ
11 .uno%3AAlignBlock 71 የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ወደ ግራ እና ወደ ቀኝ የ ክፍሉ ድንበሮች ማሰለፊያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FspinIndentFrom 73 እርስዎ ባስገቡት መጠን መሰረት የ ክፍሉን ጠርዝ በ ግራ በኩል ማስረጊያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckVertStack 27 ጽሁፍ በ ቁመት ማሰለፊያ
28 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FCellAlignPage 82 የ አሁኑን ክፍል ወይንም የ ተመረጡትን ክፍሎች ይዞታዎች ማሰለፊያ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
10 .uno%3AAlignLeft 3e የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ወደ ግራ ማሰለፊያ
13 .uno%3AAlignVCenter 45 የ ክፍል ይዞታዎች የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ማሰናጃ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcomboboxVertAlign 50 የ ክፍል ይዞታዎች በ ክፍሉ ከ ታች በኩል ማሰለፊያ
31 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckShrinkFitCellSize aa Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.
11 .uno%3AAlignRight 3e የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ወደ ቀኝ ማሰለፊያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Fdialcontrol 2e Click in the dial to set the text orientation.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2FcheckAsianMode 133 Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fcellalignment%2Freferences 3b Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.
f .uno%3AAlignTop 5c የ ክፍሉን ይዞታዎች ከ ክፍሉ በላይ ጠርዝ በኩል ማሰለፊያ
1c SVX_HID_GRID_NUMBEROFRECORDS 115 የ መዝገብ ቁጥር ማሳያ: ለምሳሌ: "መዝገብ 7 ከ 9(2)" የሚያሳየው ሁለት መዝገቦች (2) ተመርጠዋል በ ሰንጠረዥ 9 መዝገቦች ከያዘ ውስጥ: እና መጠቆሚያው በ መዝገብ ቁጥር 7. ውስጥ ነው
17 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW 47 ወደ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ አዲስ መዝገብ ማስገቢያ
1c SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE 83 እርስዎ ማሳየት የሚፈልጉትን የ መዝገብ ቁጥር ይጻፉ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማስገቢያውን
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_PREV 4b በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ቀደም ወዳለው መዝገብ መሄጃ
19 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_FIRST 4e በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ወደ መጀመሪያው መዝገብ መሄጃ
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_LAST 4c በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደ መጨረሻው መዝገብ መሄጃ.
18 SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEXT 4c በ ሰንጠረዡ ውስጥ ወደሚቀጥለው መዝገብ መሄጃe.
1b DBACCESS_HID_CTL_TABBROWSER 105 የ ዳታቤዝ መዝገብ ይምረጡ: መጎተቻ-እና-መጣያ ረድፎች ወይንም ክፍሎች ወደ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይዞታዎች ለማስገባት: መጎተቻ-እና-መጣያ የ አምድ ራስጌ ሜዳዎች ለማስገባት
17 HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT 38 አቀራረብ የ ተመረጠውን ረድፍ(ፎች)
18 HID_BROWSER_COLUMNFORMAT 34 የተመረጠው አቀራረብ አምድ(ዶች)
f .uno%3AWindow3D 51 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ 3ዲ እቃ(ዎችs) ባህሪ መወሰኛ
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesided 85 መዝጊያ ቅርጹን የ 3ዲ እቃ የተፈጠረው በ ነፃ መስመር በማሾለክ (መቀየሪያ - ወደ 3ዲ).
2e svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdoublesidedillum 8f Lights the object from the outside and the inside. To use an ambient light source, click this button, and then click the Invert Normals button.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Finverthormals 2a የ ብርሀን ምንጭ መገልበጫ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fgeometry 18c የ ተመረጠውን የ 3ዲ እቃ ማስተካከያ: እርስዎ ማሻሻል የሚችሉት የ 3ዲ እቃ ቅርጽ ከ 2ዲ እቃ በ መቀየር የ ተፈጠረ ነው: 2ዲ እቃ ወደ 3ዲ ለ መቀየር እቃውን ይምረጡ: በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ እና ከዛ ይምረጡ መቀየሪያ - ወደ 3ዲ, ወይንም መቀየሪያ - ወደ 3ዲ ማዞሪያ እቃ .
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjspecific 80 Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fscaleddepth b4 የ ተመረጠውን የ 3ዲ እቃ ፊት ለ ፊት በኩል በምን ያህል መጠን መጨመር ወይንም መቀነስ እንደሚፈልጉ መጠን ያስገቡ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fangle 45 Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdepth 67 Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdiagonal 86 የ ተመረጠውን የ 3ዲ እቃ ጠርዝ በ ምን ያህል ክብ ማድረግ እንደሚፈልጉ መጠን ያስገቡ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fhori 62 የ አግድም ክፍያ ቁጥር ያስገቡ ለ ተመረጠው የ 3ዲ እቃ ማዞሪያ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspherical 2f ማቅረቢያ ለስላሳ የ 3ዲ ገጽታ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fveri 5f የ ቁመት ክፍያ ቁጥር ያስገቡ ለ ተመረጠው የ 3ዲ እቃ ማዞሪያ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fflat 36 ማቅረቢያ የ 3ዲ ገጽታ እንደ polygons.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffocal 81 Enter the focal length of the camera, where a small value corresponds to a "fisheye" lens, and a large value to a telephoto lens.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fslant 54 አንግል ያስገቡ ከ 0 እስከ 90 ዲግሪዎች ለ ጥላ ማጥሊያ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fshadow 57 ለ ተመረጠው የ 3ዲ እቃ ጥላ መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማስወገጃ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fdistance 55 Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmode 135 Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Frepresentation 63 ለ ተመረጠው የ 3ዲ እቃ ጥላ እና የ ብርሀን ምንጭ ምርጫ ማሰናጃ
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fambientcolor 25 Select a color for the ambient light.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flightcolor1 3f ለ አሁኑ የ ብርሀን ምንጭ ቀለም ይምረጡ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight8 d0 Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Flight 33 Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcircley 3f Wraps the vertical axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexture 11f Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjy 73 ራሱ በራሱ የ እቃውን ገጽታ መሰረት ባደረገ መጠን እና ቅርጽ ማስተካከያ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftextype 28 Converts the texture to black and white.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexreplace 24 Applies the texture without shading.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexmodulate a1 ገጽታ ከ ጥላ ጋር መፈጸሚያ: ለ መግለጽ የ ጥላ ምርጫ ለ ገጽታ: ይጫኑ የ ጥላ ቁልፍ በዚህ ንግግር ውስጥ
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcolor 1e Converts the texture to color.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexobjx 4c Automatically adjusts the texture based on the shape and size of the object.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallelx 34 Applies the texture parallel to the horizontal axis.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexfilter 37 Blurs the texture slightly to remove unwanted speckles.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexcirclex 41 Wraps the horizontal axis of the texture pattern around a sphere.
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ftexparallely 32 Applies the texture parallel to the vertical axis.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fintensity 2b Enter the intensity of the specular effect.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fspeccolor 35 Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fillumcolor 2a Select the color to illuminate the object.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fobjcolor 36 Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Ffavorites 59 Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
26 svx%2Fui%2Fdocking3deffects%2Fmaterial 2f Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
1a .uno%3ADistributeSelection 9d Distributes three or more selected objects evenly along the horizontal axis or the vertical axis. You can also evenly distribute the spacing between objects.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverbottom 6d Distributes the selected objects, so that the bottom edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhornone 2d Does not distribute the objects horizontally.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvernone 2b Does not distribute the objects vertically.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhordistance 66 Distributes the selected objects horizontally, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvertop 6a Distributes the selected objects, so that the top edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorcenter 73 Distributes the selected objects, so that the horizontal centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fvercenter 71 Distributes the selected objects, so that the vertical centers of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorright 6c Distributes the selected objects, so that the right edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fhorleft 6b Distributes the selected objects, so that the left edges of the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fdistributionpage%2Fverdistance 64 Distributes the selected objects vertically, so that the objects are evenly spaced from one another.
15 .uno%3ATextAttributes 59 Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.
f .uno%3ASpelling 9a Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchange 8a Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsuggestionslb 82 Lists suggested words to replace the misspelled word. Select the word that you want to use, and then click Correct or Correct All.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignore 39 Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fundo 74 Click to undo the last change in the current sentence. Click again to undo the previous change in the same sentence.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fcheckgrammar 58 Enable Check grammar to work first on all spellcheck errors, then on all grammar errors.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fsentence 91 Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Foptions 6c Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignoreall 7e Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fchangeall 49 Replaces all occurrences of the unknown word with the current suggestion.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Flanguagelb 34 Specifies the language to use to check the spelling.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fadd 33 Adds the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fspellingdialog%2Fignorerule 74 While performing a grammar check, click Ignore Rule to ignore the rule that is currently flagged as a grammar error.
17 .uno%3AMoreDictionaries 3d Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.
13 .uno%3ALanguageMenu 40 Opens a submenu where you can choose language specific commands.
3c svx%2Fui%2Fchineseconversiondialog%2FChineseConversionDialog 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
18 .uno%3AChineseConversion 8a Converts the selected Chinese text from one Chinese writing system to the other. If no text is selected, the entire document is converted.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fchinesedictionary%2FChineseDictionaryDialog 22 Edit the Chinese conversion terms.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Flangcb 2a ይምረጡ ቋንቋ ለ ተመሳሳይ
1b cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fleft 78 እንደገና መጥሪያ ቀደም ያለውን ይዞታዎች ለ "አሁኑ ቃል" ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ውስጥ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Freplaceed 136 እነዚህ ቃል ወይንም ቃሎች "መቀየሪያ በ" ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ዋናውን ቃል ይቀይራሉ በ ሰነድ ውስጥ እርስዎ በሚጫኑ ጊዜ መቀየሪያ ቁልፍ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም መጻፍ ይችላሉ ጽሁፍ በ ቀጥታ በዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Falternatives c8 Click an entry in the Alternatives list to copy the related term to the "Replace with" text box. Double-click an entry to copy the related term to the "Current word" text box and to look up that term.
1d cui%2Fui%2Fthesaurus%2Fwordcb 173 የ አሁኑን ቃል ማሳያ: ውቀይንም የ ተዛመደውን ደንብ እርስዎ የ መረጡትን ሁለት ጊዜ-በመጫን በ መስመር ላይ ከ አማራጭ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም በ ቀጥታ ጽሁፍ መጻፍ ይችላሉ ወደ እዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ የ እርስዎን ጽሁፍ ለ መፈለግ
10 .uno%3AThesaurus 51 Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor5 5c በ አሁኑ ምስል ውስጥ ግልጽነቱን ለ መቀየር ቀለም ይምረጡ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcolor4 ee ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ መቀየሪያ ቀለሞች ዝርዝር: የ አሁኑን ዝርዝር ቀለሞች ለማሻሻል: ምስል አይምረጡ: ይምረጡ አቀራረብ - ቦታ, እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ ቀለሞች tab.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx5 6c በ አሁኑ ምስል ውስጥ ግልጽነቱን መቀየሪያ እርስዎ በ መረጡት ቀለም
1a SVX_HID_BMPMASK_CTL_QCOL_1 11c በ ተመረጠው ምስል ውስጥ እርስዎ መቀየር የሚፈልጉትን ቀለም ማሳያ: የ ቀለም ምንጭ ለማሰናዳት: ይጫኑ እዚህ: ይጫኑ ቀለም መቀየሪያ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ቀለም በ ተመረጠው ምስል ውስጥ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fcbx4 bf ይምረጡ ይህን ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥን ለ መቀየር የ አሁኑን ቀለም ምንጭ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት ቀለም በ መቀየሪያ በ ሳጥን
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Ftol4 d3 Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Freplace af መቀየሪያ የ ተመረጠውን የ ቀለም ምንጭ በ አሁኑ ምስል ውስጥ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት ቀለም በ መቀየሪያ በ ሳጥኖች
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdockingcolorreplace%2Fpipette f0 በ ተመረጠው ምስል ውስጥ ቀለም ማሳያ: የ አይጥ መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ ከ ስሩ ማስመሪያ ይህ ገጽታ የሚሰራው የ ቀለም መቀየሪያ መሳሪያ ከ ተመረጠ ነው
e .uno%3ABmpMask 90 የ ቀለም መቀየሪያ ንግግር መክፈቻ: እርስዎ መቀየር የሚችሉበት የ bitmap እና meta ንድፍ ፋይል
15 .uno%3AAutoCorrectDlg 58 ራሱ በራሱ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ ፊደል ማረሚያ ምርጫዎች ማሰናጃ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2Fedit 41 የ ተመረጠውን በራሱ አራሚ ምርጫ ማሻሻያ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fapplyautofmtpage%2FApplyAutoFmtPage 9e ይምረጡ ከ ምርጫዎች ውስጥ ለ ራሱ በራሱ ስህተት እንዲያርም እርስዎ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ እና ከዛ ይጫኑእሺ
20 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnew 6a በ መቀየሪያ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ማስገቢያ መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማስወገጃ
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftextonly 85 Saves the entry in the With box without formatting. When the replacement is made, the text uses the same format as the document text.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Fnewtext f3 Enter the replacement text, graphic, frame, or OLE object that you want to replace the text in the Replace box. If you have selected text, a graphic, a frame, or an OLE object in your document, the relevant information is already entered here.
24 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Ftabview 13b Lists the entries for automatically replacing words, abbreviations or word parts while you type. To add an entry, enter text in the Replace and With boxes, and then click New. To edit an entry, select it, change the text in the With box, and then click Replace. To delete an entry, select it, and then click Delete.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2Forigtext 272 Enter the word, abbreviation or word part that you want to replace while you type. Wildcard character sequence .* in the end of word results the replacement of the word before arbitrary suffixes, too. Wildcard character sequence .* before the word results the replacement after arbitrary prefixes, too. For example, the pattern "i18n.*" with the replacement text "internationalization" finds and replaces "i18ns" with "internationalizations", or the pattern ".*..." with the replacement text "…" finds and replaces three dots in "word..." with the typographically correct precomposed Unicode horizontal ellipsis ("word…").
2c cui%2Fui%2Facorreplacepage%2FAcorReplacePage c2 የ መቀየሪያ ሰንጠረዥ ማረሚያ ለ ራሱ በራሱ አራሚ ወይንም መቀየሪያ ቃላቶች ወይንም አሕፃሮተ ቃል በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fautodouble 12e Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
25 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fnewdouble 51 የ አሁኑን ማስገቢያ ወደ የተለዩ ዝርዝር መጨመሪያ
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdouble ce Type the word or abbreviation that starts with two capital letters that you do not want $[officename] to change to one initial capital. For example, enter PC to prevent $[officename] from changing PC to Pc.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrevlist 3d Lists the abbreviations that are not automatically corrected.
22 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fabbrev d3 Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents $[officename] from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
26 cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2Fdoublelist b3 Lists the words or abbreviations that start with two initial capitals that are not automatically corrected. All words which start with two capital letters are listed in the field.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fautocorrectdialog%2Flang 4f Select the language for which you want to create or edit the replacement rules.
2a cui%2Fui%2Facorexceptpage%2FAcorExceptPage a6 ይወስኑ የ አሕፃሮተ ቃል ወይንም ፊደል ቅልቅሎች እርስዎ $[officename] ራሱ በራሱ እንዳይታረም የሚፈልጉትን
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdefaultsingle 32 Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fenddouble 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fdoublereplace b2 ራሱ በራሱ መቀየሪያ ነባር የ ስርአት ምልክቶችን ወደ ነጠላ የ ጥቅስ ምልክት በ ተለየ ባህሪ እርስዎ በሚወስኑት
29 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fchecklist 7b እርስዎ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ እንዲያርም [T], ወይንም የ ነበረ ጽሁፍ በሚያሻሽሉ ጊዜ [M]
2b cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Fstartsingle 9e Select the special character that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose Format - AutoCorrect - Apply.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2Flist 7b እርስዎ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ እንዲያርም [T], ወይንም የ ነበረ ጽሁፍ በሚያሻሽሉ ጊዜ [M]
32 cui%2Fui%2Fapplylocalizedpage%2FApplyLocalizedPage 7b እርስዎ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ እንዲያርም [T], ወይንም የ ነበረ ጽሁፍ በሚያሻሽሉ ጊዜ [M]
17 HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE 63 Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
12 HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR 9f To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.
12 HID_LINGU_ADD_WORD 37 Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.
17 HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE 7e Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.
15 HID_LINGU_IGNORE_WORD 46 Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.
16 HID_LINGU_SPELLING_DLG 31 መክፈቻ የ ፊደል አራሚ ንግግር
11 HID_LINGU_REPLACE 66 Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fdelete 73 የ ተመረጠውን ቃል ወይንም ቃሎች ከ ቃል መጨረሻ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fmaxentries 96 ከፍተኛ የ ቃል እርዝመት ያስገቡ እርስዎ ቃል ማስቀመጥ የሚፈልጉትን ለ ቃላት መጨረሻ ዝርዝር
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fminwordlen 7d አነስተኛ የ ቃል እርዝመት ያስገቡ ቃል ብቁ የሚሆንበት ለ ቃላት መጨረሻ ገጽታ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fwhenclosing f7 When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fcollectwords 87 Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click Delete Entry.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Facceptwith 4c Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fshowastip 2a Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fappendspace 49 If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fentries 19e የ ተሰበሰቡት ቃላቶች ዝርዝር: እነዚህ ቃላቶች ዋጋ የሚኖራቸው የ አሁኑን ሰነድ እስከሚዘጉ ድረስ ነው: ዝርዝሩን ዝግጁ ለማድረግ ለ ሌሎች ሰንዶች በ አሁኑ ክፍለ ጊዜ: ያሰናክሉ "ሰነዱን በሚዘጉ ጊዘ: ቃላቶቹን ያስወግዱ የ ተሰበሰበውን ከ ራሱ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ"
32 cui%2Fui%2Fwordcompletionpage%2Fenablewordcomplete 92 Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fproperties 78 To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2Fmain 43 Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.
34 cui%2Fui%2Fsmarttagoptionspage%2FSmartTagOptionsPage 56 When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
1e .uno%3ABulletsAndNumberingDial 69 Adds numbering or bullets to the current paragraph, and lets you edit format of the numbering or bullets.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2Fvalueset 41 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ነጥብ ዘዴ ይጫኑ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fpickbulletpage%2FPickBulletPage 5e እርስዎ ሊፈጽሙት የሚችሉት የ ነጥብ አሰጣጥ ዘዴዎች ማሳያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2Fvalueset 4b መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ቁጥር መስጫ ዘዴ ይጫኑ
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpicknumberingpage%2FPickNumberingPage 5e እርስዎ ሊፈጽሙት የሚችሉት የ ቁጥር አሰጣጥ ዘዴዎች ማሳያ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2Fvalueset 41 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ እቅድ ዘዴ ይጫኑ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickoutlinepage%2FPickOutlinePage 105 የ ተለያዩ ዘዴዎች ማሳያ እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚችሉት በ ቅደም ተከተል ዝርዝር ውስጥ $[officename] እስከ ዘጠኝ የ ረቂቅ ደረጃዎች ይደግፋል በ ቅደም ተከተል ዝርዝር ውስጥ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Flinkgraphics 92 ካስቻሉ: ንድፎች የሚገቡት እንደ አገናኝ ነው: ካላስቻሉ ግን ንድፎች ከ ሰነዱ ጋር ይጣበቃሉ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2Fvalueset 4e ይጫኑ እንደ ነጥብ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉት ንድፍ ላይ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpickgraphicpage%2FPickGraphicPage 90 እርስዎ ሊፈጽሙት የሚችሉት የ ተለያዩ ንድፎች እንደ ነጥብ ለ ነጥብ አሰጣጥ ዘዴዎች ማሳያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Forientlb 38 ለ ንድፍ የ ማሰለፊያ ምርጫ ይምረጡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Flevellb 71 ይምረጡ ደረጃ(ዎች) እርስዎ መግለጽ የሚፈልጉትን ለ አቀራረብ ምርጫ: የ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fnumfmtlb 4f የ ቁጥር መስጫ ዘዴ ይምረጡ ለ ተመረጡት ደረጃዎች
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fprefix 4c Enter a character or the text to display in front of the number in the list.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbullet 4a Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select a bullet symbol.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fsuffix a0 Enter a character or the text to display behind the number in the list. If you want to create a numbered list that uses the style "1.)", enter ".)" in this box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fbitmap 50 Select the graphic, or locate the graphic file that you want to use as a bullet.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fheightmf 2d ለ ንድፍ እርዝመት ማስገቢያ
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fstartat 32 Enter a new starting number for the current level.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fwidthmf 27 ለ ንድፍ ስፋት ማስገቢያ
2b cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingoptionspage%2Fkeepratio 2e Maintains the size proportions of the graphic.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fstandard 75 የ ማስረጊያ እና ክፍተት ዋጋዎችን ወደ ነባር ዋጋቸው እንደነበር መመለሻ
2d cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Findentatmf 7c Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Falignedatmf 5b Enter the distance from the left page margin at which the numbering symbol will be aligned.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Frelative 4f Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumdistmf f1 Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering symbol. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Fnumalignlb 125 Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fatmf 6e If you select a tab stop to follow the numbering, you can enter a non-negative value as the tab stop position.
32 cui%2Fui%2Fnumberingpositionpage%2Fnumfollowedbylb 53 Select the element that will follow the numbering: a tab stop, a space, or nothing.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Findentatmf 6f Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the numbering symbol and the left edge of the text.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foutlinepositionpage%2Flevellb 2c Select the level(s) that you want to modify.
12 CUI_HID_SCRIPTSBOX 83 Select a macro or script from "user", "share", or an open document. To view the available macros or scripts, double-click an entry.
a 1241731592 2a Prompts you to delete the selected script.
2a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fimport 66 Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewmodule 50 በ አዲስ ክፍል ውስጥ የተመዘገበውን macro ማስቀመጫ
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Forganize 28 Lets you manage modules or dialog boxes.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fdelete 55 አዲስ macro መፍጠሪያ ወይንም የተመረጠውን macro ማጥፊያ
a 1241731591 44 Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Frun 46 የ አሁኑን macro ያስኬዳል ወይንም ያስቀምጣል
31 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fedit 59 Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.
37 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fnewlibrary 2a Saves the recorded macro in a new library.
a 1241731589 15 Creates a new script.
a 1241731587 41 To run a script, select a script in the list, and then click Run.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fassign 6e Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
36 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Flibraries 11b የ መጻህፍት ቤት እና ክፍሎች ዝርዝር የ እርስዎን macros መክፈት እና ማስቀመጥ የሚችሉበት፡ macro ለማስቀመጥ በ ተወሰነ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ሰነዱን ይክፈቱ እና ከዛ ይህን ንግግር ይክፈቱ
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacros 52 Lists the macros that are contained in the module selected in the Macro from list.
12 .uno%3AMacroDialog 30 macros ለማደራጃ ንግግር መክፈቻ
a 1241731590 3a Opens the default script editor for your operating system.
2e modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Flibrary 38 የ ነበሩ macros እና ንግግሮች ዝርዝር
3a modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fbasicmacrodialog%2Fmacronameedit 67 Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fnewdialog 2a Opens the editor and creates a new dialog.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flibrary 56 Lists the existing macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
35 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fnewlibdialog%2FNewLibDialog 1c Enter a name for the script.
30 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fnewmodule 2a Opens the editor and creates a new module.
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Flocation 60 Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
2d modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fdialogpage%2Fdelete 57 Lets you manage the macro libraries for the current application and any open documents.
2b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fmodulepage%2Fedit 4f መክፈቻ የተመረጠውን macro ወይንም ንግግር ማረሚያ
28 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fedit 78 መክፈቻ የ $[officename] መሰረታዊ ማረሚያ ለማሻሻል የተመረጠውን መጻህፍት ቤት
2c modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fpassword 37 Assigns or edits the password for the selected library.
27 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Flibpage%2Fnew 30 አዲስ መጻህፍት ቤት መፍጠሪያ
27 .uno%3AMacroOrganizer%3FTabId%3Ashort=1 32 Opens the Dialogs tab page of the Macro Organizer.
15 .uno%3AMacroSignature 6e Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your macros. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
f .uno%3ARunMacro 2b Opens a dialog where you can start a macro.
14 .uno%3AStopRecording 28 macro መመዝገቡን ማስቆሚያ
14 .uno%3AMacroRecorder 14 Records a new macro.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FconfirmpassEntry 5e ለተመረጠው መጻህፍት ቤት የ መግቢያ ቃል እንደገና ያስገቡ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FnewpassEntry 58 ለተመረጠው መጻህፍት ቤት አዲስ የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FoldpassEntry 5f ለተመረጠው መጻህፍት ቤት የ አሁኑን የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
22 svx%2Fui%2Fpasswd%2FPasswordDialog 53 የተመረጠውን መጻህፍት ቤት በመግቢያ ቃል ይጠብቃል
45 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=JavaScript 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
44 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer%3FScriptOrganizer.Language%3Astring=BeanShell 2e Opens a dialog where you can organize scripts.
16 .uno%3AScriptOrganizer 50 Opens a submenu with links to dialogs where you can organize macros and scripts.
33 modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Freplace 58 ከአሁኑ መጻፍት ቤት ጋር ተመሳሳይ ስም ያለውን መተኪያ
2f modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2Fref b6 የተመረጠውን መጻህፍት ቤት እንደ ለ ንባብ-ብቻ ፋይል ይጨምራል ፡ መጻህፍት ቤቱ ሁል ጊዜ ሲጀምሩ ይጫናል %PRODUCTNAME.
3b modules%2FBasicIDE%2Fui%2Fimportlibdialog%2FImportLibDialog 6d Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.
12 .uno%3ALoadToolBox 89 ማስተካከያ $[officename] ዝርዝር: አቋራጭ ቁልፍ: እቃ መደርደሪያ: እና macro ስራ ለ ሁኔታዎች
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmodify 40 ተጨማሪ ትእዛዞች የያዘ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fentries 6c Displays a list of the available menu commands for the selected menu in the current application or document.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevellist 32 Select the menu and submenu that you want to edit.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Ftoplevelbutton 71 Opens the New Menu dialog where you can enter the name of a new menu as well as select the location for the menu.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fup 28 Moves the selected item up one position.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2FMenuAssignPage 6b Customizes and saves current menu layouts as well as creates new menus. You cannot customize context menus.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcommands cf ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ትእዛዝ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ወይንም በ መጎተቻ-እና-በመጣል ትእዛዝ ወደ ማስተካከያ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fmenuedit 4b መክፈቻ ንዑስ ንግግር ከ ተጨማሪ ትእዛዞች ጋር
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fdown 2a Moves the selected item down one position.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fadd 105 መክፈቻ የ ትእዛዝ ንግግር ለ መጨመር: ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ትእዛዝ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ወይንም ይጎትቱ-እና-ይጣሉ ትእዛዝ ወደ ማስተካከያ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
22 cui%2Fui%2Fmenuassignpage%2Fsavein 47 Select the application or open document where you want to add the menu.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fmacroselectordialog%2Fcategories cf ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ትእዛዝ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ወይንም በ መጎተቻ-እና-በመጣል ትእዛዝ ወደ ማስተካከያ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
2f cui%3AEdit%3AMD_MENU_ORGANISER%3AEDIT_MENU_NAME 76 Enter a name for the menu. To specify a letter in the name as an accelerator key, enter a tilde (~) before the letter.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fmovemenu%2FMoveMenuDialog 6e Moves the selected menu entry up one position or down one position in the menu when you click an arrow button.
22 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Freset 32 Resets modified values back to the default values.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Foffice 49 Displays shortcut keys that are common to all $[officename] applications.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fmodule 41 Displays shortcut keys for the current $[officename] application.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fcategory 63 Lists the available function categories. To assign shortcuts to Styles, open the "Styles" category.
26 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fshortcuts be Lists the shortcut keys and the associated commands. To assign or modify the shortcut key for the command selected in the Function list, click a shortcut in this list, and then click Modify.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fsave 4c Saves the current shortcut key configuration, so that you can load it later.
25 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Ffunction dd Select a function that you want to assign a shortcut key to, click a key combination in the Shortcut keys list, and then click Modify. If the selected function already has a shortcut key, it is displayed in the Keys list.
2c cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2FAccelConfigPage 5d Assigns or edits the shortcut keys for $[officename] commands, or $[officename] Basic macros.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fkeys 46 Displays the shortcut keys that are assigned to the selected function.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fchange 6c Assigns the key combination selected in the Shortcut keys list to the command selected in the Function list.
21 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fload 4b Replaces the shortcut key configuration with one that was previously saved.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faccelconfigpage%2Fdelete 48 Deletes the selected element or elements without requiring confirmation.
13 CUI_HID_SVX_SAVE_IN 66 ይምረጡ አካባቢ የሚጫንበት እና የሚዋቀርበት እና የሚቀመጥበት
1f CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR_ITEM 21 The Modify button opens a submenu
1c CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR_ITEM f0 መክፈቻ የ ትእዛዝ ንግግር መጨመሪያ: ይምረጡ ማንኛውንም ትእዛዝ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ወይንም መጎተቻ-እና-መጣያ ትእዛዝ ወደ ማስተካከያ ንግግር
1d CUI_HID_SVX_DOWN_TOOLBAR_ITEM 58 ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ.
1b CUI_HID_SVX_UP_TOOLBAR_ITEM 57 ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን እቃ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ
1a CUI_HID_SVX_MODIFY_TOOLBAR 22 The Toolbar button opens a submenu
17 CUI_HID_SVX_NEW_TOOLBAR 6c Opens the Name dialog, where you enter the name of a new toolbar and select the location of the new toolbar.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FdeleteButton b6 ይጫኑ ለማስወገድ የ ተመረጠውን ምልክት ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: በ ተጠቃሚ-የ ተገለጸ ምልክት ብቻ ነው መወገድ የሚችለው
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FimportButton 128 አዲስ ምልክቶች መጨመሪያ ወደ ዝርዝር ምልክቶች: ለ እርስዎ ይታያል የ ፋይል መክፈቻ ንግግር የሚያመጣ የ ተመረጡ ምልክቶች ወይንም ምልክቶች ወደ ውስጣዊ ምልክት ዳይሬክቶሪ በ %PRODUCTNAME.
2c cui%2Fui%2Ficonselectordialog%2FIconSelector 128 አዲስ ምልክቶች መጨመሪያ ወደ ዝርዝር ምልክቶች: ለ እርስዎ ይታያል የ ፋይል መክፈቻ ንግግር የሚያመጣ የ ተመረጡ ምልክቶች ወይንም ምልክቶች ወደ ውስጣዊ ምልክት ዳይሬክቶሪ በ %PRODUCTNAME.
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_DELETE 3b ለ ተመረጠው ሁኔታ የ macro ስራ ማጥፊያ
2f SFX2%3APUSHBUTTON%3ATP_CONFIG_EVENT%3APB_ASSIGN 5b መክፈቻ የ Macro መምረጫ ለ መመደብ macro ወደ ተመረጠው ሁኔታ
5 40000 15a የ ትልቅ ዝርዝር ሳጥን የያዛቸው ዝርዝሮች የ ሁኔታዎች እና የ ተመደቡ macros ነው: አካባቢውን ከ መረጡ በኋላ ከ ማስቀመጫ በ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ: ይምረጡ ሁኔታ ከ ትልቁ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መመደቢያ Macro.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fmacroassignpage%2FMacroAssignPage 8d ወደ ፕሮግራም ሁኔታዎች macros መመደቢያ: የ ተመደበው macro ራሱ በራሱ ይሄዳል ሁኔታው ሲሟላ
9 705547787 9c በ መጀመሪያ ይምረጡ ሁኔታ ማጣመሪያው የት እንደሚቀመጥ: በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ወይንም በ %PRODUCTNAME.
12 .uno%3ATableEvents 8d ወደ ፕሮግራም ሁኔታዎች macros መመደቢያ: የ ተመደበው macro ራሱ በራሱ ይሄዳል ሁኔታው ሲሟላ
27 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fclose 1d ንግግሩን መዝጊያ.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fhelp 38 ለዚህ ንግግር የ እርዳታ ገጽ ማሳያ
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ftest 4c በ አዲስ የ ተመረጠው ፋይል ስም ንግግር መክፈቻ
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fsave 98 ማሳያ የ ማስቀመጫ እንደ ንግግር የ ተመረጠውን ፋይል ለ ማስቀመጥ እንደ XSLT ማጣሪያ ጥቅል (*.jar).
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fedit 4c በ አዲስ የ ተመረጠው ፋይል ስም ንግግር መክፈቻ
26 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fopen 6e ማሳያ የ መክፈቻ ንግግር ለ መክፈት ማጣሪያ ከ XSLT ማጣሪያ ጥቅል (*.jar).
25 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fnew 3b በ አዲስ ማጣሪያ ስም ንግግር መክፈቻ
28 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Fdelete 77 የ ተመረጠውን ፋይል ማጥፊያ እርስዎ ካረጋገጡ በኋላ የሚከተለውን ንግግር
2c filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltersettings%2Ffilterlist 72 ይምረጡ አንድ ወይንም ተጨማሪ ማጣሪያዎች እና ከዛ ይጫኑ አንዱን ቁልፍ
1c .uno%3AOpenXMLFilterSettings f6 መክፈቻ የ XML ማጣሪያ ማሰናጃ ንግግር: እርስዎ መፍጠር: ማረም: ማጥፋት የሚችሉበት: እና ማጣሪያዎች መሞከር የሚችሉበት በማምጣት እና በመላክ የ XML ፋይሎች
33 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fdescription 30 አስተያየት ያስገቡ (በ ምርጫ).
35 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Finterfacename 90 እርስዎ ማሳየተ የሚፈልጉትን ስም ያስገቡ በ ፋይል አይነት ሳጥን በ ፋይል ንግግሮች ውስጥ
31 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Fextension 100 የ ፋይል ተጨማሪ ያስገቡ ለ መጠቀም እርስዎ በሚከፍቱ ጊዜ ፋይል ማጣሪያ ሳይወስኑ $[officename] የ ፋይል ተጨማሪ ይጠቀማል የትኛውን ማጣሪያ እንደሚጠቀም ለ መወሰን
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2Ffiltername 59 መተግበሪያ ይምረጡ እንደ ማጣሪያ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን
3f filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagegeneral%2FXmlFilterTabPageGeneral 59 ማስገቢያ ወይንም ማረሚያ ባጠቃላይ መረጃ ለ XML ማጣሪያ.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Ftempimport bb እርስዎ ማምጣት የሚፈልክጉትን ቴምፕሌት ስም ያስገቡ: በ ቴምፕሌት: ውስጥ ዘዴዎች የሚገለጹት የ XML tags ለ ማሳየት ነው
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltexport af ይህ የ መላኪያ ማጣሪያ ከሆነ: የ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ ለ XSLT ዘዴ ወረቀት እርስዎ ለ መላኪያ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fxsltimport a9 ይህ የ ማምጫ ማጣሪያ ከሆነ: የ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ ለ XSLT ዘዴ ወረቀት እርስዎ ለ ማምጫ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን
39 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fbrowsetemp 31 የ ፋይል ምርጫ ንግግር መክፈቻ
32 filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2Fdoc 39 ያስገቡ የ ሰነድ አይነት ለ XML ፋይል
4d filter%2Fui%2Fxmlfiltertabpagetransformation%2FXmlFilterTabPageTransformation 58 የ ፋይል መረጃ ማስገቢያ ወይንም ማረሚያ ለ XML ማጣሪያ .
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_RECENT 6a እንደገና-መክፈቻ ሰነድ መጨረሻ በዚህ ንግግር ተክፍቶ የነበረውን
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_BROWSE a8 የ ፋይል ርጫ ንግግር መክፈቻ: የ ተመረጠው ፋይል የሚከፈተው በ መጠቀም ነው የ አሁኑን የ XML ማምጫ ማጣሪያ
29 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_IMPORT_DISPLAY_SOURCE 7d መክፈቻ የ XML ምንጭ በ ተመረጠው ሰነድ በ እርስዎ ነባር XML ማረሚያ ከ መጣ በኋላ
22 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_CURRENT 78 የ ፋይል ስም ማሳያ ለ ቲምፕሌት እርስዎ ላስገቡት በ መቀየሪያ tab ገጽ ውስጥ
21 HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_BROWSE ff እርስዎ መፈጸም የሚፈልጉትን ፋይል ፈልገው ያግኙ የ XML መላኪያ ማጣሪያ ወደ: የ XML ኮድ የ ተቀየረው ፋይል ይከፈታል በ እርስዎ ነባር የ XML አራሚ ከ ተቀየረ በኋላ
2b FILTER_HID_XML_FILTER_TEST_EXPORT_XSLT_FILE 7b የ ፋይል ስም ማሳያ ለ XSLT ማጣሪያ እርስዎ ላስገቡት በ መቀየሪያ tab ገጽ ውስጥ.
1c HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE 4e ይዞታዎችን ማረጋገጫ የ XML ማጣሪያ ውጤት መስኮት
1c HID_XML_FILTER_OUTPUT_WINDOW 3a የ ሙከራ ውጤት ዝርዝር ለ XML ማጣሪያ.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CLOSE 19 ንግግር መዝጊያ
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGE 5d Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNOREALL 81 No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2FHangulHanjaOptDialog 26 Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
1b HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_IGNORE 8a ምንም አይቀየርም በ አሁኑ ምርጫ: የሚቀጥለው ቃል ወይንም ባህሪ ለ መቀየሪያ ይመረጣል
33 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANJA_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.
34 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_HANGUL_ONLY 33 Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.
1e HID_HANGULDLG_BUTTON_CHANGEALL aa Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BELOW 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_ABOVE 44 The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hanja part.
1c .uno%3AHangulHanjaConversion 4f Converts the selected Korean text from Hangul to Hanja or from Hanja to Hangul.
3d SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_SIMPLE_CONVERSION 4d ዋናው ባህሪዎች ይቀየራሉ በ ተጠቆሙት ባህሪዎች
14 HID_SPELLDLG_SETWORD 24 የ አሁኑን ምርጫ ማሳያ
33 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_LB_SUGGESTIONS 36 Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.
3d SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_CB_REPLACE_BY_CHARACTER 68 Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.
1a HID_HANGULDLG_EDIT_NEWWORD 3e Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.
2f SVX_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_PB_FIND 57 Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANJA_HANGUL_BRACKETED 43 The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.
42 SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BRACKETED 43 The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_BELOW 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hangul part.
3e SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVX_MDLG_HANGULHANJA_RB_HANGUL_HANJA_ABOVE 44 The Hanja part will be displayed as ruby text above the Hangul part.
33 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fautoreplaceunique 70 ራሱ በራሱ ቃሎች መቀየሪያ አንድ ቃል ብቻ መቀየሪያ የ ተጠቆመ ያለውን
31 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fshowrecentfirst 9f የ መቀየሪያውን ጥቆማ እርስዎ ባለፈው የመረጡትን እንደ መጀመሪያ ማስገቢያ በ ዝርዝር ላይ ያሳያል
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fignorepost 56 Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fdelete 59 የተመረጠውን በተጠቃሚ-የሚገለጽ መዝገበ ቃላት ማጥፊያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fedit a0 መክፈቻ የ መዝገበ ቃላት ማረሚያ ንግግር እርስዎ ማረም የሚችሉት በ ተጠቃሚ-የሚገለጽ መዝገበ ቃላት
25 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaoptdialog%2Fnew 91 አዲስ የ መዝገበ ቃላት ንግግር ሳጥን መክፈቻ: እርስዎ አዲስ የ መዝገበ ቃላት የሚፈጥሩበት
27 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2Fentry 2e ለ መዝገበ ቃላቱ ስም ያስገቡ
36 cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaadddialog%2FHangulHanjaAddDialog ae Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
2f cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Foriginal d9 ይምረጡ ማስገቢያ ለ አሁኑ መዝገበ ቃላት እርስዎ ማረም የሚፈልጉትን: እርስዎ ከ ፈለጉ አዲስ ማስገቢያ በዚህ ሳጥን ውስጥ መጻፍ ይችላሉ
2d cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fdelete 33 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ማጥፊያ
2a cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fnew 5b የ አሁኑን መቀየሪያ ትርጉም ወደ መዝገበ ቃላቱ መጨመሪያ
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fedit1 d4 ይጻፉ የ ቀረበውን መቀየሪያ ቃል ለ ተመረጠው ማስገቢያ በ ዋናው ሳጥን ውስጥ: የ መቀየሪያ ቃል መያዝ የሚችለው ስምንት ባህሪዎች ነው
2b cui%2Fui%2Fhangulhanjaeditdictdialog%2Fbook 50 እርስዎ ማረም የሚፈልጉትን መዝገበ ቃላት ይምረጡ
12 .uno%3ASpellDialog 27 ፊደል በ እጅ መመርመሪያ
10 .uno%3ANewWindow 54 አዲስ መስኮት መክፈቻ የ አሁኑን ይዞታዎች የሚያሳይ
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_DEL 4a ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን ምንጭ ማስወገጃ.
33 padmin%3APushButton%3ARID_PADIALOG%3ARID_PA_BTN_STD 44 መክፈቻ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መምረጫ ንግግር
3e xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_DIGSIG%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 4b መክፈቻ የ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መመልከቻ ንግግር
29 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_SIGNATURESDLG 45 ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ የ ዲጂታል ፊርማዎች ዝርዝር
31 sfx2%3APushButton%3ATP_DOCINFODOC%3ABTN_SIGNATURE cd ከ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ዲጂታል ፊርማ መጨመሪያ እና ማስወገጃ: እርስዎ ንግግር መጠቀም ይችላሉ የ ምስክር ወረቀት ለ መመልከት
10 .uno%3ASignature cd ከ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ ዲጂታል ፊርማ መጨመሪያ እና ማስወገጃ: እርስዎ ንግግር መጠቀም ይችላሉ የ ምስክር ወረቀት ለ መመልከት
28 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUPDATE_ALL 8c By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FDESCRIPTIONS 112 ማሻሻያ በሚፈልግበት ጊዜ: ለ እርስዎ ሂደቱን መጠቆሚያ ይታያል: ትንሽ ይጠብቁ መልእክት አስኪታይ በ ንግግር ውስጥ: ወይንም ይጫኑ መሰረዣ ከ ማሻሻያ መፈለጊያው ለ መውጣት
25 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FINSTALL 7c እርስዎ መግጠሚያውን በሚጫኑ ጊዜ የ መግጠሚያ እና የ ማውረጃ ንግግር ይታያል
38 desktop%2Fui%2Fupdateinstalldialog%2FUpdateInstallDialog 184 ይጫኑ የ the ማሻሻያ መፈለጊያ ቁልፍ በ ተጨማሪዎች አስተዳዳሪ ለ ተገጠሙት ተጨማሪዎች በሙሉ ማሻሻያ ለ መፈለግ በ መስመር ላይ: ለ ተመረጡት ተጨማሪዎች ብቻ ማሻሻያ ለ መፈለግ: በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት የ አገባብ ዝርዝር እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ማሻሻያ.
2a desktop%2Fui%2Fupdatedialog%2FUpdateDialog 184 ይጫኑ የ the ማሻሻያ መፈለጊያ ቁልፍ በ ተጨማሪዎች አስተዳዳሪ ለ ተገጠሙት ተጨማሪዎች በሙሉ ማሻሻያ ለ መፈለግ በ መስመር ላይ: ለ ተመረጡት ተጨማሪዎች ብቻ ማሻሻያ ለ መፈለግ: በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት የ አገባብ ዝርዝር እና ከዛ ይምረጡ ማሻሻያ.
10 .uno%3AInsertRLM 101 የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ማስገቢያ ምልክት በ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ላይ ተጽእኖ ይፈጥራል: ጽሁፉ በሚሄድበት አቅጣጫ: ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL) ሲያስችሉ ነው
10 .uno%3AInsertLRM 101 የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ማስገቢያ ምልክት በ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ላይ ተጽእኖ ይፈጥራል: ጽሁፉ በሚሄድበት አቅጣጫ: ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL) ሲያስችሉ ነው
11 .uno%3AInsertZWSP 10f የማይታይ ክፍተት ማስገቢያ በ ቃል ውስጥ የ መስመር መጨረሻ የሚያስገባ በ መስመር ላይ የ መጨረሻ ባህሪ ሲሆን: ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL) ሲያስችሉ ነው
17 .uno%3AInsertSoftHyphen c0 የማይታይ ክፍተት ማስገቢያ በ ቃል ውስጥ የሚታይ እና የ መስመር መጨረሻ መፍጠሪያ በ መስመር ላይ የ መጨረሻ ባህሪ ሲሆን
13 .uno%3AInsertZWNBSP 11b የማይታይ ክፍተት ማስገቢያ በ ቃል ውስጥ ቃሉን የሚጠብቅ በ መስመር መጨረሻ የሚያስገባ በ መስመር ላይ መጨረሻ ሲሆን: ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ ውስብስብ ጽሁፍ እቅድ (CTL) ሲያስችሉ ነው
17 .uno%3AInsertHardHyphen 80 ጭረት ማስገቢያ ለ ድንበር ባህሪዎች እና ለ መስመር መጨረሻ ላይ አብሮ ማድረጊያ
1d .uno%3AInsertNonBreakingSpace 83 ክፍተት ማስገቢያ ለ ድንበር ባህሪዎች እና ለ መስመር መጨረሻ ላይ አብሮ ማድረጊያ
19 .uno%3AFormattingMarkMenu 97 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ የተለየ የ አቀራረብ ምልክት ለማስገባት: ያስችሉ CTL ለ ተጨማሪ ትእዛዞች
14 HID_GALLERY_NEWTHEME 9e አዲስ ገጽታ መጨመሪያ ወደ አዳራሽ እና እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ፋይሎች ለ ማካተት ወደ ገጽታ ውስጥ
12 HID_GALLERY_WINDOW 7b ለማስገባት ከ አዳራሽ እቃዎች: እቃ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ወደ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይጎትቱ
15 HID_GALLERY_THEMELIST 5f ይጫኑ ገጽታውን እቃዎች ለ መመልከት ከ ገጽታ ጋር የተዛመዱ
e .uno%3AGallery e6 መክፈቻ የ አዳራሽ ማሳረፊያ በ ጎን መደርደሪያ በኩል: እርስዎ መምረጥ የሚችሉበት ምስሎች እና ድምፆች ናሙና ለማስገባት በ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
14 HID_GALLERY_LISTVIEW 88 ይዞታዎች ማሳያ የ አዳራሽ እንደ ትንሽ ምልክቶች: ከ አርእስት እና መረጃ መንገድ ጋር
14 HID_GALLERY_ICONVIEW 47 ማሳያ ይዞታዎችን ከ አዳራሽ እንደ ምልክቶች
24 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Faddall 55 ሁሉንም የ ፋይሎች ዝርዝር ወደ አሁኑ ገጽታ መጨመሪያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffindfiles 96 እርስዎ መጨመር የሚፈልጉትን ፋይሎች የያዘውን ዳይሬክቶሪ ፈልገው ያግኙ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ እሺ.
13 HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW 41 የተመረጠውን ፋይል በ ቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ
25 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fpreview 5e የተመረጠውን ፋይል በ ቅድመ እይታ ማሳያ ወይንም መደበቂያ
21 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Fadd 53 የ ተመረጠውን ፋይል(ሎች) ወደ አሁኑ ገጽታ መጨመሪያ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiles 112 ዝግጁ የ ፋይሎች ዝርዝር: ይምረጡ ፋይል(ሎች) እርስዎ መጨመር የሚፈልጉትን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ. ሁሉንም ፋይሎች ለ መጨመር ወደ ዝርዝር ውስጥ: ይጫኑ ሁሉንም መጨመሪያ.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fgalleryfilespage%2Ffiletype 53 እርስዎ መጨመር የሚፈልጉትን አይነት ፋይል ይምረጡ
f .uno%3AGridMenu 3a የ መጋጠሚያ ባህሪዎች ማሳያ ማሰናጃ
13 .uno%3AHelplinesUse 7f በ ተንሸራታች ወይንም ገጽ ላይ የ መጋጠሚያ መስመሮች ከ እቃው ፊት ለ ፊት ማሳያ
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 7f በ ተንሸራታች ወይንም ገጽ ላይ የ መጋጠሚያ መስመሮች ከ እቃው ፊት ለ ፊት ማሳያ
17 .uno%3AHelplinesVisible 7f በ ተንሸራታች ወይንም ገጽ ላይ የ መጋጠሚያ መስመሮች ከ እቃው ፊት ለ ፊት ማሳያ
14 .uno%3ASnapLinesMenu 41 የ መቁረጫ መስመሮች ምርጫ ማሳያ መወሰኛ
14 .uno%3AAVMediaPlayer 10f መክፈቻ የ ብዙሀን መገናኛ ማጫወቻ መስኮት እርስዎ በ ቅድመ እይታ የሚያዩበት ሙቪ እና ድምፅ ፋይሎች እንዲሁም የሚያስገቡበት እነዚህን ፋይሎች ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
25 vnd.sun.star.findbar%3AFocusToFindbar a6 መቀያየሪያ የሚታየውን የ መፈለጊያ እቃ መደርደሪያ ለ ጽሁፍ መቃኛ ወይንም ሰነዶችን በ አካል መፈለጊያ
e .uno%3ASidebar a4 The Sidebar is a vertical graphical user interface that primarily provides contextual properties, style management, document navigation, and media gallery features.
14 .uno%3AInsertAVMedia 58 ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ ቪዲዮ ወይንም ድምፅ ማስገቢያ
36 desktop%3ACheckBox%3ATP_UPDATE_CHECK%3ACB_UPDATE_CHECK 5c እርስዎ መፈለግ ይችላሉ ማሻሻያ በ እጅ ወይንም ራሱ በራሱ
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchangepath 4a ይጫኑ ለ መምረጥ ፎልደር ፋይሎቹ የሚወርዱበት
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautodownload 10d ራሱ በራሱ ማሻሻያ እንዲፈልግ ለማስቻል ምልክት ያድርጉ: ይምረጡ %PRODUCTNAME - በ መስመር ላይ ማሻሻያ ምርጫ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይህን ገጽታ ለ ማስቻል ወይንም ለ ማሰናከል
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_CANCEL 52 ማውረዱን ማቋረጫ እና በ ከፊል የ ወረደወን ማጥፊያ
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_RESUME 39 የ ተቋረጠውን የሚወርደውን መቀጠያ
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_INSTALL 2f የወረደውን ማሻሻያ መግጠሚያ
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD 10c ማሻሻያ ፋይል ማውረጃ እና ማስቀመጫ ወደ ዴስክቶፕ ወይንም ፎልደር እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ: ፎልደር ይምረጡ በ %PRODUCTNAME - መስመር ላይ ማሻሻያ ምርጫዎች ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
26 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DOWNLOAD2 10c ማሻሻያ ፋይል ማውረጃ እና ማስቀመጫ ወደ ዴስክቶፕ ወይንም ፎልደር እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ: ፎልደር ይምረጡ በ %PRODUCTNAME - መስመር ላይ ማሻሻያ ምርጫዎች ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_DLG 161 ዝግጁ ማሻሻያ ይፈልጋል ለ እርስዎ እትም ለ %PRODUCTNAME. አዲስ እትም ዝግጁ ከሆነ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ለማውረድ: ከ ወረደ በኋላ እርስዎ በቂ የ መጻፍ ፍቃድ ካለዎት ለ መግጠሚያ ዳይሬክቶሪ ላይ: ማሻሻያውን መግጠም ይችላሉ
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_CHECK_FOR_UPD_PAUSE 5a የሚወርደውን ማስቆሚያ: በኋላ ይጫኑ ማውረዱን ለመቀጠል
21 SFX2_HID_DLG_CHECKFORONLINEUPDATE 161 ዝግጁ ማሻሻያ ይፈልጋል ለ እርስዎ እትም ለ %PRODUCTNAME. አዲስ እትም ዝግጁ ከሆነ: እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ ለማውረድ: ከ ወረደ በኋላ እርስዎ በቂ የ መጻፍ ፍቃድ ካለዎት ለ መግጠሚያ ዳይሬክቶሪ ላይ: ማሻሻያውን መግጠም ይችላሉ
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_DISABLE 36 ተጨማሪ ማስቻያ ወይንም ማሰናከያ
a 2180256277 75 ይምረጡ ተጨማሪ እርስዎ ማስወገድ የሚፈልጉትን: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማስወገጃ
a 2180256279 75 ይምረጡ ተጨማሪ እርስዎ ማሰናከል የሚፈልጉትን: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማሰናከያ
a 2180256278 6f ይምረጡ ተጨማሪ እርስዎ ማስቻል የሚፈልጉትን: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማስቻያ
34 desktop%2Fui%2Fshowlicensedialog%2FShowLicenseDialog d0 ፍቃዱን ያንብቡ: ይጫኑ መሸብለያውን ወደ ታች ለ መሸብለል አስፈላጊ ከሆነ: ይጫኑ እቀበላለሁ እና ለ መቀጠል ተጨማሪውን ለ መግጠም
a 2180256276 37 ይጫኑ መጨመሪያ ተጨማሪ ለ መጨመር
5 42769 e3 ይምረጡ ተጨማሪ እርስዎ ማስወገድ: ማስቻል: ወይንም ማሰናከል የሚፈልጉትን: ለ አንዳንድ ተጨማሪዎች: እርስዎ መክፈት ይችላሉ የ ምርጫ ንግግር
2d DESKTOP_HID_EXTENSION_MANAGER_LISTBOX_OPTIONS 80 ይምረጡ የ ተገጠመ ተጨማሪ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት የ ምርጫ ንግግር ለ ተጨማሪ
5 42772 a4 የ ተጨማሪ አስተዳዳሪ መጨመር: ማስወገድ: ማሰናከል: ማስቻል እና ማሻሻል ያስችላል %PRODUCTNAME ተጨማሪዎች
1e cui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fexpander 71 ይጫኑ ለ ማሳየት ወይንም ለ መደበቅ የ ፋይል መካፈያ ማለፊያ ቃል ምርጫ
11 SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC 34 እንደ-ገና ያስገቡ የመግቢያ ቃል
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm2ed 34 እንደ-ገና ያስገቡ የመግቢያ ቃል
26 uui%2Fui%2Fpassword%2FconfirmpassEntry 34 እንደ-ገና ያስገቡ የመግቢያ ቃል
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirm1ed 34 እንደ-ገና ያስገቡ የመግቢያ ቃል
10 HID_PASSWD_TABLE 50 የ መግቢያ ቃል ይጻፉ: የ መግቢያ ቃል case sensitive ነው
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 41 ዋናውን የመግቢያ ቃል እንደ ገና ያስገቡ
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 ac ይጻፉ ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል: ፍቃድ የሌላቸውን ተጠቃሚዎች ለ መከልከል በ መግቢያ ቃል የሚጠበቅ ሰነድ ጋር
39 uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2FSetMasterPasswordDialog 8b ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል መመደቢያ እንዲጠብቅ በ መግቢያ ቃል የ ተቀመጡት ጋር ለ መድረስ
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Flocation 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fselect 44 መክፈቻ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መምረጫ ንግግር
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcert 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpdfsignpage 4a Allows you to select a certificate to be used for signing this PDF export.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablea11y 35 Select to enable text access for accessibility tools.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeform 40 የፎርም ሜዳዎችን መሙላት ብቻ የተፈቀደ
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeinsdel 5c ማስገቢያ: ማጥፊያ እና ገጾችን ማዞሪያ ብቻ የተፈቀደ ነው
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangenone 39 ምንም ይዞታውን መቀየር አይፈቀድም
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprinthigh 44 ሰነዱን በ ከፍተኛ ሪዞሊሽን ማተም ይቻላል
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintnone 37 ሰነዱን ማተም የ ተፈቀደ አይደለም
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopeninternet 94 Cross-document links are opened with the Internet browser. The Internet browser must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fopenpdf c2 Cross-document links are opened with the PDF reader application that currently shows the document. The PDF reader application must be able to handle the specified file type inside the hyperlink.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fdefault 6c Links from your PDF document to other documents will be handled as it is specified in your operating system.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fconvert d2 Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexport 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2FPdfLinksPage 141 The bookmarks (targets of references) in PDF files can be defined as rectangular areas. Additionally, bookmarks to named objects can be defined by their names. Enable the checkbox to export the names of objects in your document as valid bookmark targets. This allows to link to those objects by name from other documents.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblelevel 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fformat 3f Select the format of submitting forms from within the PDF file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fprintlow 65 The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2FPdfViewPage 63 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል የ ገጽ ይዞታዎች ብቻ የሚያሳይ
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Foutline 93 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል ምልክት ማድረጊያ መደርደሪያ እና የ ገጽ ይዞታዎች የሚያሳይ
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fforms 8c ይምረጡ የ PDF ፎርም ለ መፍጠር: ይህ በ ተጠቃሚ ሊሞላ እና ሊታተም የሚችል የ PDF ሰነድ ነው
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Femptypages 18a If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to pdf file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. The previous chapter ends on an odd page. %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fcomments 93 ይምረጡ አስተያየቶች ለ መላክ ከ መጻፊያ እና ሰንጠረዥ ሰነዶች ውስጥ እንደ PDF ማስታወሻዎች
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpages 4b እርስዎ በ ሳጥን ውስጥ የጻፉትን ገጾች መላኪያ
34 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fvisiblebookmark 5d Select to show bookmark levels down to the selected level when the reader opens the PDF file.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fbookmarks ef Select to export bookmarks of Writer documents as PDF bookmarks. Bookmarks are created for all outline paragraphs (Tools - Outline Numbering) and for all table of contents entries for which you did assign hyperlinks in the source document.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangeany 33 All changes are permitted, except extracting pages.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fall a5 ሁሉንም የ ተገለጹ የ ማተሚያ መጠኖች መላኪያ: ምንም የ ማተሚያ መጠን ካልተገለጸ ጠቅላላ ሰነዱ ይላካል
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontfacinglayout 96 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the right.
1f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Ftsa 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
39 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2FPdfUserInterfacePage 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
27 FILTER_EDIT_RID_PDF_EXPORT_DLG_ED_PAGES 45 Saves the current file to Portable Document Format (PDF) version 1.4.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Frange 4b እርስዎ በ ሳጥን ውስጥ የጻፉትን ገጾች መላኪያ
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fallowdups 98 Allows to use the same field name for multiple fields in the generated PDF file. If disabled, field names will be exported using generated unique names.
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fselection 27 የ አሁኑን ምርጫ መላኪያ
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fpdfa 15d መቀየሪያ ወደ የ PDF/A-1a አቀራረብ: ይህ የ ተገለጸው እንደ ኤሌክትሮኒክ ሰነድ ፋይል አቀራረብ ራጅም ጊዜ ለማስቀመጥ ነው: ሁሉም ፊደሎች በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ የ ተጠቀሙባቸው ይጣበቃሉ ከ መነጨው የ PDF ፋይል ጋር: የ PDF tags ይጻፋል
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdflinkspage%2Fexporturl 82 Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpage 41 Select to show the given page when the reader opens the PDF file.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Flosslesscompress 76 ለ ምስሎች ያልላላ ማመቂያ መምረጫ: ሁሉም ፒክስሎች እንደ ነበሩ ይጠበቃሉ
28 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fsinglelayout 67 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል አንድ ገጽ በ አንድ ጊዜ የሚያሳይ
27 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffirstonleft 101 Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
25 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Ftagged 64 ይምረጡ ለ መጻፍ የ PDF tags. ይህ የ ፋይሉን መጠን በጣም ይጨምራል
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fpageonly 63 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል የ ገጽ ይዞታዎች ብቻ የሚያሳይ
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Feffects 4c Select to export Impress slide transition effects to respective PDF effects.
2d filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fchangecomment 5f በ ፎርም ሜዳዎች ላይ አስተያየት እና መሙላት ብቻ የተፈቀደ
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fsetpassword 65 ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት ንግግር እርስዎ የ መግቢያ ቃል የሚያስገቡበት
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2FPdfSecurityPage 65 ይጫኑ ለ መክፈት ንግግር እርስዎ የ መግቢያ ቃል የሚያስገቡበት
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fembed 68 This setting enables you to export the document as a .pdf file containing two file formats: PDF and ODF.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Freason 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
2f filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Freduceresolution 9b ይምረጡ ለ እንደገና ናሙና ወይንም ዝቅ-ለማድረግ የ ምስሎችን ቁጥር ወደ ዝቅተኛ ፒክስል በ ኢንች
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fresolution 40 ለ ምስሎች የታለመውን ሪዞሊሽን ይምረጡ
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fthumbs 8e ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል የ አውራ ጥፍር መደርደሪያ እና የ ገጽ ይዞታዎች የሚያሳይ
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fjpegcompress ca Selects a JPEG compression of images. With a high quality level, almost all pixels are preserved. With a low quality level, some pixels get lost and artefacts are introduced, but file sizes are reduced.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwin 62 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit entirely into the reader's window.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fopen 69 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a full screen reader window in front of all other windows.
31 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fallbookmarks 46 Select to show all bookmark levels when the reader opens the PDF file.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitdefault b7 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page contents without zooming. If the reader software is configured to use a zoom factor by default, the page shows with that zoom factor.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfgeneralpage%2Fquality 3a ለ JPEG ማመቂያ የ ጥራት ደረጃ ያስገቡ
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitwidth 61 Select to generate a PDF file that shows the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
23 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fcontact 44 Allows you to optionally select a Time Stamping Authority (TSA) URL.
22 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Ffitvis 7a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the text and graphics on the page zoomed to fit the width of the reader's window.
2a filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsecuritypage%2Fenablecopy 35 Select to enable copying of content to the clipboard.
20 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fzoom 3e Select a given zoom factor when the reader opens the PDF file.
24 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfsignpage%2Fpassword 60 Enter the password used for protecting the private key associated with the selected certificate.
29 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fdefaultlayout 6a Select to generate a PDF file that shows the pages according to the layout setting of the reader software.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fdisplay 5e Select to generate a PDF file that is shown with the document title in the reader's title bar.
26 filter%2Fui%2Fpdfviewpage%2Fcontlayout 73 ይምረጡ ለማመንጨት የ PDF ፋይል ተከታታይ ገጾች በ ቁመት አምድ የሚያሳይ
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fmenubar 6f ይምረጡ ለ መደበቅ የ አንባቢውን ዝርዝር መደርደሪያ ሰነዱ ንቁ ሲሆን
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fresize 5a Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a window displaying the whole initial page.
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fcenter 52 Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
2c filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Ftoolbar 69 ይምረጡ ለ መደበቅ የ አንባቢውን እቃ መደርደሪያ ሰነዱ ንቁ ሲሆን
2b filter%2Fui%2Fpdfuserinterfacepage%2Fwindow 62 ይምረጡ ለ መደበቅ የ አንባቢውን መቆጣጠሪያ ሰነዱ ንቁ ሲሆን
17 .uno%3ASendMailDocAsPDF a6 Shows the Export as PDF dialog, exports the current document to Portable Document Format (PDF), and then opens an e-mail sending window with the PDF as an attachment.
23 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fcancel 44 መከልከያ macros እንዲዳይሄድ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
1f uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2Fok 3b መፍቀጃ macros እንዲሄድ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FviewSignsButton 43 መክፈቻ ንግግር እርስዎ ፊርማ የሚያዩበት
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FalwaysTrustCheckbutton 6d የ አሁኑን macro ምንጭ ወደ ዝርዝር መጨመሪያ ከ የሚታመኑ ምንጮች ጋር.
2c uui%2Fui%2Fmacrowarnmedium%2FMacroWarnMedium 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
23 SFX2_HID_WARNING_SECURITY_HYPERLINK 6a Enable or disable the macros. Choose %PRODUCTNAME - Security in the Options dialog box to set the options.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fviewcert 96 መክፈቻ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መመልከቻ ንግግር: የ ተመረጠውን የ ምስክር ወረቀት የሚመረምሩበት
43 xmlsecurity%3APushButton%3ARID_XMLSECDLG_CERTCHOOSER%3ABTN_VIEWCERT 96 መክፈቻ የ ምስክር ወረቀት መመልከቻ ንግግር: የ ተመረጠውን የ ምስክር ወረቀት የሚመረምሩበት
2c XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_CTRL_CHOOSESIGNATURES 7f ይምረጡ እርስዎ የሚፈልጉትን የምስክር ወረቀት ለ ዲጂታል ፊርማ ለ አሁኑ ሰነድ
e .uno%3AWebHtml 95 Creates a temporary copy of the current document in HTML format, opens the system default Web browser, and displays the HTML file in the Web browser.
25 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
20 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT 56 Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
27 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
2b svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesdetails 2d Switches the display to show or hide details.
20 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fname 16 ስሙን ያስገቡ
2a svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesremove 73 የ አሁኑን ሁኔታ ማጥፊያ: እርስዎ የ መጨረሻውን ሁኔታ ማጥፋት አይችሉም
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelslist 2e Selects the XForms model that you want to use.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2FDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
2c svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsadd 3c Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
1f svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Ftoolbar 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsremove 43 Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.
24 svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
18 .uno%3AShowDataNavigator 3c Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsbutton 29 Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
1d svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2Fitems 41 ለ አሁኑ ሁኔታ የሚገባው እቃዎች ዝርዝር
24 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstances 85 ይህ ቁልፍ ንዑስ ዝርዝር አለው: ሁኔታዎችን ለ መጨመር: ለማረም: ወይንም ለማስወገድ
25 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Fmodelsedit 49 የተመረጠውን የ Xform ክፍል እንደገና መሰየሚያ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesadd 53 እርስዎ አዲስ ሁኔታ የሚያስገቡበት ንግግር መክፈቻ
22 svx%2Fui%2Faddmodeldialog%2Fmodify d4 When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".
28 svx%2Fui%2Fdatanavigator%2Finstancesedit 53 እርስዎ አዲስ ሁኔታ የሚያሻሽሉበት ንግግር መክፈቻ
27 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
29 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
2e svx%2Fui%2Fxformspage%2FTBI_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
22 SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE 47 Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).
1f SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD 70 Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.
28 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fcalculate 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonly 1f Declares the item as read-only.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
30 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2FAddDataItemDialog 48 Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.
29 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraint 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fdatatype 3f ለ ተመረጠው እቃ የ ዳታ አይነት ይምረጡ
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Freadonlycond 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2d svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fconstraintcond 1f Declares the item as read-only.
23 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fname 24 የ እቃውን ስም ያስገቡ
24 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Fvalue 3b ለ ተመረጠው እቃ ነባር ዋጋ ማስገቢያ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevant 1e Declares the item as relevant.
27 svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequired 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frequiredcond 1e Declares the item as relevant.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
2b svx%2Fui%2Fadddataitemdialog%2Frelevantcond 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
24 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fedit 4f Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
29 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2Fcondition 1c ሁኔታውን ያስገቡ
32 svx%2Fui%2Faddconditiondialog%2FAddConditionDialog 5b Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
21 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fedit 33 የተመረጠውን የስም ቦታ ማረሚያ
23 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fdelete 33 የተመረጠውን የስም ቦታ ማጥፊያ
20 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fadd 3f አዲስ የ ስም ቦታ ወደ ዝርዝር መጨመሪያ
27 svx%2Fui%2Fnamespacedialog%2Fnamespaces 34 Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH 38 Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN 125 Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elseswhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the Find & Replace dialog.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES f3 Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are Preserve, Replace, and Collapse. The semantics follow the definition at http://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace.
21 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE ac Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.
27 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS 66 Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL 43 Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION 71 Enter the DOM node to bind the control model to. Click the ... button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME d1 Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.
24 EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE 5a Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.
24 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS 5b Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY 1f Declares the item as read-only.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED 34 Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT 1e Declares the item as relevant.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE 2e Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT 22 Declares the item as a constraint.
1e EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH 30 Specifies the number of characters for a string.
23 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION 25 Declares that the item is calculated.
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE 41 Select a data type which the control should be validated against.
13 .uno%3APrintDefault 9c ይጫኑ ፋይል በቀጥታ ማተሚያ ምልክትለማተም ንቁ የሆነውን ሰነድ በ አሁኑ ነባር የማተሚያ ማሰናጃ
13 .uno%3AVerticalText 272 እርስዎ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በ መጫን ወይንም በ መጎተት የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን መሳያ: ይጫኑ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ በማንኛውም ቦታ እና ከዛ ይጻፉ ወይንም የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይለጥፉ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም መጠቆሚያውን ማንቀሳቀስ እና እርስዎ በሚፈልጉበት ቦታ ጽሁፍ ማስገባት ይችላሉ: የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ይጎትቱ: እና ከዛ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ የ እርስዎን ጽሁፍ: ይህ ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ እሲያ ቋንቋ ሲያስችሉ ነው
16 .uno%3AVerticalCaption 2ae አራት ማእዘን የ መጥሪያ መስመር መሳያ በ ቁመት የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ እርስዎ የሚጎትቱበት በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ይጎትቱ የ መጥሪያውን እጄታ ይዘው መጥሪያውን ለ መመጠን: ጽሁፍ ለ መጨመር: ይጫኑ የ መጥሪያውን ጠርዝ: እና ጽሁፍ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ: ለ መቀየር አራት ማእዘን የ መጥሪያ መስመር ወደ የተከበበ መጥሪያ: ይጎትቱ ትልቁን የ ጠርዝ እጄታ መጠቆሚያው ወደ እጅ ሲቀየር: ይህ ዝግጁ የሚሆነው የ እሲያ ቋንቋ ድጋፍ ሲያስችሉ ነው
12 .uno%3ADrawCaption 256 አራት ማእዘን የ መጥሪያ መስመር መሳያ በ አግድም የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ እርስዎ የሚጎትቱበት በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ይጎትቱ የ መጥሪያውን እጄታ ይዘው መጥሪያውን ለ መመጠን: ጽሁፍ ለ መጨመር: ይጫኑ የ መጥሪያውን ጠርዝ: እና ጽሁፍ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ: ለ መቀየር አራት ማእዘን የ መጥሪያ መስመር ወደ የተከበበ መጥሪያ: ይጎትቱ ትልቁን የ ጠርዝ እጄታ መጠቆሚያው ወደ እጅ ሲቀየር
b .uno%3ALine c8 በመጎተት ቀጥተኛ መስመር መሳያ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: መስመሩን ወደ 45 ዲግሪዎች ለማስገደድ: በሚጎትቱ ጊዜ ተጭነው ይያዙ Shift
13 .uno%3AText_Marquee 174 የሚንቀሳቀስ ጽሁፍ ማስገቢያ በ አግድም የ ጽሁፍ አቅጣጫ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: ይጎትቱ የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን እና ከዛ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ የ እርስዎን ጽሁፍ: የ እንቅስቃሴ ውጤት ለ መፈጸም: ይምረጡ አቀራረብ - ጽሁፍ - ጽሁፍ እንቅስቃሴ .
17 .uno%3APolygon_Unfilled 125 Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, double-click the starting point of the line.
f .uno%3ADrawText 250 እርስዎ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ በ መጫን ወይንም በ መጎተት የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን መሳያ: ይጫኑ በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ በማንኛውም ቦታ እና ከዛ ይጻፉ ወይንም የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይለጥፉ: እርስዎ እንዲሁም መጠቆሚያውን ማንቀሳቀስ እና እርስዎ በሚፈልጉበት ቦታ ጽሁፍ ማስገባት ይችላሉ: የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ይጎትቱ: እና ጽሁፍ ይጻፉ ወይንም ይለጥፉ: የዞረ ጽሁፍ ለማግኘት የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥኑን ያዙሩ
e .uno%3AEllipse 12a በመጎተት oval መሳያ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: oval እንዲጀምር የሚፈልጉበት ቦታ ይጫኑ እና ይጎትቱ የሚፈልጉት መጠን ላይ እስኪደርስ ድረስ: ክብ ለ መሳል በ ሚጎትቱ ጊዜ ተጭነው ይያዙ Shift ቁልፍ
b .uno%3ARect 15b በመጎተት አራት ማእዘን ሳጥን መሳያ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ: አራት ማእዘኑ እንዲጀምር የሚፈልጉበት ቦታ ይጫኑ እና ይጎትቱ የሚፈልጉት መጠን ላይ እስኪደርስ ድረስ: ስኴር ለ መሳል በ ሚጎትቱ ጊዜ ተጭነው ይያዙ Shift ቁልፍ
16 .uno%3ABezier_Unfilled 15c Draws a smooth Bezier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to finish drawing the curve. To create a closed shape, double click the starting point of the curve.
a .uno%3AArc 208 በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ቅስት መሳያ: ቅስት ለ መሳል: ይጎትቱ oval እርስዎ በሚፈልጉት መጠን: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ለ መግለጽ የ ቅስት መጀመሪያ ነጥብ ለ መወሰን: እና ከዛ ያንቀሳቅሱ መጠቆሚያውን ወደ መጨረሻው ነጥብ እና ከዛ እርስዎ መጫን የለብዎትም በ oval ላይ: ቅስት ለ መሳል ክብ መሰረት ያደረገ: ተጭነው ይያዙ Shift ቁልፍ በሚጎትቱ ጊዜ
a .uno%3APie 17e Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of an oval and two radius lines in the current document. To draw an ellipse pie, drag an oval to the size you want, and then click to define the first radius line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the second radius line and click. You do not need to click on the oval. To draw a circle pie, hold down Shift while you drag.
11 .uno%3AInsertDraw e0 ይጫኑ ለመክፈት ወይንም ለመዝጋት የ መሳያ እቃ መደርደሪያ ወደ አሁኑ ሰነድ ቅርጾች፡ መስመሮች፡ ጽሁፍ እና መጥሪያዎች መጨመር ያስችሎታል
18 .uno%3AFreeline_Unfilled 156 እርስዎ በ መጎተት በ ነፃ መስመር መፍጠሪያ በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ መሳል ይችላሉ: መስመሩን ለ መጨረስ: ይልቀቁ የ አይጥ መጠቆሚያውን: የ ተከበበ ቅርጽ ለ መፍጠር: የ አይጥ ቁልፉን ይልቀቁ በ መስመሩ መጀመሪያ አጠገብ
10 .uno%3ACircleCut 1a6 Draws a filled shape that is defined by the arc of a circle and a diameter line in the current document. To draw a circle segment, drag a circle to the size you want, and then click to define the starting point of the diameter line. Move your pointer to where you want to place the endpoint of the diameter line and click. You do not need to click on the circle. To draw an ellipse segment, hold down Shift while you drag.
16 .uno%3AFormDesignTools 44 መክፈቻ የ ንድፍ መፍጠሪያ እቃ መደርደሪያ
d .uno%3AConfig 55 The Form Controls toolbar contains tools that you need to create an interactive form.
f .uno%3ACheckBox 36 ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥን መፍጠሪያ
b .uno%3AEdit 27 የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን መፍጠሪያ
11 .uno%3APushbutton 2a የ መግፊያ ቁልፍ መፍጠሪያ
15 .uno%3AFormattedField 2a የ ሜዳ አቀራረብ መፍጠሪያ
12 .uno%3ARadioButton 27 የ ምርጫ ቁልፍ መፍጠሪያ
e .uno%3AListBox 2a የ ዝርዝር ሳጥን መፍጠሪያ
c .uno%3ALabel 2e ሜዳ መፍጠሪያ ጽሁፍ ለ ማሳያ
f .uno%3AComboBox 14 Creates a combo box.
13 .uno%3AMoreControls 4a መክፈቻ የ ተጨማሪ መቆጣጠሪያ እቃ መደርደሪያ
17 .uno%3AConvertToPattern 4e የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ንድፍ ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
18 .uno%3AConvertToCurrency 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ገንዘብ ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
17 .uno%3AConvertToNumeric 4e የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ቁጥር ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
14 .uno%3AConvertToTime 4e የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ሰአት ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
14 .uno%3AConvertToDate 4b የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ቀን ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
18 .uno%3AChangeControlType 64 Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.
14 .uno%3AConvertToEdit 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ተቀይሯል
1c .uno%3AConvertToImageControl 59 የተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምስል መቆጣጠሪያ ይቀየራል
15 .uno%3AConvertToCombo 57 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ መቀላቀያ ሳጥን ተቀይሯል
1b .uno%3AConvertToFileControl 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ፋይል ምርጫ ተቀይሯል
15 .uno%3AConvertToFixed 4a የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምልክት ተቀይሯል
14 .uno%3AConvertToList 54 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ተቀይሯል
18 .uno%3AConvertToCheckBox 64 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥን ተቀይሯል
16 .uno%3AConvertToButton 47 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ቁልፍ ተቀይሯል
18 .uno%3AConvertToImageBtn 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምስል ቁልፍ ተቀይሯል
19 .uno%3AConvertToFormatted 54 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ አቀራረብ ሜዳ ተቀይሯል
15 .uno%3AConvertToRadio 51 የ ተመረጠው መቆጣጠሪያ ወደ ምርጫ ቁልፍ ተቀይሯል
28 cui%2Fui%2Fshowcoldialog%2FShowColDialog e6 በ አምዶች ማሳያ ንግግር ውስጥ እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ የሚታየውን አምድ: ተጭነው ይያዙ የ Shift ወይንም Ctrl ቁልፍ በርካታ ማስገቢያዎች ለመምረጥ
14 SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE 34 መጥሪያ የ አምዶች ማሳያ ንግግር
f SID_FM_SHOWCOLS 73 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መጥሪያ እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት አምዶች እንደገና እንዲታዩ
e SID_FM_HIDECOL 2f የተመረጠውን አምድ መደበቂያ
10 SID_FM_DELETECOL 36 አሁን የተመረጠውን አምድ ማጥፊያ
12 SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS 4a ይጫኑ ሁሉንም ሁሉንም አምዶች ማሳየት ከፈለጉ
10 SID_FM_CHANGECOL aa መክፈቻ የ ንዑስ ዝርዝር ለ መምረጥ የ ዳታ ሜዳ ለ መቀየር የ ዳታ ሜዳ በ ሰንጠረዥ መቆጣጠሪያ የተመረጠውን
10 SID_FM_INSERTCOL 48 Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.
18 .uno%3AControlProperties 60 የ ተመረጠውን መቆጣጠሪያ ባህሪዎች ለማረም ንግግር መክፈቻ
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ORIENTATION 50 Specifies the horizontal or vertical orientation for a scrollbar or spin button.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ENABLE_VISIBLE 68 Defines whether the control will be visible in live mode. In design mode, the control is always visible.
5 37929 54 Specifies to show or hide the navigation items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
5 37928 55 Specifies to show or hide the positioning items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
5 37930 50 Specifies to show or hide the action items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
13 HID_PROP_SCALEIMAGE 31 Resizes the image to fit the size of the control.
12 HID_PROP_FORMATKEY 5a Specifies the format code for the control. Click the ... button to select the format code.
c HID_PROP_TAG 4d Specifies additional information or a descriptive text for the control field.
d HID_PROP_FONT 3a Select the font for the text that is in the control field.
15 HID_PROP_HIDDEN_VALUE 3f You can enter the data that is inherited by the hidden control.
13 HID_PROP_TARGET_URL 59 Specifies the URL address that opens when you click an "Open document / web page" button.
18 HID_PROP_SHOWTHOUSANDSEP 2a የ ሺዎች መለያያ ማስገቢያ
10 HID_PROP_TABSTOP 54 The Tabstop property determines if a control field can be selected with the tab key.
19 HID_PROP_CURRSYM_POSITION 65 Determines if the currency symbol is displayed before or after the number when using currency fields.
18 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TEXT 34 Sets the default text for a text box or a combo box.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_TIME 20 ነባር ሰአት ማሰናጃ
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BLOCKINCREMENT 5e Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks next to the slider on the scrollbar.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MAX 5a ከፍተኛ ዋጋ ለ መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ መቆጣጠሪያ መወሰኛ
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEEND_FORMAT 5e For text fields, select the line end code to be used when writing text into a database column.
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_DEFAULT_DATE 1d ነባር ቀን ማሰናጃ
19 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEDEFAULT 2d Sets the default value for the control field.
18 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_CHECKED 80 መወሰኛ የ ምርጫ ወይንም የ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥኖች ይመረጡ እንዲሆን በ ነባር
11 HID_PROP_TABINDEX 75 The Tab order property determines the order in which the controls are focused in the form when you press the Tab key.
f HID_PROP_BORDER 62 Determines if the field's border should be displayed "Without frame", with a "3-D look" or "Flat".
16 HID_PROP_NAVIGATIONBAR 59 Specifies whether to display the navigation bar on the lower border of the table control.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_HEIGHT 38 የመቆጣጠሪያውን እርዝመት መግለጫ
10 HID_PROP_ENABLED 69 If a control field has the property "Enabled" (Yes), the form user will be able to use the control field.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_ANCHOR_TYPE 2b Defines where the control will be anchored.
12 HID_PROP_PRINTABLE 50 Specifies whether you want the control field to appear in a document's printout.
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMIN 50 ተጠቃሚ ማስገባት የሚችለው አነስተኛ ጊዜ መወሰኛ
11 HID_PROP_TRISTATE 77 Specifies whether a check box can also represent ZERO values of a linked database apart from the TRUE and FALSE values.
12 HID_PROP_ROWHEIGHT 32 Specifies the row height of a table control field.
12 HID_PROP_ECHO_CHAR b5 If the text box is used as a password input, enter the ASCII-code of the display character. This character is displayed instead of the characters typed by the user for the password.
5 37933 cf Allows you to use line breaks and formatting in a control field, such as a text box or label. To manually enter a line break, press the Enter key. Select "Multi-line with formatting" to enter formatted text.
11 HID_PROP_DROPDOWN 42 Specifies whether the combo box should dropdown (Yes) or not (No).
20 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_FOCUSONCLICK 5e If you set this option to "Yes", the Push Button receives the focus when you click the button.
15 HID_PROP_RECORDMARKER 73 Specifies whether the first column is displayed with row labels, in which the current record is marked by an arrow.
1c HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SCROLLVALUE 29 Sets the default value for the scrollbar.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SYMBOLCOLOR 53 Specifies the color for symbols on controls, for example the arrows on a scrollbar.
5 37927 52 Specifies whether the icons in a selected Navigation Bar should be small or large.
13 HID_PROP_DATEFORMAT 41 Here, you can determine the format you want for the date readout.
15 HID_PROP_REPEAT_DELAY 3d Specifies the delay in milliseconds between repeating events.
11 HID_PROP_EDITMASK 75 Defines the edit mask. By specifying a character code you can determine what the user can enter in the control field.
1a EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_TOGGLE 122 Specifies if a Push Button behaves as a Toggle Button. If you set Toggle to "Yes", you can switch between the "selected" and "not selected" control states when you click the button or press the spacebar while the control has the focus. A button in the "selected" state appears "pressed in".
19 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WIDTH 32 የመቆጣጠሪያውን ስፋት መግለጫ
15 HID_PROP_CONTROLLABEL 32 Specifies the source for the label of the control.
5 37931 5f Specifies to show or hide the filtering and sorting items in a selected Navigation Bar control.
17 HID_PROP_CURRENCYSYMBOL 3e You can enter a character or a string for the currency symbol.
e HID_PROP_WIDTH 31 Sets the column width in the table control field.
47 modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Flabelselectiondialog%2FLabelSelectionDialog 5e Check the No assignment box to remove the link between a control and the assigned label field.
5 37967 92 መወሰኛ የ ድንበር ቀለም ለ መቆጣጠሪያ የ ድንበር ባህሪ ማሰናጃ "ጠፍጣፋ" እይታ እንዳላቸው
d HID_PROP_SPIN 6e The "Yes" option transforms the control field into a spin button, where corresponding arrow buttons are added.
12 HID_PROP_LINECOUNT 8b Specifies how many lines should be displayed in the dropdown list. This setting is only active if you chose "Yes" in the "Dropdown" option.
17 HID_PROP_MULTISELECTION 73 እርስዎን ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከ አንድ በላይ እቃ መምረጥ ያስችሎታል
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMAX 68 Defines a value for the control field which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONX 3e Defines the X position of the control, relative to the anchor.
e HID_PROP_ALIGN 4f Specifies the alignment option for text or graphics that are used on a control.
19 HID_PROP_DECIMAL_ACCURACY 4c Determines the number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point.
11 HID_PROP_HELPTEXT 5b Provides the option of entering a help text that will be displayed as a tip on the control.
1f EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VISIBLESIZE bb Specifies the size of scrollbar thumb in "value units". A value of ("Scroll value max." minus "Scroll value min." ) / 2 would result in a thumb which occupies half of the background area.
13 HID_PROP_TIMEFORMAT 67 እርስዎ መግለጽ ይችላሉ እንዲታይ የሚፈልጉትን የ ጊዜ አቀራረብ
e HID_PROP_LABEL 55 The Label property sets the label of the control field that is displayed in the form.
13 HID_PROP_BUTTONTYPE 51 The Action property determines the action that occurs when you activate a button.
1b HID_PROP_DEFAULT_SELECT_SEQ 3a Specifies the list box entry to mark as the default entry.
12 HID_PROP_IMAGE_URL 6f The Graphics property specifies the graphic's path and file name that you want to have displayed on the button.
15 HID_PROP_EFFECTIVEMIN 67 You can determine here a value for the control field to prevent the user from entering a smaller value.
15 HID_PROP_AUTOCOMPLETE 52 የ በራሱ መሙያ ተግባር መመደቢያ ለ መቀላቀያ ሳጥን
12 HID_PROP_VALUESTEP 21 Determines spin button intervals.
15 HID_PROP_STRICTFORMAT 5b If the strict format function is activated (Yes), only the allowed characters are accepted.
17 HID_PROP_STRINGITEMLIST 105 Defines the list entries visible in the document. Open this list and type your text. Use Shift+Enter for a new line. With list and combo boxes, you can define the list entries that will be visible in the document. Open the List entries field and type your text.
15 HID_PROP_TARGET_FRAME 6b Specifies the target frame to display the document that is opened by the "Open document / web page" action.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMIN 54 ተጠቃሚ ማስገባት የሚችለውን የ ቅድሚያ ቀን መወሰኛ
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_LINEINCREMENT 5a Specify the value to add or subtract when the user clicks the arrow icon on the scrollbar.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WHEEL_BEHAVIOR 165 Sets whether the value changes when the user scrolls a mouse wheel. Never: No change of the value. When focused: (default) The value changes when the control has the focus and the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled. Always: The value changes when the wheel is pointing at the control and gets scrolled, no matter which control has the focus.
10 HID_PROP_HELPURL 83 Specifies a batch label in URL spelling which refers to a help document and which can be called with the help of the control field.
d HID_PROP_NAME 9f On the Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the control field. On the Form Properties tab page, this option specifies the name for the form.
10 HID_PROP_HSCROLL 88 እርስዎ የወሰኑትን አይነት የ መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ ወደ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ውስጥ መጨመሪያ
21 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SPININCREMENT 58 Determines intervals to add or subtract with each activation of the spin button control.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_POSITIONY 3e Defines the Y position of the control, relative to the anchor.
5 37965 6c Specifies whether a text selection on a control remains selected when a the focus is no longer on a control.
17 HID_PROP_DEFAULT_BUTTON 73 The Default button property specifies that the corresponding button will be operated when you press the Return key.
10 HID_PROP_DATEMAX 54 Determines a date which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
13 HID_PROP_MAXTEXTLEN 41 Defines the maximum number of characters that the user can enter.
14 HID_PROP_LITERALMASK 76 Defines the literal mask. The literal mask contains the initial values and is always visible after downloading a form.
11 HID_PROP_READONLY 49 Determines if the control is read-only (Yes) or if it can be edited (No).
10 HID_PROP_TIMEMAX 54 Determines a time which can not be exceeded by another value introduced by the user.
f HID_PROP_REPEAT 7d Specifies if the action of a control such as a spin button repeats when you click the control and hold the mouse button down.
1d EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_WORDBREAK 24 Displays text on more than one line.
18 HID_PROP_SCROLLVALUE_MIN 5d አነስተኛ ዋጋ ለ መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ መቆጣጠሪያ መወሰኛ
18 HID_PROP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR 2f Sets the background color of the control field.
5 37966 c5 መወሰኛ የ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሳጥኖች እና ምርጫ ቁልፎች ይታዩ እንደሆን በ 3ዲ መመልከቻ (ነባር) ወይንም በ ጠፍጣፋ መመልከቻ
18 HID_PROP_LIST_CELL_RANGE 5a Enter a cell range that contains the entries for a list box or combo box on a spreadsheet.
25 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_UNCHECKEDREFVALUE 112 Check boxes and radio buttons in spreadsheets can be bound to cells in the current document. If the control is enabled, the value you enter in Reference value (on) is copied to the cell. If the control is disabled, the value from Reference value (off) is copied to the cell.
13 HID_PROP_BOUND_CELL 85 Specifies the reference to a linked cell on a spreadsheet. The live state or contents of the control are linked to the cell contents.
1b HID_PROP_CELL_EXCHANGE_TYPE 4a Select the mode of linking a list box with a linked cell on a spreadsheet.
11 HID_PROP_REFVALUE d3 You can enter a reference value for the web form, which will be remitted to a server when sending the form. With database forms, the value entered is written in the database field, assigned to the control field.
16 HID_PROP_CONTROLSOURCE 49 Specifies the field of the data source table to which the control refers.
14 HID_PROP_BOUNDCOLUMN a9 Use an index to specify the table field or table SQL query to link to the field that is provided under Data field. Valid values for this property are 1, 2, 3, and so on.
16 HID_PROP_EMPTY_IS_NULL c9 Defines how an empty string input should be handled. If set to Yes, an input string of length zero will be treated as a value NULL. If set to No, any input will be treated as-is without any conversion.
13 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCE b3 With database forms, specifies the data source for the list content of the form-element. This field can be used to define a value list for documents without a database connection.
17 HID_PROP_LISTSOURCETYPE 3e Determines the data to fill the lists in list and combo boxes.
17 HID_PROP_FILTERPROPOSAL f9 While designing your form, you can set the "Filter proposal" property for each text box in the Data tab of the corresponding Properties dialog. In subsequent searches in the filter mode, you can select from all information contained in these fields.
13 HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED 50 The Mouse outside event takes place when the mouse is outside the control field.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED b4 የ አይጥ ቁልፍ ተጭነዋል ሁኔታ የሚፈጠረው የ አይጥ ቁልፍ ሲጫኑ ነው: የ አይጥ መጠቆሚያ በ መቆጣጠር ላይ እንዳለ
12 HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED 85 የ አይጥ ተንቀሳቅሷል ሁኔታ የሚፈጠረው አይጡ ሲንቀሳቀስ ነው በ መቆጣጠሪያው ላይ
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED 65 The Mouse moved while key pressed event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.
1e HID_EVT_APPROVEACTIONPERFORMED 4d This event takes place before an action is triggered by clicking the control.
17 HID_EVT_ACTIONPERFORMED 3a The Execute action event occurs when an action is started.
f HID_EVT_CHANGED 82 The Changed event takes place when the control loses the focus and the content of the control has changed since it lost the focus.
13 HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED 54 The Text modified event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.
18 HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED 59 The Item status changed event takes place if the status of the control field has changed.
15 HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED b4 የ አይጥ ቁልፍ ለቅቀዋል ሁኔታ የሚፈጠረው የ አይጥ ቁልፍ ሲለቁ ነው: የ አይጥ መጠቆሚያ በ መቆጣጠር ላይ እንዳለ
11 HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST 4c The When losing focus event takes place if a control field looses the focus.
13 HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED 51 The When receiving focus event takes place if a control field receives the focus.
10 HID_EVT_KEYTYPED 5b The Key pressed event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.
14 HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED 4c The Mouse inside event takes place if the mouse is inside the control field.
d HID_EVT_KEYUP 5d The Key released event occurs when the user releases any key while the control has the focus.
15 .uno%3AFormProperties 61 In this dialog you can specify, among others,  the data source and the events for the whole form.
18 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING 32 Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.
16 HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD 40 Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.
15 HID_EVT_ERROROCCURRED 58 The Error occurred event is activated if an error occurs when accessing the data source.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEPARAMETER 63 The Fill parameters event occurs when the form to be loaded has parameters that must be filled out.
13 HID_EVT_POSITIONING 53 The Before record change event occurs before the current record pointer is changed.
11 HID_EVT_ROWCHANGE 58 The After record action event occurs directly after the current record has been changed.
18 HID_EVT_APPROVEROWCHANGE 4b The Before record action event occurs before the current record is changed.
e HID_EVT_LOADED 46 The When loading event occurs directly after the form has been loaded.
15 HID_EVT_CONFIRMDELETE 51 The Confirm deletion event occurs as soon as data has been deleted from the form.
13 HID_EVT_AFTERUPDATE 72 The After update event occurs after the control content changed by the user has been written into the data source.
17 HID_EVT_APPROVERESETTED 37 The Prior to reset event occurs before a form is reset.
11 HID_EVT_SUBMITTED 40 The Before submitting event occurs before the form data is sent.
11 HID_EVT_RELOADING 3e The Before reloading event occurs before the form is reloaded.
10 HID_EVT_RESETTED 3d The After resetting event occurs after a form has been reset.
10 HID_EVT_RELOADED 4a The When reloading event occurs directly after the form has been reloaded.
11 HID_EVT_UNLOADING 67 The Before unloading event occurs before the form is unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
12 HID_EVT_POSITIONED 60 The After record change event occurs directly after the current record pointer has been changed.
10 HID_EVT_UNLOADED 73 The When unloading event occurs directly after the form has been unloaded; that is, separated from its data source.
14 HID_PROP_SLAVEFIELDS 6b If you create a subform, enter the variable where possible values from the parent form field can be stored.
15 HID_PROP_MASTERFIELDS 80 If you create a subform, enter the data field of the parent form responsible for the synchronization between parent and subform.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_DELETIONS 3a ዳታ ማጥፋት ይቻል እንደሆን መወሰኛ
14 HID_PROP_ALLOW_EDITS 3a ዳታ ማሻሻል ይቻል እንደሆን መወሰኛ
13 HID_PROP_DATASOURCE 37 Defines the data source to which the form should refer.
15 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCE fd Determines the content to be used for the form. The content can be an existing table or a query (previously created in the database), or it can be defined by an SQL-statement. Before you enter a content you have to define the exact type in Content type.
19 HID_PROP_CURSORSOURCETYPE 8a Defines whether the data source is to be an existing database table or query, or if the form is to be generated based on an SQL statement.
e HID_PROP_CYCLE 3f Determines how the navigation should be done using the tab key.
18 HID_PROP_FILTER_CRITERIA 8c Enter the required conditions for filtering the data in the form. The filter specifications follow SQL rules without using the WHERE clause.
16 HID_PROP_SORT_CRITERIA 9c Specifies the conditions to sort the data in the form. The specification of the sorting conditions follows SQL rules without the use of the ORDER BY clause.
18 HID_PROP_ALLOW_ADDITIONS 3a ዳታ መጨመር ይቻል እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1a HID_PROP_ESCAPE_PROCESSING 46 Specifies whether the SQL statement is to be analyzed by %PRODUCTNAME.
12 HID_PROP_DATAENTRY a4 መወሰኛ ፎርሙ አዲስ ዳታ እንዲጨመር መፍቀጃ (አዎ) ወይንም ሌላ ባህሪ ያለቸው እንዲጨመር መፍቀጃ (አይ)
13 HID_PROP_NAVIGATION 4d Specifies whether the navigation functions in the lower form bar can be used.
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FautoB 98 ይጫኑ የ ራሱ በራሱ መለያ ቁልፍ ራሱ በራሱ እንዲለይ መቆጣጠሪያዎችን በ ቦታቸው በ ሰነዱ ውስጥ
2c modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FdownB a2 ይጫኑ የወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፍ የተመረጠውን መቆጣጠሪያ ለ መቀየር አንድ ቦታ ወደ ታች በ tab ደንብ
2a modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FupB a6 ይምረጡ የ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፍ የተመረጠውን መቆጣጠሪያ ለ መቀየር አንድ ቦታ ወደ ላይ በ tab ደንብ
2f modules%2Fspropctrlr%2Fui%2Ftaborder%2FCTRLtree 76 Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.
10 .uno%3ATabDialog 79 In the Tab Order dialog you can modify the order in which control fields get the focus when the user presses the tab key.
d HID_FIELD_SEL 88 The field selection window lists all database fields of the table or query that was specified as the data source in the Form Properties.
f .uno%3AAddField 52 Opens a window where you can select a database field to add to the form or report.
1e .uno%3ASwitchControlDesignMode 161 የ ንድፍ ዘዴ ማብሪያ ወይንም ማጥፊያ መቀያየሪያ: ይህ ተግባር የሚጠቅመው በፍጥነት ለ መቀየር ነው በ ንድፍ እና የተጠቃሚ ዘዴ መካከል: ያስነሱ ለ ማረም የ ፎርም መቆጣጠሪያዎች ያስቦዝኑ የ ፎርም መቆጣጠሪያዎች ለመጠቀም
14 SID_FM_RENAME_OBJECT 3d የ ተመረጠውን እቃ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
d SID_FM_DELETE 1b Deletes the selected entry.
11 SID_FM_NEW_HIDDEN a6 Creates a hidden control in the selected form that is not displayed on the screen. A hidden control serves to include data that is transmitted together with the form.
f SID_FM_NEW_FORM 3c አዲስ ፎርም በ ሰነድ ውስጥ መፍጠሪያ:
a SID_FM_NEW c5 አዲስ አካላቶች ወደ ፎርም ውስጥ መጨመሪያ: የ መጨመሪያ ተግባር መጥራት የሚቻለው ፎርም ከ ተመረጠ ብቻ ነው በ ፎርም መቃኛ.
12 HID_FORM_NAVIGATOR 68 The Form Navigator contains a list of all created (logical) forms with the corresponding control fields.
1a .uno%3AShowPropertyBrowser 57 ማስጀመሪያ የ ባህሪዎች ንግግር ለ ተመረጠው ማስገቢያ
15 .uno%3AShowFmExplorer d6 መክፈቻ የ ፎርም መቃኛ የ ፎርም መቃኛ ያሳያል ሁሉንም ፎርሞች እና ንዑስ ፎርሞች በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ ከሚዛመዱት መቆጣጠሪያዎች ጋር
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Ftable 35 የሚፈልጉትን ሰንጠረዥ ይወስናል
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ftableselectionpage%2Fdatasource 57 የሚፈለገውን ሰንጠረዥ የያዘውን የ ዳታ ምንጭ መወሰኛ
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontentfieldpage%2Fselectfield 3f Displays the data fields that are accepted into the form field.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fcontenttablepage%2Ftable 76 In the Table field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.
3e DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD 4a Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes.
3e DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD 7a በ አዋቂው ገጽ ቀደም ብለው የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም የ ሰንጠረዥ ሜዳዎች ማሳያ
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Flisttable 5b Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field.
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldlinkpage%2Fvaluefield 5d Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table.
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 7a Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.
43 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 4b Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.
3d modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 6d Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.
13 .uno%3AOpenReadOnly 55 መክፋቻ ፎርሞች በ ንድፍ ዘዴ ፎርሙን ማረም እንዲቻል
11 .uno%3AUseWizards 51 Specifies whether to start the wizard automatically when inserting a new control.
15 .uno%3ADesignerDialog 76 Specifies whether to show or hide the Styles and Formatting window, which is where you can assign and organize Styles.
11 .uno%3AStyleApply 57 Assigns a style to the current paragraph, selected paragraphs, or to a selected object.
13 .uno%3ACharFontName 8b የ ፊደል ስም ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ መምረጥ ወይንም የ ፊደል ስም በቀጥታ ማስገባት ያስችሎታ
11 .uno%3AFontHeight 94 የ ፊደል መጠኖች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ መምረጥ ወይንም የ ፊደል መጠን በቀጥታ ማስገባት ያስችሎታ
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionLeftToRigh 38 የ ጽሁፍ የ አግድም አቅጣጫ መወሰኛ
1e .uno%3ATextdirectionTopToBotto 35 የ ጽሁፍ በ ቁመት አቅጣጫ መወሰኛ
16 .uno%3ADecrementIndent e9 ይጫኑ የ ማስረጊያ ማሳነሻ ምልክት ለማሳነስ የ ግራ ማስረጊያውን በ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ውስጥ: ወይንም የ ክፍል ይዞታ እና ወደ ነባር tab ቦታ ለማሰናዳት
16 .uno%3AIncrementIndent ed ይጫኑ የ ማስረጊያ መጨመሪያ ምልክት ለ መጨመር የ ግራ ማስረጊያውን በ አሁኑ አንቀጽ ውስጥ: ወይንም የ ክፍል ይዞታ እና ወደ ነባር tab ቦታ ለማሰናዳት
10 .uno%3ABackColor 1f7 የ አሁኑን ማድመቂያ ቀለም ወደ ተመረጠው ጽሁፍ መደብ መፈጸሚያ: ምንም ጽሁፍ ካልተመረጠ: ይጫኑ የ ማድመቂያ ምልክት: ማድመቅ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ ማድመቂያ ምልክት እንደገና: የ ማድመቂያ ቀለም ለ መቀየር: ይጫኑ ቀስት አጠገብ ያለውን ማድመቂያ ምልክት እና ይጫኑ እርስዎ የሚፈልጉትን ቀለም
16 .uno%3ABackgroundColor ab Click to open a toolbar where you can click a background color for a paragraph. The color is applied to the background of the current paragraph or the selected paragraphs.
18 .uno%3AParaspaceIncrease 95 ይጫኑ የ ክፍተት መጨመሪያ ምልክት ለ መጨመር የ አንቀጹን ክፍተት ከ ላይ ለ ተመረጠው አንቀጽ
18 .uno%3AParaspaceDecrease 92 ይጫኑ የ ክፍተት መቀነሻ ምልክት ለ መቀነስ የ አንቀጹን ክፍተት ከ ላይ ለ ተመረጠው አንቀጽ
15 .uno%3ASetBorderStyle cc ይጫኑ የ ድንበሮች ምልክት ለ መክፈት የ ድንበሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ: የ ወረቀቱን ቦታ ወይንም የ እቃውን ድንበሮች የሚያሻሽሉበት
10 .uno%3ALineStyle 94 ይጫኑ ይህን ምልክት ለ መክፈት የ መስመር ዘዴ የ ድንበር መስመር ዘዴ እርስዎ የሚያሻሽሉበት
15 .uno%3AFrameLineColor d7 ይጫኑ የ መስመር ቀለም (ለ ድንበር) ምልክት ለ መክፈት የ ድንበር ቀለም እቃ መደርደሪያ: የ እቃውን የ ድንበር ቀለም መቀየር ያስችሎታል
17 .uno%3AToggleAnchorType 4e በ ማስቆሚያ ምርጫ መካከል መቀያየር ያስችሎታል:
14 .uno%3AOptimizeTable 9e በ እቃ መደርደሪያ ውስጥ ለ ረድፎች እና አምዶች በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ አጥጋቢ ተግባሮች የያዙ መክፈቻ
13 .uno%3ALineEndStyle a7 መክፈቻ የ ቀስት ራስጌዎች እቃ መደርደሪያ: ምልክቶቹን ይጠቀሙ ለ ተመረጠው መስመር ዘዴዎችን ለ መግለጽ
1d .uno%3AToggleObjectRotateMode 29 የተመረጠውን እቃ ማዞሪያ
12 .uno%3AObjectAlign 3a የ ተመረጠውን እቃ ማሰለፊያ ማሻሻያ
15 .uno%3ADecrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph down one level in a numbering or bullets hierarchy.
15 .uno%3AIncrementLevel 50 Moves the selected paragraph up one level in the numbering or bullets hierarchy.
d .uno%3AMoveUp 39 Positions the selected paragraph before the one above it.
f .uno%3AMoveDown 38 Positions the selected paragraph after the one below it.
14 .uno%3ADefaultBullet 9f ለ ተመረጠው አንቀጽ የ ነጥብ ማስገቢያ መመደቢያ ወይንም ነጥብ ከ ተደረገባቸው አንቀጾች ማስወገጃ
e .uno%3AOpenUrl 9f Loads a document specified by an entered URL. You can type a new URL, edit an URL, or select one from the list. Displays the full path of the current document.
d .uno%3AReload 3a Replaces the current document with the last saved version.
1c HID_HELP_TEXT_SELECTION_MODE d6 You can enable a selection cursor in a read-only text document or in the Help. Choose Edit - Select Text or open the context menu of a read-only document and choose Select Text. The selection cursor does not blink.
e .uno%3AEditDoc 3b Enables you to edit a read-only document or database table.
11 .uno%3ADSBEditDoc 5e ለ አሁኑ ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ ማረሚያ ማብሪያ ወይንም ማጥፊያ
b .uno%3AStop 5e Click to interrupt the current loading process, Ctrl-click to interrupt all loading processes.
18 .uno%3AExportDirectToPDF 4a Exports the current document directly as PDF. No settings dialog is shown.
15 .uno%3AStatusGetTitle 42 Displays information about the active %PRODUCTNAME Basic document.
18 .uno%3AStatusGetPosition 7d Displays the current cursor position in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic document. The row number is specified, then the column number.
17 HID_ICCDIALOG_RESET_BTN 39 Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
14 HID_ICCDIALOG_OK_BTN 41 ዳታውን ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ላይ መፈጸሚያ
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CANCEL_BTN 2f ሳያስቀምጡ ንግግሩን መዝጊያ
1c .uno%3ACopyHyperlinkLocation 20 Copies the URL to the clipboard.
16 .uno%3ARemoveHyperlink 2a Removes the hyperlink, leaving plain text.
1c .uno%3AOpenHyperlinkOnCursor 30 Opens the hyperlink in your default web browser.
18 HID_ICCDIALOG_CHOICECTRL 2c Select the type of hyperlink to be inserted.
14 .uno%3AEditHyperlink 1b Opens the Hyperlink dialog.
38 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
31 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
42 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_SCRIPT 87 Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
3b SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_FORM 43 Specifies whether the hyperlink is inserted as text or as a button.
3d cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
36 cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
3a cui%3AComboBox%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACB_FRAME c3 Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list. If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window.
36 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_LOGIN 41 Specifies your login name, if you are working with FTP addresses.
3e SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_INDICATION 3f Specifies the visible text or button caption for the hyperlink.
43 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_FTP 19 Creates an FTP hyperlink.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fapply 3f Inserts the target in the Target field of the Hyperlink dialog.
35 cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_TEXT 1f Enter a name for the hyperlink.
48 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ARB_LINKTYP_INTERNET 1a Creates an http hyperlink.
37 SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3AED_PASSWD 3f Specifies your password, if you are working with FTP addresses.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_INET_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
3f SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ABTN_BROWSE 3d Opens a web browser, into which you can load the desired URL.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2Fclose 64 Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fhyperlinkmarkdialog%2FTreeListBox 48 Specifies the position in the target document where you wish to jump to.
3f SVX%3ACHECKBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_INTERNET%3ACBX_ANONYMOUS 3d Allows you to log in to the FTP address as an anonymous user.
39 SVX_IMAGEBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_BTN_ADRESSBOOK 27 Hides or shows the data source browser.
16 HID_HYPERDLG_MAIL_PATH 67 Specifies the full URL of the addressee, in the form mailto:name@provider.com or news:group.server.com.
3a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_NEWS 28 Assigns a news address to the hyperlink.
2e SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_ED_SUBJECT 57 Specifies the subject that is inserted in the subject line of the new message document.
3a SVX_RADIOBUTTON_RID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_MAIL_RB_LINKTYP_MAIL 36 Assigns the specified e-mail address to the hyperlink.
3f SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_BROWSE 24 Opens the Target in Document dialog.
3b SVX%3AEDIT%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3AED_TARGET_DOC 4c Specifies a target for the hyperlink into the document specified under Path.
41 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT%3ABTN_FILEOPEN 33 Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
19 CUI_HID_HYPERDLG_DOC_PATH a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
1a CUI_HID_HYPERLINK_DOCUMENT a3 Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink. If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame.
45 SVX%3ALISTBOX%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ALB_DOCUMENT_TYPES 2d Specifies the file type for the new document.
42 SVX%3AIMAGEBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ABTN_CREATE 3a Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
3f cui%3AEdit%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3AED_PATH_NEWDOC 4c Enter a URL for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.
44 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITLATER 48 Specifies that the document is created but it is not immediately opened.
42 SVX%3ARADIOBUTTON%3ARID_SVXPAGE_HYPERLINK_NEWDOCUMENT%3ARB_EDITNOW 4e Specifies that the new document is created and immediately opened for editing.
13 .uno%3APreviousPage 30 Moves back to the previous page in the document.
f .uno%3ANextPage 2f Moves forward to the next page in the document.
10 .uno%3AFirstPage 28 Moves to the first page of the document.
f .uno%3ALastPage 27 Moves to the last page of the document.
f .uno%3ACloseWin 2a የ አሁኑን መስኮት መዝጊያ
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ADMINISTRATE b3 Opens a dialog to add/edit/remove a database file from the list of registered databases. The same dialog opens by choosing %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases in the Options dialog box.
22 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_EDIT_DATABASE 4e የ ተመረጠውን የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ለማረሚያ መክፈቻ
21 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_RENAME_ENTRY c5 To rename an entry, call this command and enter the new name. You can also do this by selecting the entry and pressing F2. The database must support renaming, otherwise this command is not enabled.
1e DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_CLOSECONN 68 Closes the connection to the data source. See %PRODUCTNAME Base - Connections in the Options dialog box.
18 .uno%3ADSBrowserExplorer 4f የ ዳታ ምንጭ መቃኛ መመልከቻ ማብሪያ እና ማጥፊያ
f .uno%3ASortDown 4e የ ሜዳ ይዞታዎችን መለያ እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ ደንብ
11 .uno%3AAutoFilter 6f አሁን የተመረጠውን የ ዳታ ሜዳ ይዞታ መሰረት ባደረገ መዝገብ ማጣሪያ
17 .uno%3ARemoveFilterSort 81 የ ማጣሪያ ማሰናጃ መሰረዣ: በ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ እና ሁሉንም መዝገቦች ማሳያ
1f HID_BROWSER_REFRESH_REBUILDVIEW ad እንደገና መገንቢያ መመልከቻ የ ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ: ይህን ትእዛዝ ይጠቀሙ የ ሰንጠረዡን አካል በሚቀይሩ ጊዜ
e .uno%3ARefresh 29 የሚታየውን ዳታ ማነቃቂያ
13 .uno%3ASbaBrwInsert 59 Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fautoformat e8 መክፈቻ በ በራሱ አቀራረብ ንግግር: እርስዎ የ አቀራረብ ዘዴዎች የሚመርጡበት እና ወዲያውኑ በ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ማስገባት እና መፈጸም የሚችሉበት
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableformat ca መክፈቻ የ ሰንጠረዥ አቀራረብ ንግግር: እርስዎ የ ሰንጠረዥ ባህሪ መግለጽ የሚችሉበት: እንደ ድንበሮች እና አምዶች ስፋት ያሉ:
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Frowonly 32 Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastable 50 Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneleft 86 የ ተመረጠውን የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳ ማስወገጃ ከ  ሰንጠረዥ አምድ(ዶች) ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftablecols 3c Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallright 94 ሁሉንም የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ሰንጠረዥ አምድ(ዶች) ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fallleft 7b ሁሉንም የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳ ማስወገጃ ከ ሰንጠረዥ አምድ(ዶች) ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftabledbcols 5c ወደ ጽሁፍ ሰንጠረዥ የሚገባውን የ ዳታቤዝ አምድ መወሰኛ:
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Foneright 94 ሁሉንም የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ሰንጠረዥ አምድ(ዶች) ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fcolumnname 9b የ ሜዳ ስሞች ይጠቀማል ለ ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ እንደ ራስጌ ለ እያንዳንዱ የ ጽሁፍ ሰንጠረዥ አምዶች
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fnumformat 63 Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ffromdatabase 2d የ ዳታቤዝ አቀራረብ መቀበያ
3d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Ftableheading 4d Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Finsertdbcolumnsdialog%2Fastext 4d Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.
28 .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FInsertContent 4b Updates the contents of the existing database fields by the marked records.
11 .uno%3AFilterCrit 46 የ ማጣሪያ ምርጫዎችን ማሰናዳት ያስችሎታል
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fvalue3 26 Specifies a value to filter the field.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fcond3 6f Specifies the comparative operators through which the entries in the Field name and Value fields can be linked.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Ffield3 4d Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fqueryfilterdialog%2Fop3 53 For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.
1f .uno%3ADataFilterStandardFilter 3b Specifies the logical conditions to filter your table data.
10 .uno%3AOrderCrit 3a Specifies the sort order (either ascending or descending).
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbStartOver 77 Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbBackwards 63 Specifies that the search process will run in reverse direction, from the last to the first record.
10 .uno%3ARecSearch 23 Searches database tables and forms.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForText 3c Enter the search term in the box or select it from the list.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbForm 46 Specifies the logical form in which you want the search to take place.
2b cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNull 39 Specifies that fields will be found that contain no data.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbAllFields 1c Searches through all fields.
21 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2Fclose 99 ንግግሩን መዝጊያ: የ መጨረሻው መፈለጊያ ማሰናጃ ይቀመጣል እርስዎ እስከሚያጠፉ ድረስ %PRODUCTNAME.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FpbSearchAgain 1d Starts or cancels the search.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbWildCard 27 Allows a search with a * or ? wildcard.
26 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FlbPosition 45 Specifies the relationship of the search term and the field contents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbUseFormat 57 Specifies that all field formats are considered when searching in the current document.
29 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSingleField 28 Searches through a specified data field.
25 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbRegular 30 በ መደበኛ አገላለጽ መፈለጊያ
2e cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FrbSearchForNotNull 36 Specifies that fields will be found that contain data.
22 cui%2Fui%2Ffmsearchdialog%2FcbCase 53 Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
11 .uno%3AFormFilter 4d Prompts the database server to filter the visible data by specified criteria.
13 .uno%3AFormFiltered 6d በ ሰንጠረዡ የተጣረው እና ያልተጣራው መመልከቻ መካከል መቀያየሪያ
15 .uno%3AViewFormAsGrid 39 Activates an additional table view when in the form view.
2d .uno%3ADataSourceBrowser%2FDocumentDataSource 79 ከ አሁኑ ሰነድ ጋር የ ተገናኘው ሰንጠረዥ: የ ዳታ ምንጭ መቃኛ ውስጥ ይታያል
14 .uno%3ASbaExecuteSql 31 Runs the SQL query and displays the query result.
13 .uno%3ADBClearQuery 3f Clears the query and removes all tables from the design window.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fadd 3f አሁን የተመረጠውን ሰንጠረዥ ማስገቢያ
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fqueries 20 ጥያቄዎች ብቻ ማሳያ
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftables 23 ሰንጠረዦች ብቻ ማሳያ
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Fclose 43 መዝጊያ የ ሰንጠረዥ መጨመሪያውን ንግግር
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesjoindialog%2Ftablelist 1b Lists the available tables.
19 .uno%3ADBChangeDesignMode 36 Displays the design view or the SQL view of the query.
13 .uno%3ASbaNativeSql 8c In Native SQL mode you can enter SQL commands that are not interpreted by $[officename], but are instead passed directly to the data source.
16 .uno%3ADBViewFunctions 8e የ "ተግባር" ረድፍ በ ታችኛው ክፍል ማሳያ በ ንድፍ መመልከቻ በ ጥያቄ ንድፍ መስኮት ውስጥ
17 .uno%3ADBViewTableNames 67 የ "ሰንጠረዥ" ረድፍ በ ታችኛው ክፍል ማሳያ በ ጥያቄ ንድፍ ውስጥ.
14 .uno%3ADBViewAliases 61 የ "ሀሰት" ረድፍ በ ታችኛው ክፍል ማሳያ በ ጥያቄ ንድፍ ውስጥ.
17 .uno%3ADBDistinctValues 66 Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT.
13 .uno%3ASelectObject 35 Allows you to select objects in the current document.
11 .uno%3ASourceView 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
11 SW_HID_SOURCEVIEW 8b Displays the source text of the current HTML document. This view is available when creating a new HTML document or opening an existing one.
13 .uno%3ALayoutStatus 97 የ አሁኑን የ ገጽ ዘዴ ማሳያ: ሁለት-ጊዜ ይጫኑ ዘዴውን ለ ማረም በ ቀኝ-ይጫኑ ሌላ ዘዴ ለ መምረጥ
10 .uno%3AStateZoom 2f Specifies the current page display zoom factor.
11 .uno%3AInsertMode 5d Displays the current insert mode. You can toggle between INSRT = insert and OVER = overwrite.
1a .uno%3AStatusSelectionMode 51 እርስዎ እዚህ የ ተለያዩ ዘዴዎች መቀያየር ይችላሉ
10 SID_MODIFYSTATUS 9a If changes to the document have not yet been saved, a "*" is displayed in this field on the Status Bar. This also applies to new, not yet saved documents.
12 .uno%3ACurrentTime 24 የ አሁኑን ሰአት ማሳያ
12 .uno%3ACurrentDate 21 የ አሁኑን ቀን ማሳያ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fedges 2f Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fheight 43 የ እያንዳንዱ አርእስት እርዝመት መወሰኛ
1f cui%2Fui%2Fmosaicdialog%2Fwidth 3d የ እያንዳንዱ አርእስት ስፋት መወሰኛ
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterMosaic 46 Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterRelief 27 Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSobel 7e Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPoster 38 Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterInvert 86 Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterPopart 26 Converts an image to a pop-art format.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterToolbox 73 This icon on the Image bar opens the Graphic Filter bar, where you can use various filters on the selected picture.
1a .uno%3AGraphicFilterSmooth 39 Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fagingdialog%2Fvalue 84 Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.
1f .uno%3AGraphicFilterRemoveNoise 2a Removes noise by applying a median filter.
1c .uno%3AGraphicFilterSolarize c4 Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Fvalue 5b Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.
1b .uno%3AGraphicFilterSharpen 32 Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.
19 .uno%3AGraphicFilterSepia a0 All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fposterdialog%2Fvalue 43 Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
22 cui%2Fui%2Fsolarizedialog%2Finvert 24 Specifies to also invert all pixels.
f .uno%3AGrafMode a2 Lists view attributes for the selected graphic object. The embedded or linked graphic object in the current file will not be changed, only the view of the object.
e .uno%3AGrafRed 55 Specifies the proportion of red RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
10 .uno%3AGrafGreen 57 Specifies the proportion of green RGB color components for the selected graphic object.
f .uno%3AGrafBlue 4f Specifies the proportion of blue RGB color components for the selected graphic.
14 .uno%3AGrafLuminance 39 Specifies the brightness for the selected graphic object.
13 .uno%3AGrafContrast 3e Specifies the contrast for viewing the selected graphic image.
10 .uno%3AGrafGamma 72 Specifies the gamma value for the view of the selected object, which affects the brightness of the midtone values.
17 .uno%3AGrafTransparence 31 Specifies the transparency in the graphic object.
b .uno%3ACrop 3b Drag any of the eight cropping handles to crop the picture.
13 .uno%3AGrafAttrCrop 76 Allows to crop the display of an inserted picture. Only the display gets cropped, the inserted picture is not changed.
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.frame 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3ABasicShapes.isosceles-triangle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
19 .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
21 .uno%3ABasicShapes.right-triangle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.hexagon 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1b .uno%3ABasicShapes.pentagon 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-quadrat 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.quadrat 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
22 .uno%3ABasicShapes.round-rectangle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.ellipse 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
16 .uno%3ABasicShapes.can 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.rectangle 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cube 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
12 .uno%3ABasicShapes 8f የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.trapezoid 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.cross 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.diamond 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
17 .uno%3ABasicShapes.ring 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
20 .uno%3ABasicShapes.parallelogram 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3ABasicShapes.octagon 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3ABasicShapes.circle-pie 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1c .uno%3ABasicShapes.block-arc 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
18 .uno%3ABasicShapes.paper 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
22 .uno%3AArrowShapes.s-sharped-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
24 .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-round-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.circular-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.striped-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down--arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-down-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
20 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-down-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2b .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-right-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.quad-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.down-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.split-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
29 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-right-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1b .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1e .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1a .uno%3AArrowShapes.chevron 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.left-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AArrowShapes.corner-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
12 .uno%3AArrowShapes 8f የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.notched-right-arrow 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
21 .uno%3AArrowShapes.pentagon-right 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AArrowShapes.right-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3AArrowShapes.up-arrow-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.cloud-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
22 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2e .uno%3ACalloutShapes.round-rectangular-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-3 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-2 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.line-callout-1 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
28 .uno%3ACalloutShapes.rectangular-callout 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
14 .uno%3ACalloutShapes 8f የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
14 .uno%3AColorSettings 4b With the Color toolbar you can edit some properties of the selected object.
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-display 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
36 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-direct-access-storage 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-magnetic-disk 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-stored-data 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-merge 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-internal-storage 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sort 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-summing-junction 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2e .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-multidocument 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-sequential-access 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-data 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-decision 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-input 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
32 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-alternate-process 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
16 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes 8f የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ ውስጥ
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-process 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
26 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-delay 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2c .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-preparation 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2b .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-terminator 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-predefined-process 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
31 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-manual-operation 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2a .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-connector 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
33 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-off-page-connector 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
2d .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-punched-tape 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
29 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-document 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
25 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-card 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
23 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-or 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-collate 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
28 .uno%3AFlowChartShapes.flowchart-extract 95 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለመሳል
1d .uno%3AFontworkGalleryFloater 64 The icon opens the Fontwork Gallery from which you can insert graphical text art into your document.
e .uno%3ADBLimit 4b Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query by the LIMIT X clause
17 .uno%3AFormatPaintbrush 93 First select some text or an object, then click this icon. Then click on or drag across other text or click an object to apply the same formatting.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fnondistinct 48 በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ የ ተወሰኑ ዋጋዎች አለመጠቀም
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2Fdistinct 42 በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ የ ተወሰኑ ዋጋዎች ይጠቀሙ
3d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fquerypropertiesdialog%2FQueryPropertiesDialog 42 በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ የ ተወሰኑ ዋጋዎች ይጠቀሙ
1b .uno%3AStarShapes.doorplate a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.signet a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
23 .uno%3AStarShapes.horizontal-scroll a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
16 .uno%3AStarShapes.bang a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star4 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star5 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star8 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1f .uno%3AStarShapes.concave-star6 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
11 .uno%3AStarShapes 8f የ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ
17 .uno%3AStarShapes.star6 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
21 .uno%3AStarShapes.vertical-scroll a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star12 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
18 .uno%3AStarShapes.star24 a0 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ኮከቦች እና መፈክሮች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.diamond-bevel 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.brace-pair 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-bracket 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.bracket-pair 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.quad-bevel 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1e .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-brace 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
13 .uno%3ASymbolShapes 85 የ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ ንድፎች የሚጨምሩበት ወደ እርስዎ ሰነድ
17 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.sun 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.flower 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
21 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.octagon-bevel 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.forbidden 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
18 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.moon 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
20 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.left-bracket 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.smiley 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.cloud 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1d .uno%3ASymbolShapes.lightning 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1f .uno%3ASymbolShapes.right-brace 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
19 .uno%3ASymbolShapes.heart 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1a .uno%3ASymbolShapes.puzzle 96 ይጫኑ ምልክት በ ምልክት ቅርጾች እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ: እና ይጎትቱ ወደ ሰነድ ቅርጹን ለ መሳል
1f sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Factive 99 የ ዝርዝር ሳጥን የሚገኘው ከ ላይ በኩል ነው: እርስዎ መምረጥ ይችላሉ በ %PRODUCTNAME እርዳታ ክፍሎች
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearch 57 በ መፈለጊያ ደንብ ውስጥ የሚቀጥለውን ሁኔታ መፈለጊያ
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fbackwards 5c የ ኋሊዮሽ መፈለጊያ: መጠቆሚያው አሁን ካለበት ቦታ ጀምሮ
1e sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwrap 7a ጠቅላላ የ እርዳት ገጽ ውስጥ መፈለጊያ: መጠቆሚያው አሁን ካለበት ቦታ ጀምሮ
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontrol%2Ftabcontrol af የ መቃኛ ክፍል የ እርዳታ መስኮት የ ያዛቸው tab ገጾች ማውጫዎች, ማውጫ, መፈለጊያ እና ምልክት ማድረጊያ ናቸው.
11 .uno%3AHelpOnHelp 27 Provides an overview of the Help system
10 HID_HELP_TOOLBOX 75 የ እቃ መደርደሪያ የያዛቸው አስፈላጊ ተግባሮች ናቸው ለ እርዳታ ስርአት
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_INDEX 38 መደበቂያ እና ማሳያ የ መቃኛ ክፍል
1d HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BACKWARD 45 ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ኋላ ወደ ቀደም ወዳለው ገጽ
1c HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_FORWARD 3d ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ፊት ወደሚቀጥለው ገጽ
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_START 65 ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ መጀመሪያው ገጽ ወደ አሁኑ የ እርዳታ አርእስት
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fmatchcase 38 Distinguishes between uppercase text and lowercase text.
1a HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_PRINT 23 ማተሚያ የአሁኑን ገጽ
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fwholewords 27 ሙሉ ቃሎች ብቻ መፈለጊያ
21 HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_SEARCHDIALOG 45 መክፈቻ በ እዚህ ገጽ ላይ መፈለጊያ ንግግር
1e HID_HELP_TOOLBOXITEM_BOOKMARKS 44 ይህን ገጽ ወደ ምልክት ማድረጊያ መጨመሪያ
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fsearchdialog%2Fsearchterm 89 የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ ወይንም የ ጽሁፍ ማስገቢያ ቃል ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ለማግኘት
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2Fdisplay 40 የ ተመረጠውን አርእስት ለማሳየት ይጫኑ
28 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpindexpage%2FHelpIndexPage 9a ሁለት ጊዜ-ይጫኑ ከ ማስገቢያው ውስጥ ወይንም ይጻፉ የሚፈልጉትን ቃል ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ለማግኘት
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fdisplay 49 ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ማሳያ
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fheadings 4a Specifies whether to only search in document headings for the search term.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fcompletewords 6c Specifies whether to carry out an exact search for the word you entered. Incomplete words will not be found.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Ffind 72 ይጫኑ እርስዎ ያስገቡትን ደንብ በ ሙሉ-ጽሁፍ መፈለጊያ ዘዴ ለማስጀምር
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fresults 6a Lists the headings of the pages found in your full-text search. To display a page, double-click its entry.
22 sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpsearchpage%2Fsearch 68 የ ሚፈልጉትን ቃል ያስገቡ: የ መፈለጊያ ደንብ case-sensitive አይደለም
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_DELETE 40 የ ተመረጠውን ምልክት ማድረጊያ ማጥፊያ
17 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_OPEN 3b የ ተመረጠውን የ እርዳታ ጉዳይ ማሳያ
19 HID_HELP_BOOKMARKS_RENAME 5b ለ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ሌላ ስም ለማስገቢያ ንግግር መክፈቻ
2e sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpbookmarkpage%2FHelpBookmarkPage 7c Double-clicking a bookmark or pressing the Return key opens the assigned page in Help. A right-click opens the context menu.
2a sfx%2Fui%2Fbookmarkdialog%2FBookmarkDialog 58 Displays the name of the bookmarked page. You can also type a new name for the bookmark.
2c sfx%2Fui%2Fhelpcontentpage%2FHelpContentPage 56 Displays the main help themes, arranged in a similar way to folders in a file manager.
17 .uno%3AExtrusion3DColor 44 የ ማሾለኪያ ቀለም እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ
1e .uno%3AExtrusionSurfaceFloater 37 የ ማሾለኪያ ገጽታ መስኮት መክፈቻ
38 svx%2Fui%2Fextrustiondepthdialog%2FExtrustionDepthDialog 30 የ ማሾለኪያ ጥልቀት ማስገቢያ
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltDown 5e የተመረጠውን እቃ በአምስት ዲግሪ ወደ ታች ዝቅ ያደርገዋል
18 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltLeft 57 የተመረጠውን እቃ በአምስት ዲግሪ ወደ ግራ ያደርገዋል
19 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltRight 57 የተመረጠውን እቃ በአምስት ዲግሪ ወደ ቀኝ ያደርገዋል
16 .uno%3AExtrusionToggle 59 ለተመረጡት እቃዎች የ 3ዲ ውጤቶችን ማብሪያ እና ማጥፊያ
16 .uno%3AExtrusionTiltUp 5e የተመረጠውን እቃ በአምስት ዲግሪ ወደ ላይ ከፍ ያደርገዋል
1f .uno%3AExtrusionLightingFloater 3a የ ማሾለኪያ ብርሃን መስኮት መክፈቻ
20 .uno%3AExtrusionDirectionFloater 3a የ ማሾለኪያ አቅጣጫ መስኮት መክፈቻ
1c .uno%3AExtrusionDepthFloater 3a የ ማሾለኪያ ጥልቀት መስኮት መክፈቻ
1a SVX_HID_POPUP_LINEEND_CTRL 19 አቅጣጭ ይምረጡ
14 .uno%3AAutoPilotMenu c1 የ ንግድ እና የ ግል ደብዳቤዎች፡ ፋክሶች፡ አጄንዳዎች፡ ማቅረቢያዎች እና ተጨማሪዎች እንዴት እንደሚፈጥሩ ይመራዎታል
14 HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE a9 እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ: አዋቂው አዲስ የ ሰነድ ቴምፕሌት ይፍጥር እና ያስቀምጣል በ እርስዎ ሃርድ ዲስክ ላይ
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT 5e የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ ማስቀመጫ እና ወደሚቀጥለው ገጽ መቀጠያ
12 HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK 74 እርስዎን ምርጫዎች መመልከት ያስችሎታል ባለፈው ደረጃ ላይ የ መረጡትን
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotLetter 40 ለ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት አዋቂውን ያስጀምሩ
20 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER 53 መደበኛ የግል ደብዳቤ መፍጠር እንደሚፈልጉ መወሰኛ
1b HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 4d ይምረጡ የሚፈልጉትን የ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ንድፍ
1b HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER 46 የግል ደብዳቤ መፍጠር እንደሚፈልጉ መወሰኛ
1c HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER 5a የ ንግድ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠር እንደሚፈልጉ መወሰኛ
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER 103 የሚጠቀሙት ወረቀት ቀደም ብሎ በላዩ ላይ የታተመ ምልክት: አድራሻ: ወይንም የ ግርጌ ማስታወሻ እንዳለው መወሰኛ: አዋቂው የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ እቅድ ገጽ ቀጥሎ ያሳያል
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE1 7c የ ግል ወይንም የ ንግድ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠር እንደሚፈልጉ እዚህ ይወስኑ
1d HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER d3 ከ ተቀባዩ አድራሻ በላይ በኩል የ እርስዎ አድራሻ ቀደም ብሎ በ ትንንሽ መጠን መታተሙን መግለጫ %PRODUCTNAME አድራሻ በ ትንንሹ አያትምም
1a HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT c4 የ ግርጌ ቦታ እርዝመት ቀደም ብሎ በ እርስዎ የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ወረቀት ላይ መታተሙን መወሰኛ %PRODUCTNAME በዛ ቦታ ላይ አያትምም
21 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS a4 አድራሻ ቀደም ብሎ በ እርስዎ የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ወረቀት ላይ መታተሙን መግለጫ %PRODUCTNAME ምልክት አያትምም
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY 4f የ እቃውን እርቀት ይወስናል ከ ላይ መስመር በኩል
13 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX 4f የ እቃውን እርቀት ይወስናል ከ ግራ መስመር በኩል
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER a9 የ ግርጌ ቦታ ቀደም ብሎ በ እርስዎ የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ወረቀት ላይ መታተሙን መወሰኛ %PRODUCTNAME ግርጌ አያትምም
17 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH 27 የ እቃውን ስፋት መወሰኛ
18 HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT 30 የ እቃውን እርዝመት ይወስናል
1e HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO a4 ምልክት ቀደም ብሎ በ እርስዎ የ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ወረቀት ላይ መታተሙን መግለጫ %PRODUCTNAME ምልክት አያትምም
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE2 93 እርስዎን በ ደብዳቤ ራስጌ ላይ የታተመ ምልክት አካሎችን በ ወረቀት ላይ መወሰን ያስችሎታል
17 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER 41 በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ ግርጌ ማካተቻ
19 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING 9c የ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት በምስጋና መዝጊያ ማካተ፡ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ የሚፈልጉትን ጽሁፍ ይምረጡ
1a HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS 56 በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ የ ማጠፊያ ምልክት ማካተቻ.
1b HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION 8d በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ ሰላምታ ማካተቻ ፡ ሰላምታውን ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
18 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT 52 በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ የ ጉዳዩ መስመር ማካተቻ
20 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER 56 በ ቴምፕሌቱ ውስጥ በ ትንሹ የ መመለሻ አድራሻ ማካተቻ
16 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS 76 ለ ንግድ ደብዳቤ የ ማመሳከሪያ መስመር ማካተቻ በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ
15 HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO 3e አርማ በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ላይ ማካተቻ
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE3 5a በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ የሚካተቱትን እቃዎች መግለጫ
1e HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 5e የ አድራሻ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ወደ ደብዳቤ ተምፕሌት ማስገቢያ
21 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 66 በ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ውስጥ የሚገቡትን ቦታ ያዢ ሜዳዎች መወሰኛ.
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET 2a የ ላኪውን አድራሻ መወሰኛ
18 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME 24 የ ላኪውን ስም መወሰኛ
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE 5c ይጠቀሙ የ አድራሻ ዳታ ከ ሚቀጥለው የጽሁፍ ሳጥኖች ውስጥ
1c HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE 31 የ ላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ መወሰኛ
1f HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 7a ይጠቀሙ የ አድራሻ ዳታ ከ %PRODUCTNAME - ተጠቃሚ ዳታ ከ ምርጫ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE4 41 የ ላኪውን እና የተቀባዩን መረጃ መወሰኛ
1f HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 4e በ እርስዎ ደብዳቤ ቴምፕሌት ላይ ቁጥሮች ማካተቻ
25 WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 64 በ መጀመሪያው ገጽ ላይ እንዳይታይ የሚታገደውን ግርጌ ይምረጡ
14 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER 31 ለ ግርጌ መስመር ጽሁፍ ያስገቡ
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE5 41 በ ግርጌ ቦታ የሚካተተውን መረጃ መወሰኛ
19 HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES 51 ቴምፕሌቱን ማስቀመጫ እና ለ ማረም ክፍት ማድረጊያ
1a HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER a2 ቴምፕሌት ማስቀመጫ እና መዝጊያ እና ከዛ ቴምፕሌቱን መሰረት ባደረገ አዲስ ያልተሰየመ ሰነድ መክፈቻ
1a HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME 3a የ ሰነድ ቴምፕሌት አርእስት መወሰኛ
12 HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH ab ለ ቴምፕሌቱ የ ፋይል ስም እና መንገድ ያስገቡ ወይንም ይጫኑ የ ... ቁልፍ መንገድ እና የ ፋይል ስም ለመምረጥ
10 HID_LETTER_PAGE6 69 የት እና በምን ስም ስር ሰነድ እና ቴምፕሌት እንደሚቀመጥ መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE 10e እንደ እርስዎ ምርጫ: አዋቂው አዲስ የ ሰነድ ቴምፕሌት ይፍጥር እና ያስቀምጣል: አዲስ ሰነድ ቴምፕሌት መሰረት ያደረገ በ ስራ ቦታ ላይ ይታያል በ ፋይል ስም "ያልተሰየመ X"
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT cc አዋቂው የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ ያስቀምጣል እና ወደሚቀጥለው ገጽ ይሄዳል የ  ይቀጥሉ ቁልፍ መጨረሻው ገጽ ላይ ሲደርሱ ንቁ አይሆንም
1a WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK 141 ይጫኑ የ the ወደ ኋላ ቁልፍ ባለፈው ገጽ የ መረጡትን ማሰናጃ ለ መመልከት: የ አሁኑ ማሰናጃ አይሻሻልም ወይንም አይጠፋም እርስዎ ይህን ቁልፍ ከተጫኑ  ወደ ኋላ ዝግጁ የሚሆነው ከ ሁለተኛው ገጽ ጀምሮ ነው
13 .uno%3AAutoPilotFax 2a አዋቂውን መክፈቻ ለ ፋክስ
1b WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE 39 በቅድሚያ የተገለጸውን ዘዴ መወሰኛ
20 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX 41 ለግል ፋክስ የ ፋክስ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠሪያ
23 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE 39 በቅድሚያ የተገለጸውን ዘዴ መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX 3e የ ንግድ-ዘዴ ፋክስ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠሪያ
d HID_FAX_PAGE1 38 የ ፋክስ ሰነድ ዘዴ አይነት መግለጫ
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET 16 ግርጌ ማካተቻ
1c WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION 1e የ ቀን ሜዳ ማካተቻ
19 WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION 7f የ ግንኙነት አይነት መስመር ማካተቻ፡ ይምረጡ መስመሩን ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
1a WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING 7f የ ግንኙነት አይነት መስመር ማካተቻ፡ ይምረጡ መስመሩን ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
1b WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE 6e ሰላምታ ማካተቻ የሚፈልጉትን ሰላምታ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
19 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT 2a የ ድርጅቱን አርማ ማካተቻ
17 WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING 27 የ ጉዳይ መስመር ማካተቻ
d HID_FAX_PAGE2 3b የ ሚታተሙ የ ፋክስ አካላቶች መወሰኛ
20 WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER 6e ሰላምታ ማካተቻ የሚፈልጉትን ሰላምታ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
18 WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER 6e ሰላምታ ማካተቻ የሚፈልጉትን ሰላምታ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME 6e ሰላምታ ማካተቻ የሚፈልጉትን ሰላምታ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
d HID_FAX_PAGE3 3f ለ ፋክስ ተቀባይ እና ላኪ መረጃ መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_FILETEMPLATEPATH 79 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች በኋላ ለሚዋሀዱ ደብዳቤዎች ከ ፋክስ ሰነድ ጋር ማስገቢያ
1a WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE cf በ ፋክስ ቴምፕሌት ላይ የ አድራሻ ቦታ ያዢ ማስገቢያ፡ በ ኋላ በ ፋክስ ሰነድ ላይ ይጫኑ ቦታ ያዢውን እና ትክክለኛውን ዳታ ያስገቡ
19 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY d5 በሚቀጥሉት የ ጽሁፍ ሳጥኖች ውስጥ ለ ማስገባት የ አድራሻ ዳታ ይምረጡ: ዳታው በ ፋክስ ሰነድ ውስጥ የሚገባው እንደ መደበኛ ጽሁፍ ነው
18 WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
22 WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
1b WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME cd በ ፋክስ ቴምፕሌት ላይ የ አድራሻ ቦታ ያዢ ማስገቢያ: በ ኋላ በ ፋክስ ሰነድ ላይ ይጫኑ ቦታ ያዢውን እና ትክክለኛውን ዳታ ያስገቡ
1f WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
15 WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
1e WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
20 WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS 33 የላኪውን አድራሻ ዳታ ማስገቢያ
d HID_FAX_PAGE4 21 የ ግርጌ ዳታ መወሰኛ
d HID_FAX_PAGE5 3b የ ቴምፕሌት ስም እና አካባቢ መግለጫ
16 .uno%3AAutoPilotAgenda 55 ይህ አዋቂ የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት ለ መፍጠር ይረዳዎታል
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES 58 እርስዎ በ ስብሰባ ወቅት ደቂቃ የሚጽፉበት ገጽ ማተሚያ
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN 46 የ ገጽ ንድፍ ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ይምረጡ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE1 32 የ ገጽ ንድፍ ለ አጄንዳ መወሰኛ
2f SW%3AEDIT%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_EDIT_METORT 30 የ ስብሰባውን አካባቢ መወሰኛ
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE 33 የ ስብሰባውን አርእስት መወሰኛ
34 SW%3ATIMEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_TFLD_METTIM 2d የ ስብሰባውን ሰአት መወሰኛ
34 SW%3ADATEFIELD%3ADLG_WIZARD_AG%3ADLG_AG2_DFLD_METDAT 2a የ ስብሰባውን ቀን መወሰኛ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE2 5b የ ስብሰባውን ቀን ሰአት አርስት እና አካባቢውን መወሰኛ
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES 4a የ ማስታወሻ መስመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1d WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING 5a እባክዎን ይዘው ይምጡ መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ 63 እባክዎን ያንብቡኝ አይነት መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE 5a የ ስብሰባውን አይነት መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE3 54 በ አጄንዳ ውስጥ መጨመር የሚፈልጉትን ራስጌ መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS 51 የ ታዛቢዎች ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
27 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS 5e የ ድርጅቱ ሰራተኞች ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
22 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER 55 የ ውይይት መሪ ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES 54 የ ተሳታፊዎች ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER 4e የ ደቂቃ ጠባቂ መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR 55 የ ሊቀ መንበር ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY 64 ስብሰባውን የጠራው ሰው ስም መሰመር ይታተም እንደሆን መወሰኛ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE4 4e በ አጄንዳው ላይ ስሞች ይታተሙ እንደሆን መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN 4b የ አሁኑን አርእስት ረድፍ ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ
1a WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP 4b የ አሁኑን አርእስት ረድፍ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE 3a የ አሁኑን አርእስት ረድፍ ማስወገጃ
1e WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT 6f አዲስ ባዶ አርእስት የሌለው ረድፍ አሁን ካለው ረድፍ በላይ ማስገቢያ
21 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1 b7 የ አጄንዳ አርእስት ያስገቡ ፡ ይጠቀሙ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ እና ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፎችን አርእስቱን ለመለያ
25 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1 b7 የ አጄንዳ አርእስት ያስገቡ ፡ ይጠቀሙ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ እና ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፎችን አርእስቱን ለመለያ
1f WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1 b7 የ አጄንዳ አርእስት ያስገቡ ፡ ይጠቀሙ ወደ ላይ ማንቀሳቀሻ እና ወደ ታች ማንቀሳቀሻ ቁልፎችን አርእስቱን ለመለያ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE5 5a በ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት ላይ የሚታተመውን አርእስት መወሰኛ
23 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES 89 የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠሪያ እና ማስቀመጫ: እና ቴምፕሌቱን መክፈቻ ለበለጠ ማረሚያ
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH 63 ሙሉ መንገድ መወሰኛ: የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት ፋይል ስም ያካትታል
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH 63 ሙሉ መንገድ መወሰኛ: የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት ፋይል ስም ያካትታል
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME 37 የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌትስ ስም መወሰኛ
24 WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA 9b የ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት መፍጠሪያ እና ማስቀመጫ: በ ቴምፕሌቱ መሰረት አዲስ የ አጄንዳ ሰነድ መክፈቻ
10 HID_AGENDA_PAGE6 51 ይምረጡ አርእስት እና አካባቢ ለ አጄንዳ ቴምፕሌት
24 SD%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_NEXT 58 የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ መቀበያ እና ወደሚቀጥለው ገጽ መሄጃ
24 SD%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_ASS%3ABUT_LAST 58 የ አሁኑን ማሰናጃ ሳያጠፋ ቀደም ወዳለው ደረጃ መመለሻ
d SID_AUTOPILOT 7f Use the wizard to interactively create a presentation. With the wizard, you can modify the sample templates to suit your needs.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FtemplatesTreeview 48 ለ ማቅረቢያ ዝግጁ የሆኑ የ ቴምፕሌት ምድቦች
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FstartWithCheckbutton a8 መወሰኛ እርስዎ ሲፈልጉ ብቻ አዋቂው እንዲጀምር እርስዎ በፍጥነት ሲጠይቁ በ ፋይል – አዋቂ – ማቅረቢያ.
36 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FopenButton 16d የ ማቀረቢያ ዝርዝር እርስዎ የ ፈጠሩት እና ያስቀመጡት በ ቴምፕሌት ዳይሬክቶሪ ውስጥ በ ተወሰነ በ %PRODUCTNAME - መንገድ በ ምርጫ ንግግር ሳጥን ውስጥ: በ አዋቂው ረቂቅ ለማረም እና ለማቅረብ: ይምረጡ ማቅረቢያ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ይቀጥሉ.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FopenRadiobutton 53 ቀደም ብለው የተፈጠሩ ማቅረቢያዎችን ዝርዝር ማሳያ
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FtemplateRadiobutton 56 የሚሻሻሉ ማቅረቢያዎችን የያዘ ዝርዝር ሳጥን መክፈቻ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FpreviewCheckbutton 47 በ ቅድመ እይታ የሚታየውን ቴምፕሌት መወሰኛ
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FemptyRadiobutton 33 አዲስ (ባዶ ) ማቅረቢያ መፍጠሪያ
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fpage1Box 6f የ ማቅረቢያ አይነት መወሰኛ እና የ ቴምፕሌት አይነት መምረጫ ማስቻያ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium1Radiobutton 3d ማቅረቢያ በ ኮምፒዩተር መመልከቻ ብቻ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium4Radiobutton 51 በ ወረቀት ላይ ሊታተም የሚችል ማቅረቢያ መፍጠሪያ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium2Radiobutton 52 እንደ ተንሸራታች የሚጠቀሙበት ማቅረቢያ መፍጠሪያ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium3Radiobutton 3d Creates a presentation to be used as overhead transparencies.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fmedium5Radiobutton 4a የ ዋናውን ቴምፕሌቱን ገጽ አቀራረብ መጠቀሚያ
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FlayoutTreeview aa እርስዎን የ ተንሸራታች ንድፍ መምረጥ ያስችሎታል ለ ማቅረቢያ እርስዎ በ ገጽ 1 ላይ በ አዋቂው የመረጡትን:
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FlogoCheckbutton 7f ይታይ እንደሆን መወሰኛ $[officename] አርማ በ እያንዳንዱ ማቅረቢያ እረፍት መካከል
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FbreakSpinbutton 59 በእያንዳንዱ ማቅረቢያ መካከል ያለውን እረፍት መግለጫ
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FkioskRadiobutton 81 ራሱ በራሱ ማቅረቢያውን ማስኬጃ እና ከጥቂት እረፍት በኋላ እንደገና ማስጀመሪያ
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FtimeSpinbutton 57 እያንዳንዱ የ ማቅረቢያ ገጽ የሚቆይበትን ጊዜ መወሰኛ
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FliveRadiobutton 74 በ ነባር ምርጫ ማስኬጃ ማቅረቢያ በ ሙሉ መመልከቻ ዘዴ በ ተወሰነ ፍጥነት
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FspeedCombobox 2a ለ ውጤቶች ፍጥነት መወሰኛ
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FeffectCombobox 3d ለ እርስዎ ማቅረቢያው ውጤቶች መወሰኛ
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2Fpage3Box 69 ለ እርስዎ ማቅረቢያ የ ተለየ ውጤት መመደቢያ እና ፍጥነት መወሰኛ
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FaskInformationTextview 9c ይህን ሜዳ ይጠቀሙ ሀሳቦች ለማስፋት እና በ እርስዎ ማቅረቢያ ውስጥ በኋላ ማብራራት የሚፈልጉትን
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FaskTopicEntry 2d የ ማቅረቢያ አርስት መወሰኛ
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FaskNameEntry 4e የ እርስዎን ስም ወይንም የድርጅቱን ስም መወሰኛ
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fassistentdialog%2FsummaryCheckbutton 4c ለሁሉም ማቅረቢያ ይዞታዎች ማጠቃለያ መፍጠሪያ
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDFINISH 4a ተጨማሪ ጥያቄ ሳይመልሱ ፎርም ለመፍጠር ይጫኑ
12 HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG 36 ፎርም ለመፍጠር አዋቂውን ማስነሻ
1a HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSSELECTED 45 በ አዲሱ ፎርም ውስጥ ያሉትን ሜዳዎች ማሳያ
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
2c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN_PK_SELECTED 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
19 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEDOWN 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP_PK_SELECTED 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
1b HID_DLGFORM_FIELDSAVAILABLE 82 በ ተመረጠው የ ሰንጠረዥ ወይንም ጥያቄ የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ውስጥ የ ስሞች ዝርዝር:
1b HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVESELECTED 8a ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ(ዎች) ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
16 HID_DLGFORM_CMDMOVEALL 88 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳዎች ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
18 HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVEALL 7e ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
14 HID_DLGFORM_LBTABLES 82 እርስዎ መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን ፎርም ለ ሰንጠረዥ ወይንም ለ ጥያቄ መሆኑን መወሰኛ
17 WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_UP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
1d HID_DLGFORM_CMDREMOVESELECTED 8a ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ(ዎች) ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP 80 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ አንድ ማስገቢያ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY 73 ይጫኑ በ እጅ ተተመረጡ ሜዳዎችን መሰረት ያደረገ ንዑስ ፎርም ለ መጨመር
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION 6c ይጫኑ የ ነበረውን ግንኙነት መሰረት ያደረገ ንዑስ ፎርም ለ መጨመር
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS 53 ይምረጡ ግንኙነቱን ንዑስ ፎርም መሰረት ያደረገውን
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM 30 ይምረጡ ንዑስ ፎርም መጨመሪያ
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED 65 በ አዲሱ ንዑስ ፎርም ውስጥ የሚካተቱትን ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ማሳያ
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES 94 እርስዎ መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን ሰንጠረዥ ወይን ጥያቄ ለየትኛው ንዑስ ፎርም እንደሆነ ይወስኑ
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4 d9 ይምረጡ ዋናውን የ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3 d9 ይምረጡ ዋናውን የ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2 d9 ይምረጡ ዋናውን የ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
29 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1 d9 ይምረጡ ዋናውን የ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4 da ይምረጡ የ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ዋናው የ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3 da ይምረጡ የ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ዋናው የ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2 da ይምረጡ የ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ዋናው የ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1 da ይምረጡ የ ንዑስ ፎርም ሜዳ ከ ዋናው የ ፎርም ሜዳ ጋር የ ተገናኘ: እርስዎ የሚመርጡበት ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ ከዚህ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ቀጥሎ
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE 58 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎችን በ ሰንጠረዥ ፎርም ውስጥ ማሰለፊያ
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED 82 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች በ አምድ-በኩል ማሰለፊያ ከ ምልክቶች ጋር ከ ሜዳው በላይ በኩል
1a HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED 86 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች በ አምድ-በኩል ማሰለፊያ ከ ምልክቶች ጋር ከ ሜዳዎቹ በ ግራ በኩል
19 HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT 34 ምልክቶቹ በ ቀኝ-የተሰለፉ ናቸው
1b HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED 4c ምልክቶች ማዘጋጃ ከ ተመሳሳይ ዳታ ከ ላይ በኩል
18 HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT 34 ምልክቶቹ በ ግራ-የተሰለፉ ናቸው
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION 23 Select to disallow adding new data.
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION 33 ይምረጡ ዳታ ለማጥፋት አትፍቀድ
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION 30 ይምረጡ ዳታ ማረሚያ አትፍቀድ
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA 7f አዲስ ዳታ ለማስገባት እና የ ነበረውን ዳታ ለማየት የሚያስችል ፎርም መፍጠሪያ
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY 5a አዲስ ዳታ ብቻ ለማስገባት የሚጠቀሙበት ፎርም መፍጠሪያ
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER 51 የ ሜዳ ድንበሮች ጠፍጣፋ እይታ እንዳላቸው መወሰኛ
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER 4d የ ሜዳ ድንበሮች የ 3ዲ እይታ እንዳላቸው መወሰኛ
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER 3c ሜዳዎቹ ድንበር እንደሌላቸው መወሰኛ
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES 2c ለ ፎርሙ የ ገጽ ዘዴ መወሰኛ
21 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM 64 ፎርሙን ማስቀመጫ እና መክፈቻ እንደ ማረሚያ እቅዱን ለመቀየር
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM 84 ፎርሙን ማስቀመጫ እና መክፈቻ እንደ ፎርም ሰነድ ዳታ ለ ማስገቢያ እና ለ መመልከቻ
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH 21 የ ፎርም ስም መወሰኛ
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_DIALOG 30 የ መግለጫ ባህሪዎችን ይምረጡ
1a HID_DOCUMENT_CREATE_REPWIZ 37 የ መግለጫ አዋቂ መፍጠሪያ ማስነሻ
21 HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED 8a ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ(ዎች) ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1c HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL 7e ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1a HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL 7e ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED 8a ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ(ዎች) ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1f HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE 73 የ ዳታቤዝ ሜዳዎች ስም ማሳያ በ ተመረጠው ሰንጠረዥ ወይንም ጥያቄ ውስጥ
1e HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED 5b በ አዲሱ መግለጫ ውስጥ የተካተቱን ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ማሳያ
18 HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES 53 መግለጫ ለሚፈጠርለት ሰንጠረዥ ወይን ጥያቄ ይምረጡ
1a HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6 e7 በ መግለጫ ውስጥ የሚካተቱትን ሜዳዎች ስሞች ማሳያ: በ ቀኝ በኩል እርስዎ ምልክት ማስገባት ይችላሉ ለ እያንዳንዱ ሜዳ በ መግለጫው ላይ ለታተመው
1a HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP 82 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
1f HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST b4 Lists the fields by which the report will be grouped. To remove one level of grouping, select the field name, then click the < button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP 82 ይጫኑ ለማንቀሳቀስ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ ወደ ሳጥን ቀስቱ ወደሚያሳየው አቅጣጫ ወደ
18 HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING c6 Lists the fields from your selection on the previous page of the Wizard. To group the report by a field, select the field name, then click the > button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.
1b HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4 44 የ ሜዳ ይዞታዎችን መለያ እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ
1a HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4 44 የ ሜዳ ይዞታዎችን መለያ እየጨመረ በሚሄድ
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4 41 መግለጫውን ለ መለያ ተጨማሪ ሜዳ መምረጫ
15 HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1 53 መግለጫው የሚለይበትን የ መጀመሪያውን ሜዳ ይምረጡ
18 HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT 45 ለ መግለጫው የ ምስል ገጽ አቀማመጥ መምረጫ
19 HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE 45 ለ መግለጫው የ መሬት ገጽ አቀማመጥ መምረጫ
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT 8a Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer, and page background.
1a HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT 65 Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background, and more.
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE 41 በሚጫኑ ጊዜ መጨረሻ, መግለጫው ይቀመጣል
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE 79 በሚጫኑ ጊዜ መጨረሻ, መግለጫው ይቀመጣል እና እንደገና ይከፈታል ለ ማረሚያ
1e HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE 6f Saves the report as a template. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents.
1f HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT 89 Saves the report as a static report. When you open a static report, it will always display the data from the time the report was created.
15 HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE 43 Specifies the title that is printed at the title line of each page.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnextPageButton 36 Saves the current settings and moves to the next page.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlastPageButton 34 Returns to the selections made on the previous page.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdesignsTreeview 2a ያሉት ንድፎች በሙሉ ማሳያ
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FoldDesignRadiobutton 81 Loads an existing design from the design list to use as a starting point for the steps to follow on the next pages of the Wizard.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdelDesingButton 50 የተመረጠውን ንድፍ ከንድፍ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማጥፊያ
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnewDesignRadiobutton 4e በ አዋቂው የሚቀጥለው ገጽ አዲስ ንድፍ መፍጠሪያ
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FURLEntry 6f Specifies the URL (absolute or relative), where the created HTML presentation on the web server has been saved.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FindexEntry 66 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) to be entered by the viewer in order to see the presentation.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FperlRadiobutton 3d Used by WebCast export to create HTML pages and Perl scripts.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FASPRadiobutton 99 When you select the ASP option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FstandardRadiobutton 4a መፍጠሪያ መደበኛ የ HTML ገጾች ከ መላኪያ ገጾች
42 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgDefaultRadiobutton d4 The slide transition depends on the timing that you set for each slide in the presentation. If you set a manual page transition, the HTML presentation introduces a new page by pressing any key from your keyboard.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FframesRadiobutton b2 Creates standard HTML pages with frames. The exported page will be placed in the main frame, and the frame to the left will display a table of contents in the form of hyperlinks.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FendlessCheckbutton 55 Automatically restarts the HTML presentation after the last slide has been displayed.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FcontentCheckbutton 45 ለ እርስዎ ሰነድ የ አርእስት ገጽ መፍጠሪያ
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FCGIEntry 48 Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) for the generated Perl scripts.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FnotesCheckbutton 2d Specifies that your notes are also displayed.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FkioskRadiobutton 87 Creates a default HTML presentation as a kiosk export, in which the slides are automatically advanced after a specified amount of time.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdurationSpinbutton 57 እያንዳንዱ የ ማቅረቢያ ገጽ የሚቆይበትን ጊዜ መወሰኛ
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwebCastRadiobutton 52 In a WebCast export, automatic scripts will be generated with Perl or ASP support.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FchgAutoRadiobutton 8b The page transition takes place automatically after the specified period of time elapses and does not depend on the presentation's contents
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FsldSoundCheckbutton 60 Specifies that the sound files that are defined as an effect for slide transitions are exported.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution3Radiobutton 3a Select a high resolution for a high quality slide display.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution2Radiobutton 3d Select the medium resolution for a medium-sized presentation.
43 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fresolution1Radiobutton 5f Select the low resolution to keep the file size small, even for presentations with many slides.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FjpgRadiobutton 82 The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FgifRadiobutton 75 The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FpngRadiobutton 79 The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FqualityCombobox b4 Specifies the compression factor of the JPEG graphic. A 100% value offers the best quality for a large data range. The 25% factor indicates small files with inferior image quality.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2Fpage3 79 The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
39 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FmiscTextview 36 Specifies additional text to appear on the title page.
35 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FwwwEntry 49 Specifies your homepage. A hyperlink will be inserted in the publication.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FemailEntry 2b የ ኢ-ሜይል አድራሻ መወሰኛ
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FauthorEntry 2f Specifies the name of the publication's author.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextOnlyCheckbutton 30 Inserts only text hyperlinks instead of buttons.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FbackButton 6c መክፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው የ መደብ ቀለም የሚመርጡበት
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FvLinkButton 7b መክፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው የተጎበኙ አገናኝ ቀለም የሚመርጡበት
38 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FaLinkButton 68 መክፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው ንቁ አገናኝ የሚመርጡበት
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FlinkButton 6c መክፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው የ hyperlink ቀለም የሚመርጡበት
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FtextButton 6c መከፈቻ የ ቀለም ንግግር ለ ማቅረቢያው የ ጽሁፍ ቀለም የሚመርጡበት
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FuserRadiobutton 43 Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.
3f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdefaultRadiobutton 52 የ ተመልካቹን የ ዌብ መቃኛ ነባር ቀለሞች ይጠቀማል
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fpublishingdialog%2FdocColorsRadiobutton 43 Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.
15 HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH 1c እቃውን መፍጠሪያ
40 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiobuttons 46 Displays all option fields which have to be included in the group box.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoright 4a Confirms the current label and copies the label to the Option fields list.
3a modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Ftoleft 58 የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳዎች ምርጫ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
3f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fgroupradioselectionpage%2Fradiolabels 6d Specifies the respective label for each option field. You will see the label of the option field in the form.
48 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionno 49 Specifies that you do not want any option field to be the default choice.
47 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefselectionfield 53 Select the option field that you want to have as the default when opening the form.
49 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdefaultfieldselectionpage%2Fdefaultselectionyes 5b Specifies that you want an option field to be selected as a default after opening the form.
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Fradiobuttons 6c ይምረጡ የ ምርጫ ሜዳ ለ ማመሳከሪያ ዋጋ እርስዎ መመደብ ለሚፈልጉት
38 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionvaluespage%2Foptionvalue 76 ይምረጡ ቁጥር ወይንም ጽሁፍ እንደ ማመሳከሪያ ዋጋ ለ ተመረጠው ምርጫ ሜዳ
3c modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FnoRadiobutton 5f Specifies that you want to save the reference values in the form only, and not in the database.
43 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FstoreInFieldCombobox 58 ይምረጡ የ ዳታ ሜዳ የ ማመሳከሪያ ዋጋዎች የሚቀመጡበት
3d modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsdbfieldpage%2FyesRadiobutton 43 Specifies that you want to save the reference values in a database.
33 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Foptionsfinalpage%2Fnameit 66 Specifies the label for the option box. You will see the label of the group box displayed in the form.
27 macro%3A%2F%2F%2FImportWizard.Main.Main 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP 55 Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE 56 Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.
1d HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT 5a Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.
18 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL 55 Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.
17 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD 54 Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT 32 ሰነዶቹ እንደሚቀየሩ ማመልከቻ
25 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT 2a Opens a dialog to select the desired path.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH 43 Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.
1e HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH 34 Specifies the directory containing the source files.
21 HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE 61 Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.
1a HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE 2d Specifies that templates are to be converted.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1 47 ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ የሚቀየሩትን መጠኖች ማሳያ
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3 56 ሁሉም የ ገንዘብ ክፍሎች በ ንቁ ሰነድ ውስጥ ይቀየራሉ
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2 5c ሁሉም የ ገንዘብ ክፍሎች በ ንቁ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ ይቀየራሉ
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1 52 ሁሉም ክፍሎች በ ተመረጠው የ ክፍል ዘደ ተቀይረዋል
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK 97 If the current document is a $[officename] Calc document or template, you can call up the Euro Converter using the corresponding icon in the Tools bar.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP 2b ለ ንግግር እርዳታ ማስነሻ.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL 2a የ ኢዩሮ መቀየሪያ መዝጊያ
1b HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN 4f Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON 22 መቀየሪያ ማስጀመሪያ
19 HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT bc Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.
15 HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE 2a Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.
14 HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR 6b Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.
1c HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4 5b All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.
18 HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1 26 ጠቅላላ ሰነድ መቀየሪያ
18 HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1 40 ወደ ኢዩሮ የሚቀየረውን ገንዘብ መወሰኛ
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET 4b Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.
17 HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE 4b Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.
1d HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE 48 Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.
14 .uno%3AEuroConverter 8a Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.
1b HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN 3b Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.
1f HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS 57 Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.
13 HID_ABSPILOT_FINISH 5b ወደ ዳታ ምንጭ ግንኙነት መመስረቻ እና ንግግሩን መዝጊያ
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fgroupwise a2 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Groupwise. አድራሻ ደብተር
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevoldap a7 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Evolution LDAP. አድራሻ ደብተር
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fevolution a1 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Evolution አድራሻ ደብተር
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fmacosx 9c ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ OS X አድራሻ ደብተር
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2FSelectTypePage 83 ይህ አዋቂ የ ነበረውን የ አድራሻ ደብተር እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ ይመዘግባል በ $[officename].
15 HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS 2a ቀደም ወዳለው ደረጃ መሄጃ
30 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fother 60 Select this option if you want to register another data source as address book in $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fwindows 53 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook Express.
2e modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fkde 9b ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ KDE አድራሻ ደብተር
13 HID_ABSPILOT_CANCEL 3e ከ አዋቂው መውጫ ምንም ለውጥ ሳይፈጽሙ
36 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fthunderbird b8 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Thunderbird ወይንም Icedove አድራሻ ደብተር
11 HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT 2a ወደ ሚቀጥለው ደረጃ መሄጃ
c slot%3A10934 83 ይህ አዋቂ የ ነበረውን የ አድራሻ ደብተር እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ ይመዘግባል በ $[officename].
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Fldap 90 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ LDAP. ሰርቨር
21 .uno%3AAutoPilotAddressDataSource 83 ይህ አዋቂ የ ነበረውን የ አድራሻ ደብተር እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ ይመዘግባል በ $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Ffirefox b6 ይህን ምርጫ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ቀደም ብለው የ አድራሻ ደብተር የሚጠቀሙ ከሆነ የ Firefox ወይንም Iceweasel አድራሻ ደብተር
17 EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT 83 ይህ አዋቂ የ ነበረውን የ አድራሻ ደብተር እንደ ዳታ ምንጭ ይመዘግባል በ $[officename].
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttypepage%2Foutlook 61 Select this option if you already use an address book in Microsoft Outlook (not Outlook Express).
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2Fsettings 5f እርስዎ ተጨማር ማሰናጃዎች የሚያስገቡበት ንግግር መጥሪያ
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Finvokeadminpage%2FInvokeAdminPage 5e Allows you to enter additional settings for LDAP address data and other external data sources.
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2Ftable 59 Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fselecttablepage%2FSelectTablePage 76 Specifies a table from the Seamonkey / Netscape address book source that is used as the address book in $[officename].
2f modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fname 28 የ ዳታ ምንጭ ስም መወሰኛ
34 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Favailable db Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the data source window (F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN 4b የ ፋይል ንግግር በ መጠቀም አካባቢውን መወሰኛ
31 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2Fbrowse 4b የ ፋይል ንግግር በ መጠቀም አካባቢውን መወሰኛ
39 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Fdatasourcepage%2FDataSourcePage 81 Specifies a location for the address book file and a name under which the data source will be listed in the data source explorer.
32 modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2Fassign 53 መክፈቻ የ ቴምፕሌቶች: አድራሻ ደብተር ስራ  ንግግር
3b modules%2Fsabpilot%2Fui%2Ffieldassignpage%2FFieldAssignPage 55 እርስዎ የ ሜዳ ስራ መግለጽ እንዲችሉ ንግግር መክፈቻ
5 34200 46 The Web Wizard helps you to maintain a web site on an Internet server.
5 34209 35 የተመረጡትን ማሰናጃዎች ማጥፊያ
5 34207 c1 ይምረጡ ማሰናጃ እርስዎ መጭን የሚፈልጉትን እና ከዛ ይጫኑ መጫኛ. አዋቂውን ለማስጀመር በ ነባር ማሰናጃ: ይምረጡ "ነባር"
5 34217 45 ለ ተመረጠው ሰነድ የ ደራሲውን ስም ያስገቡ
5 34216 37 ለ ተመረጠው ሰነድ መግለጫ ያስገቡ
5 34215 88 Enter the title for the selected document. The title appears as a hyperlink to the selected document on the index page of your web site.
5 34218 7f ይምረጡ የ ፋይል አቀራረብ እርስዎ መላክ የሚፈልጉትን የ ተመረጠውን ፋይል ወደ
5 34212 4a የተመረጠውን ፋይል ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
5 34211 dd Opens a dialog where you can select the files that you want to upload to your web site. The order of the list determines the order in which the hyperlinks to the documents are displayed on the index page of your web site.
5 34210 f9 Lists the documents that you want to publish to your web site. The wizard can convert %PRODUCTNAME documents to HTML, PDF, or, in some cases, Flash format before the documents are uploaded. All other files are uploaded in their original file format.
5 34220 2b ለ ማውጫ ገጽ እቅድ ይምረጡ
5 34245 5a አጥጋቢ ለ ድህረ ገጽ በ 800x600 ፒክስል መመልከቻ ሪዞሊሻን
5 34235 5b በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ፋይል ስሞችን በ ሰነድ ውስጥ ማካተቻ
5 34236 53 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ሰነዶች ላይ የ ማጠቃለያ መረጃ ማካተቻ
5 34237 5d በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ ሰነዱን የ ፈጠሩትን ሰዎች ስሞች ማካተቻ
5 34238 55 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ ሰነዱ የተፈጠረበትን ቀኖች ማካተቻ
5 34239 60 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ ሰነዱ መጨረሻ የ ተሻሻለበትን ቀን ማካተቻ
5 34240 46 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ፋይሎች አቀራረብ ማሳያ
5 34241 50 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ፋይል አቀራረብ ምልክት ማሳያ
5 34242 63 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ በ እርስዎ ድህረ ገጽ ላይ የ ገጽ ቁጥር ማሳያ
5 34243 52 በ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ፋይል መጠን በ ኪሎ ባይት ማሳያ
5 34246 5b አጥጋቢ ለ ድህረ ገጽ በ 1024x768 ፒክስል መመልከቻ ሪዞሊሻን
5 34244 5a አጥጋቢ ለ ድህረ ገጽ በ 640x480 ፒክስል መመልከቻ ሪዞሊሻን
5 34249 83 ይምረጡ ምልክት እርስዎ መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን በ መቃኛ አካሎች በ ማውጫ ገጽ ውስጥ
5 34248 39 ይምረጡ የ መደብ ምስል ለ ማውጫ ገጽ
5 34247 39 ይምረጡ የ ቀለም ገጽታ ለ ማውጫ ገጽ
5 34292 3d የ መደብ ምስል ከ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ ማጽጃ
5 34291 6f መክፈቻ የ ፋይል ንግግር ለ መምረጥ የ መደብ ምስል ፋይል ለ ማውጫ ገጽ
5 34290 41 የ መደብ ምስል መወሰኛ ለ ዌብ አዋቂ ዘዴ.
5 41002 43 ከ ማውጫ ገጽ ላይ የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ ማጽጃ
5 41000 7e ይምረጡ የ ምልክት ማሰናጃ ለ መቃኛ በ HTML ማቅረቢያ ሰነዶች ውስጥ በ ዌብ መቃኛ.
5 34258 7e ለ ማውጫ ገጽ የ ኢ-ሜይል አድራሻ ያስገቡ: ይህ መግለጫ በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34259 84 ለ ማውጫ ገጽ የ ቅጂ መብት ማስታወሻ ያስገቡ: ይህ መግለጫ በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34256 80 የ ማውጫ ገጽ የ ተሻሻለበትን ቀን ያስገቡ: ይህ መግለጫ በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34255 7a የ ማውጫ ገጽ የ ተፈጠረበትን ቀን ያስገቡ: ይህ ቀን በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34253 7c ለ ማውጫ ገጽ አርእስት መግለጫ ያስገቡ: ይህ መግለጫ በ HTML meta tag ላይ ይቀመጣል
5 34250 8f ለ ማውጫ ገጽ አርእስት ያስገቡ: ይህ አካል በ ዌብ መቃኛ አርእስት መደርደሪያ ላይ ይታያል
5 34271 2e ለ ማሳናጃ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ
5 34268 149 የ እርስዎን ፋይሎች ወደ FTP ሰርቨር ይጫኑ: የ ማውጫ ገጽ የሚቀመጠው እርስዎ በ ወሰኑት አካባቢ ነው: ሁሉም ሌሎች ፋይሎች የሚቀመጡት በ "የኔ ድህረ ገጽ" ዳይሬክቶሪ የ ማውጫ ገጽ በያዘው ዳይሬክቶሪ ውስጥ ነው
5 34266 64 እርስዎ የ ማህደር ፋይል አካባቢ የሚወስኑበት ንግግር መክፈቻ
5 34265 104 Adds your index page and files to a compressed archive file and uploads the file to your web site. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34270 57 በዚህ አዋቂ እርስዎ የ ወሰኑትን ማሰናጃዎች ማስቀመጫ
5 34269 a8 መክፈቻ የ FTP ግንኙነት ንግግር እርስዎ ማረም እና መሞከር የሚችሉበት ግንኙነት ማሰናጃ ወደ የ FTP ሰርቨር
5 34263 39 ፎልደር እንዲመርጡ ንግግር መክፈቻ
5 34261 d9 Uploads your index page and files to a local directory. The index page is saved to the location that you specified. All other files are saved to the "myWebsite" directory in the directory that contains the index page.
5 34260 7b መክፈቻ የ እርስዎን ድህረ ገጽ በ ነባር ዌብ መቃኛ በ እርስዎ መስሪያ ስርአት
5 41046 94 ንግግር መክፈቻ እርስዎ የሚወስኑበት በ FTP ሰርቨር ዳይሬክቶሪ ላይ ፋይሎች የሚያጠራቅሙበት
5 41045 82 ለ ዳይሬክቶሪ አካባቢ ያስገቡ በ FTP ሰርቨር ላይ እርስዎ ፋይሎች የሚያጠራቅሙበት
5 41044 42 የ FTP ግንኙነት መሞከሪያ በ አሁኑ ማሰናጃ
5 41043 5a የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ ለ ተጠየቀው ለ FTP ሰርቨር መድረሻ
5 41042 5a የ ተጠቃሚ ስም ያስገቡ ለ ተጠየቀው ለ FTP ሰርቨር መድረሻ
5 41041 45 ስም ያስገቡ ወይንም IP አድራሻ ለ FTP ሰርቨር
5 41040 71 ማረሚያ እና መሞከሪያ የ FTP ሰርቨር ግንኙነት ማሰናጃዎች ለ ዌብ አዋቂ.
17 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FUNCTION 119 የ ማስገቢያ ደንብ ንግግር እርስዎን ይጠይቃል የትኞቹን ተለዋዋጮች እርስዎ በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ እንደ ገለጹ: ዋጋ ያስገቡ ለ እያንዳንዱ ተለዋዋጭ ጥያቄ እና ያረጋግጡ በ መጫን አሺ.
13 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_CRIT 59 መወሰኛ የ መመዘኛ የ ዳታ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይዞታው የሚጣራበት
11 HID_CTL_QRYDGNTAB 90 ሁለት ጊዜ-ይጫኑ ሜዳዎቹ ላይ ለ መጨመር ወደ ጥያቄ: መጎተቻ-እና-መጣያ ግንኙነት ለ መግለጽ
1d HID_QUERY_EDIT_JOINCONNECTION 2c ማረሚያ ባህሪዎች ማጋጠሚያ
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ORDER b2 እርስዎ ክፍል ከ ተጫኑ የ መለያ ምርጫዎች መምረጥ ይችላሉ: እየጨመረ በሚሄድ: እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ እና አለመምረጥ
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Fschema 77 ስም ያስገቡ ለ ንድፍ ለ ጥያቄው ለ ተመደበው ወይንም ለ ሰንጠረዥ መመልከቻ
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsavedialog%2Ftitle 4f የ ጥያቄው ስም ወይንም የ ሰንጠረዥ መመልከቻ ስም
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_ALIAS 107 ሀሰት መወሰኛ: ይህ ሀሰት በ ጥያቄ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ይቀመጣል በ ሜዳ ስም ውስጥ ከ ማስቀመጥ ይልቅ: ይህ ሁኔታ በተጠቃሚ-የሚገለጽ የ አምድ ምልክቶች መጠቀም ያስችለዋል
12 HID_CTL_QRYDGNCRIT 3d ሁኔታዎች ይምረጡ ጥያቄውን ለ መግለጽ
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_FIELD de የ ዳታ ሜዳ ስም ያስገቡ እርስዎ በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ ያመሳከሩትን: ሁሉም ማሰናጃዎች በ ታችኛው ረድፍ በኩል ያሉት የሚያመሳክሩት ይህን ሜዳ ነው
14 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_TABLE 73 ተመሳሳይ የ ዳታቤዝ ሰንጠረዥ ለ ተመረጠው የ ዳታ ሜዳ እዚህ ተዘርዝሯል
16 HID_QRYDGN_ROW_VISIBLE 85 እርስዎ ምልክት ካደረጉ የሚታይ ባህሪዎች ለ ዳታ ሜዳ: ሜዳው ይታያል በ ጥያቄ ውስጥ
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftype 54 For a full join, the results table contains all fields of the left and right tables.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Ftable2 6a ሁለት የ ተለያዩ ሰንጠረዦች እርስዎ ማጋጠም የሚፈልጉትን መወሰኛ
5 dummy 7c እርስዎ ከ ተጫኑ ተጨማሪንግግር ይታያል ተጨማሪ መረጃ የያዘ ስለ አሁኑ ችግር
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fconfirmpassword 3d አዲሱን የመግቢያ ቃል በድጋሚ ያስገቡ
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fnewpassword 30 አዲሱን የመግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Foldpassword 34 አሮጌውን የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
1c sfx%2Fui%2Fpassword%2Fusered 2e የ አዲስ ተጠቃሚ ስም መወሰኛ
1c HID_TABLE_DESIGN_HELP_WINDOW 23 የእርዳታ ጽሁፍ ማሳያ
16 HID_TABDESIGN_NAMECELL a9 የ ዳታ ሜዳ ስም መግለጫ: ማስታወሻ: የ ዳታቤዝ ገደብ: እንደ ስም እርዝመት: የተለየ ባህሪዎች እና ክፍተቶች
12 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT 4d Tይህ ቁልፍ መክፈቻ ነው ለ ሜዳ አቀራረብ ንግግር
16 HID_TABDESIGN_TYPECELL 24 የ ሜዳ አይነት ይግለጹ
d .uno%3ADelete 2c የተመረጠውን ረድፍ ማጥፊያ
1a SID_TABLEDESIGN_INSERTROWS ea ባዶ ረድፍ ማስገቢያ ከ አሁኑ ረድፍ ከ ላይ በኩል: ሰንጠረዡ ካልተቀመጠ: ባዶ ረድፍ ከ ሰንጠረዡ መጨረሻ በኩል ያስገባል: ሰንጠረዡ ተቀምጦ ከ ነበር
18 HID_TABDESIGN_BACKGROUND 58 እርስዎ እዚህ ነው የ ሰንጠረዥ አካል መግለጽ የሚችሉት
19 HID_TABDESIGN_COMMENTCELL 27 የ ምርጫ መግለጫ መወሰኛ
13 HID_TAB_ENT_DEFAULT 52 በ አዲስ ዳታ መዝገቦች ውስጥ ነባር ዋጋውን ይወስኑ
20 SID_TABLEDESIGN_TABED_PRIMARYKEY 89 ይህ ትእዛዝ የ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ካለው: በዚህ መስመር ላይ ያለው ዳታ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ነው
19 HID_TAB_ENT_FORMAT_SAMPLE 56 እርስዎ የሚመርጡትን የ አቀራረብ ኮድ ማሳያ  ... ቁልፍ
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2Fclose 1c ንግግሩን መዝጊያ
14 .uno%3ADBIndexDesign 96 የ ማውጫ ንድፍ ንግግር እርስዎን የሚያስችለው ማውጫዎችን ማረም ነው በ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RESET 8e የ አሁኑን ማውጫ እንደ ነበር መመለሻ ይህ ንግግር ከ መጀመሩ በፊት ወደ ነበረበት ማሰናጃ
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FINDEX_LIST ba ዝግጁ ማውጫዎችን ማሳያ: ማውጫ ይምረጡ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ለማረም: የ ተመረጠው ማውጫ ዝርዝር ይታያል በ ንግግር ውስጥ
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_RENAME 39 የአሁኑን ማውጫ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_NEW 23 አዲስ ማውጫ መፍጠሪያ
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_DROP 26 የአሁኑን ማውጫ ማጥፊያ
23 HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_SORTORDER 24 የ መለያ ደንብ መወሰኛ
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FUNIQUE 5e የ አሁኑ ማውጫ የተለዩ ዋጋዎችን ይፈቅድ እንደሆን ይወስኑ
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Findexdesigndialog%2FID_INDEX_SAVE 3f የ አሁኑን ማውጫ የ ዳታ ምንጭ ማስቀመጫ
1f HID_DLGINDEX_INDEXDETAILS_FIELD 96 በ አሁኑ ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ የ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር ማሳያ: እርስዎ ከ አንድ በላይ ሜዳ መምረጥ ይችላሉ
13 HID_CTL_RELATIONTAB 57 Here you can link together tables from the current database through common data fields.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdeldefault 93 እርስዎ ተመሳሳይ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ካጠፉ: የ ዋጋ ማሰናጃ ለ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ይሰናዳል
14 .uno%3ADBAddRelation 88 እርስዎን በ ሁለት ሰንጠረዥ መካከል ያለውን ግንኙነት መግለጽ እና ማረም ያስችሎታል
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Ftable2 74 የ ተመረጠው ሰንጠረዥ ስሞች ለ አገናኝ ይታያል እዚህ እንደ አምድ ስሞች:
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fjoindialog%2Frelations 37 ለ ግንኙነት ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች መግለጫ
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelaction 95 የ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ በሚያጠፉ ጊዜ በ ሌሎች የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ላይ ተጽእኖ እንዳይፈጥር መወሰኛ
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddcascade 88 ማሻሻያ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ዋጋ ተመሳሳይ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ከ ተሻሻለ (Cascading Update).
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddnull fa ይህ ተመሳሳይ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ከ ተሻሻለ: ይህን ምርጫ ይጠቀሙ ለ ማሰናዳት "ባዶ ነው" ዋጋ ለ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች: ባዶ ነው ማለት ሜዳው ባዶ ነው ማለት ነው
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Faddaction a1 በ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ላይ የተደረገ ማንኛውም ለውጥ በ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ላይ ተጽእኖ እንዳይፈጥር መወሰኛ
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fadddefault bb ይህ ተመሳሳይ ቁልፍ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ከ ተሻሻለ: ይህን ምርጫ ይጠቀሙ ነባር ዋጋ ለማሰናዳት ለ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelcascade 87 ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ይጠፉ እንደሆን መወሰኛ እርስዎ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ሜዳ ሲያጠፉ
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Frelationdialog%2Fdelnull 96 እርስዎ ተመሳሳይ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ካጠፉ: የ "ባዶ ነው" ዋጋ ለ ሁሉም የ ውጪ ቁልፍ ሜዳዎች ይመደባል
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fprimarykey 64 ራሱ በራሱ ያመነጫል የ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ሜዳ እና በ ዋጋዎች ይሞላል
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdata c4 ዳታ ማያያዝ ካልተቻለ: ለ እርስዎ ዝርዝር ሜዳዎች ይታይዎታል በ አምድ መረጃ ንግግር ውስጥ: ዳታው ን ኮፒ ማድረግ አይችሉም
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fview b4 If the database supports Views, you can select this option only when a query is copied in a table container. This option enables you to see and edit a query as a normal table view.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fkeyname 62 ለ ቀዳሚ ቁልፍ ማመንጫ ስም ይወስኑ: ይህ ስም በ ምርጫ ይሆናል
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdef 6c የ ሰንጠረዥ ትርጉም ብቻ ኮፒ ማድረጊያ እና ተመሳሳይ ዳታ አይደለም
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fdefdata 29 Creates a 1:1 copy of the database table.
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcopytablepage%2Fname 30 ኮፒ የሚደረገውን ስም መወሰኛ
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fcolrh ae መጨመሪያ ወይንም ማስወገጃ የ ተመረጠውን ሜዳ (> ወይንም < ቁልፍ) ወይንም ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች (<< ወይንም >> ቁልፍ).
21 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Fto 7c የ ዳታ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር እርስዎ ማካተት የሚችሉት ኮፒ ወደ ተደረገው ሰንጠረዥ
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fapplycolpage%2Ffrom 144 ዝግጁ የ ዳታ ሜዳዎች ዝርዝር እርስዎ ማካተት የሚችሉት ኮፒ ወደ ተደረገው ሰንጠረዥ: የ ዳታ ሜዳ ኮፒ ለማድረግ: ይጫኑ በ ስሙ ላይ: እና ከዛ ይጫኑ የ > ቁልፍ: ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ኮፒ ለማድረግ: ይጫኑ የ >> ቁልፍ
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fauto 40 Enter the number of lines to use for automatic type recognition.
18 HID_TAB_ENT_BOOL_DEFAULT 36 ይምረጡ ነባር ዋጋ ለ አዎ/አይ ሜዳ
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fautobutton 40 ራሱ በራሱ የሚጽፉትን ማስታወሻ ማስቻያ
11 HID_TAB_ENT_SCALE 7a Enter the number of decimal places for the data field. This option is only available for numerical or decimal data fields.
f HID_TAB_ENT_LEN 3c ለ ዳታ ሜዳ የ ባህሪዎች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
10 HID_TAB_ENT_TYPE 24 የ ሜዳ አይነት ይምረጡ
16 HID_TAB_ENT_COLUMNNAME 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftypeselectpage%2Fcolumnnames 43 Lists the data fields that will be included in to the copied table.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fnone 58 ሁሉንም የ ምልክት ማድረጊያዎች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማጽጃ
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fdown_right 76 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማንቀሳቀሻ
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fup_right 76 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ አንድ ደረጃ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማንቀሳቀሻ
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fall 4c ሁሉንም የ ዳታ ሜዳዎች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ መምረጫ
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fright a0 Lists the possible data fields in the destination table. Only the data fields that are selected in the source table list will be included the destination table.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fnamematchingpage%2Fleft 168 Lists the data fields in the source table. To include a data field from the source table in the destination table, select the check box in front of the data field name. To map the contents of a data field in the source table to a different data field in the destination table, click the data field in the source table list, and then click the up or down arrow.
2e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusesql92 89 Only allows names that use characters that conform to the SQL92 naming constraints in the data source. All other characters are rejected.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fquery 63 Enter an SQL statement that returns the last auto-incremented value for the primary key data field.
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fstatement 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
16 HID_DSADMIN_USECATALOG b2 Uses the current data source of the Catalog. This is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. If the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver, leave this check box clear.
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fgeneratedvaluespage%2Fautoretrieve 67 Enables $[officename] support of auto-incremented data fields for the current ODBC or JDBC data source.
18 HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET_ODBC 79 Select the code conversion that you want to use to view the database in $[officename]. This does not affect the database.
22 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fodbcpage%2Foptions 56 Use this text field to enter additional optional driver settings if this is necessary.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FindiciesButton 9a መክፈቻ የ ማውጫዎች ንግግር: እርስዎ የሚያደራጁበት የ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫ ለ አሁኑ ዳታቤዝ ዳታቤዝ
32 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbasepage%2FshowDelRowsCheckbutton 7f Displays all the records in a file, including those marked as deleted. If you select this check box, you cannot delete records.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremoveall 79 የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም የ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫ ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ነፃ ማውጫ ዝርዝር
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Faddall 75 የ ተመረጡትን ሁሉንም ነፃ ማውጫ ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫ ዝርዝር
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fadd 61 የ ተመረጠውን ማውጫ ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫ ዝርዝር
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ffreeindex 3b Lists the available indexes that you can assign to a table.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftableindex 3a Lists the current indexes for the selected database table.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Fremove 72 የ ተመረጡትን የ ሰንጠረዥ ማውጫዎች ማንቀሳቀሻ ወደ ነፃ ማውጫ ዝርዝር
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2Ftable 67 ይምረጡ የ ሰንጠረዥ ዳታቤዝ እርስዎ ማውጫ መፍጠር የሚፈልጉትን
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbaseindexdialog%2FDBaseIndexDialog 29 Lets you organize dBASE database indexes.
28 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fstatus 48 Displays the results, including errors, of the SQL command that you ran.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsqlhistory 6a Lists the previously executed SQL commands. To run a command again, click the command, and then click Run.
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fsql 3a Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2Fexecute 40 Runs the command that you entered in the Command to execute box.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdirectsqldialog%2FDirectSQLDialog 4f Opens a dialog where you can enter an SQL command for administering a database.
1e HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL 5b Sorts the list of table names in ascending order starting at the beginning of the alphabet.
27 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SUPPRESS_VERSIONCL ed Some databases track changes to each record by assigning version number to fields that are changed. This number is incremented by 1 each time the field is changed. Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fdelete 32 የተመረጠውን ተጠቃሚ ማስወገጃ
25 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Ftable 4c Displays and lets you edit the database access rights for the selected user.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fchangepass 73 የ አሁኑን ተጠቃሚ የ መግቢያ ቃል መቀየሪያ እንዲደርስ ወደ ዳታቤዝ ጋር
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fadd 64 አዲስ ተጠቃሚ መጨመሪያ እንዲደርስ ወደ ተመረጠው ዳታቤዝ ጋር
24 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fuseradminpage%2Fuser 5c ተጠቃሚ ይምረጡ እርስዎ ማሰናጃውን ማሻሻል የሚፈልጉትን
33 DBACCESS_PUSHBUTTON_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_PB_STAT 5e Opens the Database Statistics dialog, where you can view statistics about the Adabas database.
33 DBACCESS_CHECKBOX_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_CB_SHUTDB 3d Exits the Adabas database server when you exit $[officename].
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLPASSWORD 27 Enter the password of the Control User.
35 DBACCESS_EDIT_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_ET_CTRLUSERNAME 69 Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database.
3f DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_DATA_INCREMENT 6f Enter the size by which you want to automatically increment the database. The maximum increment size is 100 MB.
3b DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_TAB_PAG_ADABAS_SETTINGS_NF_CACHE_SIZE 33 Enter the size of the data buffer for the database.
33 DBACCESS_NUMERICFIELD_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_MEMORYUSING 42 Displays the amount of used space in the database as a percentage.
28 DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_FREESIZE 64 በ ዳታቤዝ ውስጥ ያለውን ነፃ ባዶ ቦታ (በ ሜጋ ባይቶች) ያሳያል.
24 DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SIZE 47 የዳታቤዙን ሙሉ መጠን (በ ሜጋ ባይት) ያሳያል
2b DBACCESS_LISTBOX_DLG_ADABASSTAT_LB_DATADEVS 38 Displays the path and the name of the DATADEVSPACE file.
2e DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_TRANSACTIONLOG 3a Displays the path and the name of the TRANSACTIONLOG file.
2b DBACCESS_EDIT_DLG_ADABASSTAT_ET_SYSDEVSPACE 37 Displays the path and the name of the SYSDEVSPACE file.
19 HID_DLG_ADABAS_CACHE_SIZE 2e Enter the size of the data cache in megabytes.
20 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE_SIZE 4d Enter the size of the database in megabytes here. The maximum size is 100 MB.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DBNAME 1e Type the name of the database.
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_CONUSR cb Enter the name of a user that you want to give limited control to modify some parameters of the database. Normally, the default settings for the name and the password of the control user are not changed.
12 HID_DLG_ADABAS_USR a1 Enter the name of the domain user that is used by Adabas internally. Normally, the default settings for the name and password of the domain user are not changed.
18 HID_DLG_ADABAS_DOMAINPWD 24 የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
15 HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSUSR 2d Enter the name of the database administrator.
1a HID_DLG_ADABAS_SYSDEVSPACE 27 Enter the path for the system DEVSPACE.
22 HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG_SIZE 34 Enter the size of the transaction file in megabytes.
1d HID_DLG_ADABAS_TRANSACTIONLOG 2c Enter the path for the transaction log file.
1b HID_DLG_ADABAS_DATADEVSPACE 25 Enter the path for the data DEVSPACE.
1d HID_DLG_ADABAS_PBDATADEVSPACE 48 Locate the directory where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fprimarykeys 5f Enable to overrule Base's heuristics used to detect whether the database supports primary keys.
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignorecurrency a9 Only for Oracle JDBC connections. When enabled it specifies that no column is treated as a currency field. The field type returned from the database driver is discarded.
26 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BOOLEANCOMPARISON 3b Select the type of Boolean comparison that you want to use.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Finputchecks d8 When you enter a new record or update an existing record in a form, and you leave a field empty which is bound to a database column which requires input, then you will see a message complaining about the empty field.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseas 9b Some databases use the keyword "AS" between a name and its alias, while other databases use a whitespace. Enable this option to insert AS before the alias.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fappend 39 Appends the alias to the table name in SELECT statements.
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseodbcliterals 35 Use date/time literals that conform to ODBC standard.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseoj 5c Use escape sequences for outer joins. The syntax for this escape sequence is {oj outer-join}
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fignoreprivs 43 Ignores access privileges that are provided by the database driver.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Feol 6d Select to use the CR + LF code pair to end every text line (preferred for DOS and Windows operating systems).
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Freplaceparams 6f የ ተሰየሙ ደንቦችን መቀየሪያ ከ ዳታ ምንጭ ውስጥ በ ጥያቄ ምልክት (?).
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fusecatalogname b7 Uses the current data source of the catalog. This option is useful when the ODBC data source is a database server. Do not select this option if the ODBC data source is a dBASE driver.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fdisplayver 49 Displays the internal version number of the record in the database table.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fuseschemaname 37 Allows you to use the schema name in SELECT statements.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fspecialsettingspage%2Fcreateindex 60 ማውጫ መፍጠሪያ እየጨመረ ወይንም እየቀነሰ በሚሄድ አሰራር
1c DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CHARSET 54 Select the character set that you want to use to view the database in $[officename].
24 DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_SPECIAL_MESSAGE 38 Select the type of database that you want to connect to.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FpassCheckbutton 61 If checked, the user will be asked to enter the password that is required to access the database.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_PB_TESTMYSQLCLASS 3c Tests the database connection through the JDBC driver class.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_CALC_PATH 4e Enter the path to the spreadsheet document that you want to use as a database.
1e DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_FLAT_PATH 51 የ ጽሁፍ ፋይሎች የያዘውን ፎልደር መንገድ ያስገቡ
2d DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLCLASS 49 Enter the name of the JDBC driver class that connects to the data source.
31 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FconnectionButton 3a ግንኙነት መሞከሪያ በ አሁኑ ማሰናጃ
2e DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLDBNAME 24 የ ዳታቤዝ ስም ያስገቡ
1f DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DBASE_PATH 3e Enter the path to the directory that contains the dBASE files.
20 DBACCESS_HID_DLG_DATABASE_WIZARD 57 The Database Wizard creates a database file that contains information about a database.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_GETEXISTINGDATABASE 49 Select to create a database document for an existing database connection.
1b DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_DSTYPE 3e Select the database type for the existing database connection.
33 dbaccess%3AListBox%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ALB_DOCUMENTLIST 86 Select a database file to open from the list of recently used files. Click Finish to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
3a dbaccess%3ARadioButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3ARB_OPENEXISTINGDOC 62 Select to open a database file from a list of recently used files or from a file selection dialog.
36 dbaccess%3APushButton%3APAGE_GENERAL%3APB_OPENDOCUMENT a6 Opens a file selection dialog where you can select a database file. Click Open or OK in the file selection dialog to open the file immediately and to exit the wizard.
36 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_GENERAL_RB_CREATEDBDATABASE 20 Select to create a new database.
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fopenediting 4f Select to display the database file, where you can edit the database structure.
2c dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fnoregister 4e Select to keep the database information only within the created database file.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fusewizard 71 ይምረጡ ለመጥራት የ ሰንጠርዥ አዋቂን የዳታቤዝ አዋቂው ከጨረሰ በኋላ
2d dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2Fyesregister 11e Select to register the database within your user copy of %PRODUCTNAME. After registering, the database is displayed in the View - Data Sources window. You must register a database to be able to insert the database fields in a document (Insert - Fields - More Fields) or in a mail merge.
2b dbaccess%2Fui%2Ffinalpagewizard%2FPageFinal 6a Specifies whether you want to register the database, open the database for editing, or insert a new table.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_PB_MSACCESSLOCATION 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_MSACCESS_ET_MSACCESSLOCATION 37 ወደ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል መንገድ መወሰኛ
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_PB_ADABASNAME 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADABAS_ET_ADABASNAME 2e የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ
3e dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FpassRequiredCheckbutton 50 የመግቢያ ቃል ከ 3 እስክ 18 ባህሪዎች መያዝ አለበት
3b dbaccess%2Fui%2Fauthentificationpage%2FgeneralUserNameEntry 30 A user name can have a maximum of 18 characters.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_PB_ADOURL 2a Click to open a database selection dialog.
28 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ADO_ET_ADOURL 1a Enter the data source URL.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_PB_DBASELOCATION 1d Open a path selection dialog.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_DBASE_ET_DBASELOCATION 3a ያስገቡ መንገድ ወደ ዳታቤዝ *.dbf files.
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
1c HID_DSADMIN_CONNURL_JDBCPAGE df Enter the URL for the database. For example, for the MySQL JDBC driver, enter "jdbc:mysql://<Servername>/<name of the database>". For more information on the JDBC driver, consult the documentation that came with the driver.
32 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_JDBC_ET_MYSQLHOSTSERVER 41 hostname is the name of the machine that runs the MySQL database.
17 HID_DSADMIN_USESSL_LDAP 56 Creates a secure connection to the LDAP server through the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).
1b HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_PORTNUMBER 30 Enter the port of the LDAP server, normally 389.
17 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_BASEDN 4c Enter the starting point to search the LDAP database, for example, "dc=com".
19 HID_DSADMIN_LDAP_HOSTNAME 45 Enter the name of the LDAP server using the format "ldap.server.com".
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fjdbc 48 Connects to an existing JDBC data source that was set on a system level.
2a dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizmysqlintropage%2Fodbc 48 Connects to an existing ODBC data source that was set on a system level.
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_PB_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 33 Click to open an ODBC data source selection dialog:
37 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ODBC_ET_NAMEOFODBCDATASOURCE 37 መንገድ ያስገቡ ወደ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል
30 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fconnectionpage%2FjavaDriverLabel 22 Enter the name of the JDBC driver.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEPORT 3d ለ ዳታቤዝ ሰርቨር የ port ቁጥር ያስገቡ
30 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLECLASS 2e ለ ዳታቤዝ ሰርቨር URL ያስገቡ
35 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_ORACLE_ET_ORACLEHOSTSERVER 2b የ Oracle ዳታቤዝ ስም ያስገቡ
37 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fdbwizspreadsheetpage%2Fpasswordrequired 44 Select to request a password from the user of the database document.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_PB_SPREADSHEETPATH 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
39 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_SPREADSHEET_ET_SPREADSHEETPATH 35 Enter the path and file name to the spreadsheet file.
1f HID_DSADMIN_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR 87 Enter or select the character that is used as a thousands separator in the text file, for example a comma (1,000), or a period (1.000).
1d HID_DSADMIN_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR 81 Enter or select the character that is used as a decimal separator in the text file, for example, a period (0.5) or a comma (0,5).
1b HID_DSADMIN_FIELD_SEPARATOR 4a Enter or select the character that separates data fields in the text file.
1a HID_DSADMIN_TEXT_SEPARATOR 4c Enter or select the character that identifies a text field in the text file.
2f DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_OWNEXTENSION 83 ይጫኑ ፋይሎች ማስተካከያ ጋር ለመድረስ: ተጨማሪዎች ያስገቡ በ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ውስጥ
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSOTHERFILES 83 ይጫኑ ፋይሎች ማስተካከያ ጋር ለመድረስ: ተጨማሪዎች ያስገቡ በ ጽሁፍ ሳጥን ውስጥ
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSTXTFILES 1a Click to access txt files.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_PB_LOCATIONTEXTFILE 26 Click to open a file selection dialog.
31 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_RB_ACCESSCSVFILES 1a Click to access csv files.
33 DBACCESS_HID_PAGE_DBWIZARD_TEXT_ET_LOCATIONTEXTFILE fd Enter the path to the text file or files. If you just want one text file, you can use any extension of the file name. If you enter a folder name, the text files in that folder must have the extension *.csv to be recognized as files of the text database.
1b .uno%3ADBDSAdvancedSettings 25 Opens the Advanced Properties dialog.
1f DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_EDIT 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
2b .uno%3ADBNewReportAutoPilotWithPreSelection 40 Starts the Report Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
d .uno%3ADBEdit 4d Opens a window where you can edit the selected table, query, form, or report.
1f .uno%3ADBDatabasePropertiesMenu 23 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
15 .uno%3ADBDSProperties 25 Opens the Database Properties dialog.
19 .uno%3ADBDSConnectionType 21 Opens the Connection Type Wizard.
18 HID_BROWSER_TABLE_DELETE 33 Deletes the selected table, query, form, or report.
29 .uno%3ADBNewFormAutoPilotWithPreSelection 3e Starts the Form Wizard for the selected table, query, or view.
f .uno%3ADBRename 71 Renames the selected object. Depending on the database, some names, characters, and name length might be invalid.
d .uno%3ADBOpen 32 Opens the selected object in the last saved state.
16 .uno%3ADBConvertToView cf Converts the selected query to a view. The original query remains in your database file and an additional view is generated on the database server. You must have write permission to add a view to a database.
1b .uno%3ADBSendReportToWriter 86 Exports the selected report to a text document. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
19 .uno%3ADBSendReportAsMail fe Opens the default e-mail application to send a new e-mail. The selected report is appended as an attachment. You can enter the subject, the recipients and a mail body. A dynamic report is exported as a copy of the database contents at the time of export.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2Fok 47 ፎርሙን ወደ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ለማስቀመጥ ይጫኑ
34 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FfileNameEntry 3e ለተቀመጠው ፎርም የ ፋይል ስም ያስገቡ
2f dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FupButton 31 Click to go up one level in the folder hierarchy.
36 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FnewFolderButton 55 የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ውስጥ አዲስ ፎልደር ለመፍጠር ይጫኑ
35 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fcollectionviewdialog%2FCollectionView 55 የ ዳታቤዝ ፋይል ውስጥ አዲስ ፎልደር ለመፍጠር ይጫኑ
13 .uno%3ADBNewViewSQL 1d Opens a new view in SQL mode.
10 .uno%3ADBNewView 20 Opens a new view in design mode.
28 DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLE_CREATE_DESIGN 1c Opens the table design view.
12 .uno%3ADBNewFolder 44 Opens a dialog where you can save a new folder in the database file.
14 .uno%3ADBNewQuerySql 1e Opens a new query in SQL mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewQuery 21 Opens a new query in design mode.
11 .uno%3ADBNewTable 1c Opens the table design view.
12 .uno%3ADBNewReport 48 Starts the Report Builder window for the selected table, view, or query.
10 .uno%3ADBNewForm 27 Opens a new text document in form mode.
12 .uno%3ADBDirectSQL 38 Opens the SQL dialog where you can enter SQL statements.
33 dbaccess%2Fui%2Ftablesfilterpage%2FTablesFilterPage 64 Opens the Table Filter dialog where you can specify which tables of the database to show or to hide.
12 .uno%3ADBUserAdmin 4b Opens the User Administration dialog if the database supports this feature.
17 .uno%3ADBRelationDesign 5d Opens the Relation Design view and checks whether the database connection supports relations.
16 .uno%3ADBRefreshTables 15 Refreshes the tables.
1c .uno%3ADBDatabaseObjectsMenu 23 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
12 .uno%3ADBViewForms 43 Selects the forms container and shows all forms in the detail view.
d .uno%3ADBSort 23 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
13 .uno%3ADBViewTables 45 Selects the tables container and shows all tables in the detail view.
14 .uno%3ADBViewReports 47 Selects the reports container and shows all reports in the detail view.
14 .uno%3ADBViewQueries 47 Selects the queries container and shows all queries in the detail view.
10 .uno%3ADBPreview 23 ንዑስ ዝርዝር መክፈቻ
17 .uno%3ADBDisablePreview 41 በ ዳታቤዝ መስኮት ቅድመ እይታ ማሰናከያ
1b .uno%3ADBShowDocInfoPreview 49 The preview window displays the document information of a form or report.
17 .uno%3ADBShowDocPreview 36 The preview displays the document of a form or report.
26 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2Ftextview 42 The list shows all changes that were applied to the database file.
23 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2Fbrowse c1 Choose a location and file name to save the new database file. By default, the new file gets the same name as the old file, while the old file gets renamed with the string "backup" in the name.
17 .uno%3ADBMigrateScripts 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
27 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fbackuppage%2FBackupPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fmigratepage%2FMigratePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fsummarypage%2FSummaryPage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
29 dbaccess%2Fui%2Fprepagepage%2FPreparePage 96 The Database Document Macro Migration Wizard moves existing macros from sub-documents of an old Base file into the new Base file's macro storage area.
36 svtools%3ACheckBox%3ADLG_LOGIN%3ACB_LOGIN_SAVEPASSWORD 99 Select to use the same user name and password without further dialog, when you connect again to the same data source in the current %PRODUCTNAME session.
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_PASSWORD 57 ወደ ዳታ ምንጭ ጋር ለ መገናኘት የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
2e svtools%3AEdit%3ADLG_LOGIN%3AED_LOGIN_USERNAME 52 የ ዳታ ምንጭ ጋር የሚገናኘውን ተጠቃሚ ስም ያስገቡ
17 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD 36 The Query Wizard helps you to design a database query.
24 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new query.
21 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTTABLES 39 Specifies the table for which the query is to be created.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT4 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT3 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT1 39 Specifies the field by which the created query is sorted.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND1 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND2 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND3 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTASCEND4 3f Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically ascending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND1 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND2 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND3 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDESCEND4 40 Click to sort in alphabetically or numerically descending order.
1d WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_SORT2 64 Specifies additional fields by which the created query is sorted, if previous sort fields are equal.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_3 34 ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHALL 45 Select to filter the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_1 39 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ
23 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMATCHANY 47 Select to filter the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_3 39 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDNAME_2 39 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_1 34 ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTVALUE_2 34 ለ ማጣሪያ ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_1 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_2 24 Select the condition for the filter.
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTOPERATOR_3 24 Select the condition for the filter.
29 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEMINUS 45 የመጨረሻውን ረድፍ መቆጣጠሪያዎች ማጥፊያ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_BTNAGGREGATEPLUS 3f አዲስ የረድፍ መቆጣጠሪያዎች መጨመሪያ
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFIELDS_1 28 የ ቁጥር ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ
30 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATESUMMARYQUERY 33 Select to show only results of aggregate functions.
2e WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTAGGREGATEFUNCTION_1 1e Select the aggregate function.
2f WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTAGGREGATEDETAILQUERY 44 ይምረጡ ለማሳየት ሁሉንም የ ጥያቄ መዝገብ
2a WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERSELFIELDS 3b Displays all fields that are to be used to group the query.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_1 36 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_3 31 ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_2 36 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHANY 46 Select to group the query by any of the conditions using a logical OR.
2c WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDNAME_3 36 የ ሜዳ ስም ይምረጡ ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTGROUPMATCHALL 44 Select to group the query by all the conditions using a logical AND.
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_1 31 ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
28 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTFILTERVALUE_2 31 ለ ቡድን ሁኔታ ዋጋውን ያስገቡ
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_1 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_2 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
2b WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTEROPERATOR_3 26 Select the condition for the grouping.
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTTITLE_1 36 የ ሀሰት ስም ያስገቡ ለ ሜዳው ስም
22 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTSUMMARY 20 Displays a summary of the query.
26 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTMODIFYQUERY 51 ይምረጡ ለማስቀመጥ ጥያቄውን እና ለ ማረም መክፈቻ
27 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_OPTDISPLAYQUERY 46 ይምረጡ ለማስቀመጥ እና ጥያቄውን ለማሳየት
25 WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_TXTQUERYTITLE 23 የጥያቄው ስም ያስገቡ
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Ftime 94 Enable Include Time to insert a time field into the active area of the report. The time field displays the current time when the report is executed.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2Fdate 94 Enable Include Date to insert a date field into the active area of the report. The date field displays the current date when the report is executed.
39 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fdatetimedialog%2FDateTimeDialog 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
1a .uno%3AInsertDateTimeField 5f You can open the Date and Time dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Date and Time.
17 .uno%3ASectionShrinkTop 37 Shrinks the selected section to remove top empty space.
14 .uno%3ASectionShrink 42 Shrinks the selected section to remove top and bottom empty space.
17 .uno%3ASectionAlignLeft 63 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the left margin of the area.
1a .uno%3ASectionShrinkBottom 3a Shrinks the selected section to remove bottom empty space.
15 .uno%3AGreatestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest height.
11 .uno%3AHFixedLine 2e Inserts a horizontal line to the current area.
18 .uno%3ASectionAlignRight 64 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the right margin of the area.
16 .uno%3ASectionAlignTop 62 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the top margin of the area.
14 .uno%3ASmallestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest width.
19 .uno%3ASectionAlignBottom 65 Select two or more objects and click this icon to align the objects at the bottom margin of the area.
15 .uno%3ASmallestHeight 5c Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the smallest height.
14 .uno%3AGreatestWidth 5b Select two or more objects and click this icon to resize the objects to the greatest width.
11 .uno%3AVFixedLine 2c Inserts a vertical line to the current area.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORMULA 44 Enter the formula that defines the function. Use OpenFormula syntax.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DEEPTRAVERSING e8 If Deep traversing is enabled, functions are evaluated considering all lower levels of hierarchy. This would be used for instance for line numbering. If Deep traversing is not enabled, only the first level of hierarchy is evaluated.
12 .uno%3ANewFunction a9 In the context menu of the Report Navigator, you see the same commands as in the Report Builder view, plus additional commands to create new functions or to delete them.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PREEVALUATED 57 If Pre evaluation is enabled, functions are evaluated only when the report is finished.
28 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_INITIALFORMULA 5a Enter the initial value for the evaluation of the formula. Often this is set to 0 or to 1.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_REPORT_NAVIGATOR_TREE 9f Click an entry in the Report Navigator. The corresponding object or area is selected in the Report Builder view. Right-click an entry to open the context menu.
16 .uno%3AReportNavigator 7f The Report Navigator reveals the structure of the report. You can use the Report Navigator to insert functions into the report.
36 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Falignment f ማሰለፊያ
37 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fbottompage 29 ከገጹ በታች በኩል (ግርጌ)
34 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Ftoppage 2a ከ ገጹ በላይ በኩል (ራስጌ)
32 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagen 13 የገጽ ቁጥር
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2Fpagenofm 19 የገጽ ቁጥር ከ M
3d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Fpagenumberdialog%2FPageNumberDialog 5d You can open the Page Numbers dialog of the Report Builder by choosing Insert - Page Numbers.
22 EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_VERTICAL_ALIGN 1c በቁመት ማሰለፊያ
22 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_FONT 2d Select the font for the selected text object.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONX 2a Set the X Position for the selected object
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRESERVEIRI f5 For a picture, you can specify to either insert the picture as a link to a file or only as an embedded object in the Base file. The embedded option increases the size of the Base file, while the link option is not as portable to other computers.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_KEEPTOGETHER 78 Keep Together specifies to print the current object starting on top of a new page if it doesn't fit on the current page.
26 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_FORCENEWPAGE 66 Force New Page specifies whether the current section and/or the next section is printed on a new page.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_WIDTH 26 Sets the width of the selected object.
29 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKTRANSPARENT 51 Specifies whether the background of the selected object is transparent or opaque.
27 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_POSITIONY 2a Set the Y Position for the selected object
1e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELD_SEL c4 The Add Field window is shown automatically when you have selected a table in the Contents box and leave that box. You can also click the Add Field icon on the toolbar, or choose View - Add Field.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_DATAFIELD 43 On the Data tab page, you can change the data contents to be shown.
34 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_CONDITIONALPRINTEXPRESSION 5b If the Conditional Print Expression evaluates to TRUE, the selected object will be printed.
13 .uno%3ASelectReport 5a To display the Data or General tab page for the whole report, choose Edit - Select Report.
2d REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTREPEATEDVALUES 23 Specifies to print repeated values.
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_RPT_HEIGHT 2a Defines the height of the selected object.
2b REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_GROUPKEEPTOGETHER 5c Groups are kept together by page or by column (default). You must enable Keep Together also.
23 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_BACKCOLOR 53 Sets the background color for the selected object, both on screen and for printing.
2e REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PRINTWHENGROUPCHANGE 23 ቡድን ሲቀየር ማተሚያ
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEHEADEROPTION 79 Specifies in which context the page header will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer.
21 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_VISIBLE 68 An invisible object is not shown in the executed report. It is still visible in the Report Builder view.
25 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_NEWROWORCOL 93 New Row Or Column specifies, for a multi-column design, whether the current section and/or the next section will be printed on a new row or column.
2a REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_PROP_PAGEFOOTEROPTION 78 Specifies in which context the page footer will be printed: on all pages, or not on pages with a report header or footer
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fkeep 4e Select the level of detail by which a group is kept together on the same page.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdelete 3f ከዝርዝር ውስጥ የተመረጠውን ማስወገጃ
1b .uno%3ADbSortingAndGrouping b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
31 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Finterval 3b Enter the group interval value that records are grouped by.
35 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2FFloatingSort b2 In the Sorting and Grouping dialog of Report Builder, you can define the fields that should be sorted in your report, and the fields that should be kept together to form a group.
30 modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fsorting 19 Select the sorting order.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Ffooter 50 ይምረጡ የቡድን ግርጌ ለማሳየት ወይንም ለመደበቅ
2c modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fbox 9f Lists the fields that will be used for sorting or grouping. The field at the top has the highest priority, the second field has the second priority, and so on.
2f modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fheader 50 ይምረጡ የቡድን ራስጌ ለማሳየት ወይንም ለመደበቅ
24 REPORTDESIGN_HID_RPT_FIELDEXPRESSION 37 Click to open a list from which you can select a field.
2b modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fup 58 የተመረጠውን ሜዳ ወደ ላይ በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማንቀሳቀሻ
2e modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fgroup 4b Select to create a new group on each changed value, or on other properties.
2d modules%2Fdbreport%2Fui%2Ffloatingsort%2Fdown 58 የተመረጠውን ሜዳ ወደ ታች በ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማንቀሳቀሻ
1b WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_DIALOG 36 The Table Wizard helps you to create a database table.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDSSELECTED 3b Displays all fields that will be included in the new table.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LBTABLES a2 Select one of the sample tables. Then select fields from that table from the left list box. Repeat this step until you have selected all the fields that you need.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTPRIVATE 3e Select the private category to see only private sample tables.
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPTBUSINESS 40 Select the business category to see only business sample tables.
23 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_AUTOINCREMENTVALUE 70 Enter the SQL command specifier that instructs the data source to auto-increment a specified Integer data field.
22 DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_AUTOINCREMENT 53 If set to Yes, the values for this data field are generated by the database engine.
1d DBACCESS_HID_TAB_ENT_REQUIRED 2c If set to Yes, this field must not be empty.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_COLNAME 54 Displays the name of the selected data field. If you want, you can enter a new name.
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMINUS 2c Remove the selected field from the list box.
1c WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDPLUS 25 Add a new data field to the list box.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_SELFIELDNAMES 36 Select a field in order to edit the field information.
23 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SEVERAL 4d Select to create a primary key from a combination of several existing fields.
2e WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE_AUTOMATIC b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_FIELDS_PK_AVAILABLE 47 Select a field and click > to add it to the list of primary key fields.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CK_PK_AUTOVALUE b6 Select to automatically insert a value and increment the field's value for each new record. The database must support automatic incrementation in order to use the Auto value feature.
2a WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED aa Select a field and click < to remove it from the list of primary key fields. The primary key is created as a concatenation of the fields in this list, from top to bottom.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LB_PK_FIELDNAME 23 የሜዳውን ስም ይምረጡ
22 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_SINGLE 44 Select to use an existing field with unique values as a primary key.
25 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_PK_AUTOMATIC 41 Select to automatically add a primary key as an additional field.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CHK_USEPRIMEKEY cd Select to create a primary key. Add a primary key to every database table to uniquely identify each record. For some database systems within %PRODUCTNAME, a primary key is mandatory for editing the tables.
28 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_STARTFORMWIZARD 83 Select to create a form based on this table. The form is created on a text document with the last used settings of the Form Wizard.
24 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_MODIFYTABLE 41 Select to save the table design and open the table to enter data.
1f WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_SCHEMA 52 Select the schema for the table. (Available only if the database supports schemas)
26 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_OPT_WORKWITHTABLE 52 ይምረጡ ለማስቀመጥ እና ለ ማረም የ ሰንጠረዥ ንድፍ
20 WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_LST_CATALOG 54 Select the catalog for the table. (Available only if the database supports catalogs)
1d WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_TXT_NAME 26 የሜዳውን ስም ይወስናል
13 .uno%3ADBReportOpen 44 Opens the selected report so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
13 .uno%3ADBFormRename 3f የተመረጠውን ፎርም እንደገና መሰየሚያ
13 .uno%3ADBFormDelete 2c የተመረጠውን ፎርም ማጥፊያ
15 .uno%3ADBReportRename 42 የተመረጠውን መግለጫ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
12 .uno%3ADBTableOpen 43 Opens the selected table so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
12 .uno%3ADBTableEdit 39 Opens the selected table so you can change the structure.
12 .uno%3ADBQueryOpen 43 Opens the selected query so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
14 .uno%3ADBTableRename 45 የተመረጠውን ሰንጠረዥ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
14 .uno%3ADBTableDelete 32 የተመረጠውን ሰንጠረዥ ማጥፊያ
12 .uno%3ADBQueryEdit 39 Opens the selected query so you can change the structure.
11 .uno%3ADBFormEdit 35 Opens the selected form so you can change the layout.
15 .uno%3ADBReportDelete 2f የተመረጠውን መግለጫ ማጥፊያ
14 .uno%3ADBQueryDelete 2c የተመረጠውን ጥያቄ ማጥፊያ
13 .uno%3ADBReportEdit 37 Opens the selected report so you can change the layout.
14 .uno%3ADBQueryRename 3f የተመረጠውን ጥያቄ እንደገና መሰየሚያ
11 .uno%3ADBFormOpen 42 Opens the selected form so you can enter, edit, or delete records.
c FontWork2TBO 3f የ ፊደል ስራ ባህሪ ክፍተት ዋጋ ያስገቡ
26 .uno%3AFontworkCharacterSpacingFloater 45 የ ፊደል ስራ ባህሪ ክፍተት መስኮት መክፈቻ
c FontWork1TBO 5e ይጫኑ ለተመረጠው የ ፊደል ስራ እቃዎች ማሰለፊያ ለመፈጸም
1f .uno%3AFontworkAlignmentFloater 41 የ ፊደል ስራ ማሰለፊያ መስኮት ይከፍታል
20 .uno%3AFontworkSameLetterHeights bc የ ፊደሎች እርዝመት መቀየሪያ ለ ተመረጠው የ ፊደል ስራ እቃዎች ከ መደበኛው ወደ ተመሳሳይ እርዝመት ለ ሁሉም እቃዎች
19 .uno%3AFontworkShapeTypes a3 የ ፊደል ስራ ቅርጽ እቃ መደርደሪያ መክፈቻ: ይጫኑ ቅርጹን ለ ተመረጠው የ ፊደል ስራ እቃዎች ለመፈጸም
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallothers 89 ሌሎች ተጠቃሚዎች የቀየሩትን በሙሉ ያስቀምጣል እርስዎ የቀየሩትን በሙሉ ያስወግዳል
34 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepallmine 76 እርስዎ የቀየሩትን በሙሉ ያስቀምጣል ሌሎች የቀየሩትን በሙሉ ያስወግዳል
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepother 75 ሌሎች ተጠቃሚዎች የቀየሩትን ያስቀምጣል እርስዎ የቀየሩትን ያስወግዳል
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2Fkeepmine 62 እርስዎ የቀየሩትን ያስቀምጣል ሌሎች የቀየሩትን ያስወግዳል
38 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fconflictsdialog%2FConflictsDialog 89 If the same contents are changed by different users, the Resolve Conflicts dialog opens. For each conflict, decide which changes to keep.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2Fshare dc Enable to share the current document with other users. Disable to use the document unshared. This will invalidate the not yet saved edits that other users applied in the time since you last opened or saved this document.
3d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fsharedocumentdlg%2FShareDocumentDialog ae መክፈቻ የ ሰነድ ማካፈያ ንግግር እርስዎ የሚያስችሉበት ወይንም የሚያሰናክሉበት ሰነዱን ለ ትብብር ማካፈያ
14 .uno%3AShareDocument ae መክፈቻ የ ሰነድ ማካፈያ ንግግር እርስዎ የሚያስችሉበት ወይንም የሚያሰናክሉበት ሰነዱን ለ ትብብር ማካፈያ
15 .uno%3AFormFilterExit 96 ከ ተጫኑ በ መዝጊያ ቁልፍ ላይ በ ፎርም ማጣሪያ እቃ መደርደሪያ ላይ ፎርሙ ያለ ማጣሪያ ይታያል
18 .uno%3AFormFilterExecute 65 If you click the Apply Form-Based Filter icon on the Form Filter toolbar, the filter will be applied.
1e .uno%3AConfigureToolboxVisible 61 ምልክቶች ለመጨመር: ለማረም እና ለማስወገድ ንግግር መክፈቻ
2e cui%2Fui%2Fnewtoolbardialog%2FNewToolbarDialog 61 ምልክቶች ለመጨመር: ለማረም እና ለማስወገድ ንግግር መክፈቻ
19 SID_FM_FILTER_IS_NOT_NULL de You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null").
14 HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR 195 The filter conditions that have been set appear in the Filter navigator. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the Filter navigator . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.
1a .uno%3AFormFilterNavigator b6 ለማገናኘት ወደ በርካታ የማጣሪያ ሁኔታዎችን በ Boolean OR, ይጫኑ የ ማጣሪያ መቃኛ ምልክት በ ማጣሪያ መደርደሪያ ላይ
2f svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FctlFavorites bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
38 svx%2Fui%2Ffontworkgallerydialog%2FFontworkGalleryDialog bc Select a Fontwork style and click OK to insert the Fontwork into your document. Double-click or Ctrl+double-click the Fontwork in your document to enter text edit mode and change the text.
12 .uno%3ASaveGraphic 96 To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.
1c .uno%3APreviousTrackedChange 41 Jumps to and selects the previous change in the document, if any.
18 .uno%3ANextTrackedChange 3d Jumps to and selects the next change in the document, if any.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fopen_all 35 The Open a Document icon presents a file open dialog.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Ftemplates_all 6f የ ቴምፕሌት ምልክት የሚከፍተው የ ቴምፕሌት እና ሰነዶች ንግግር ነው
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fmath_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
15 FWK_HID_BACKINGWINDOW 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
1d sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fhelp 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fcalc_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fimpress_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdatabase_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fextensions 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
21 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fdraw_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
24 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2FStartCenter 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fall_recent 47 Click an icon on the left pane to open a new document or a file dialog.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Fstartcenter%2Fwriter_all 42 The document icons each open a new document of the specified type.
c .uno%3AAbout 74 የ ጠቅላላ ፕሮግራም መረጃ እንደ እትም ቁጥር እና የ ቅጂ መብቶችን ማሳያ
12 .uno%3AShowLicense d3 Displays the CREDITS.odt document which lists the names of individuals who have contributed to OpenOffice.org source code (and whose contributions were imported into LibreOffice) or LibreOffice since 2010-09-28.
13 .uno%3AOnlineUpdate 138 የ ኢንተርኔት ግንኙነት ማስቻያ ለ %PRODUCTNAME. ወኪል የሚፈልጉ ከሆነ: ይመርምሩ የ %PRODUCTNAME ወኪል ማሰናጃ በ መሳሪያ - ምርጫ - ኢንተርኔት እና ከዛ የ እርስዎ ቢሮ ክፍል አይነት ማሻሻያ እንዳለ ይፈልጉ
13 .uno%3ASendFeedback 95 የ መመለሻ ፎርም በ ዌብ መቃኛ ውስጥ መክፈቻ: ተጠቃሚው የ ሶፍትዌር ችግር መግለጫ የሚልክበት
10 .uno%3AHelpIndex 67 ዋናውን ገጽ መክፈቻ የ $[officename] እርዳታ ገጽ ለ አሁኑ መተግበሪያ
f .uno%3AHelpMenu 8d የ እርዳታ ዝርዝር የሚያስችለው ማስጀመር እና መቆጣጠር ነው የ $[officename] እርዳታ ስርአት
13 .uno%3AExtendedHelp 93 የ ተስፋፉ የ እርዳት ምክሮች ማስቻያ በ አይጡ መጠቆሚያ ስር የሚቀጥለውን እስከሚጫኑ ድረስ
e RID_ENVTOOLBOX 5e የመደበኛ መደርደሪያ ዝግጁ ነው ለሁሉም $[officename] መፈጸሚያ
18 .HelpId%3Atableobjectbar e7 የ ሰንጠረዥ መደርደሪያ የ ያዛቸው በ ሰንጠረዥ ሲሰሩ የሚያስፈልጉ ተግባሮች ናቸው፡ የሚታዩትም መጠቆሚያውን ወደ ክፍሉ ላይ ሲያደርጉ ብቻ ነው
14 .uno%3ADSBFormLetter 63 የደብዳቤ ማዋሀጃ አዋቂን ያስነሳል የደብዳቤ ፎርም ለመፍጠር
17 .uno%3ADSBInsertColumns ab ሁሉንም ሜዳዎች ምልክት የተደረገባቸውን መዝገቦች በ አሁኑ ሰነድ ውስጥ መጠቆሚያው ባለበት ቦታ ማስገቢያ
10 .uno%3ANewRecord 26 አዲስ መዝገብ ይፈጥራል
13 .uno%3ADeleteRecord 6b መዝገብ ማጥፊያ: ጥያቄ መዝገብ ከማጥፋቱ በፊት ማረጋገጫ ይጠይቃል
e .uno%3ARecUndo 3d የ ዳታ ማስገቢያውን መተው ያስችሎታል
e .uno%3ARecSave 6d አዲስ የ ዳታ ማስገቢያ ማስቀመጫ: ለውጡ በ ዳታቤዝ ውስጥ ይመዘገባል
11 .uno%3ANextRecord 36 ወደ ሚቀጥለው መዝገብ ይወስዶታል
11 .uno%3ALastRecord 36 ወደ መጨረሻው መዝገብ ይወስዶታል
12 .uno%3AFirstRecord 39 ወደ መጀመሪያው መዝገብ ይወስዶታል
11 .uno%3APrevRecord 36 ቀደም ወዳለው መዝገብ ይወስዶታል
15 .uno%3AAbsoluteRecord 7a የ አሁኑን መዝገብ ቁጥር ማሳያ: ቁጥር ያስገቡ ወደ ተመሳሳዩ መዝገብ ለመሄድ
e .uno%3AGridUse 6f እርስዎ እቃዎችን ለ ማንቀሳቀስ ይችላሉ በ መጋጠሚያ ነጥቦች ላይ ብቻ
12 HID_BEZIER_TOOLBOX 93 የ ማረሚያ ነጥቦች መደርደሪያ ይታያል የ polygon እቃ በሚመርጡ ጊዜ እና ይጫኑ ማረሚያ ነጥቦች.
11 .uno%3ABezierMove 55 እርስዎ ነጥቦችን የሚያንቀሳቅሱበት ዘዴ ማስጀመሪያ
13 .uno%3ABezierInsert 86 የ ማስገቢያ ዘዴ ማስጀመሪያ: ይህ ዘዴ እርስዎን የሚያስችለው ነጥቦች ማስገባት ነው
13 .uno%3ABezierDelete 115 ይጠቀሙ የ ነጥቦች ማጥፊያ ምልክት ለማጥፋት አንድ ወይንም በርካታ የተመረጡ ነጥቦችን: በርካታ ነጥብ መምረጥ ከፈለጉ ይጫኑ የሚፈልጉትን ነጥቦች የ Shift ቁልፍ ተጭነው ይዘው
14 .uno%3ABezierCutLine be የ ክብ መክፈያ ምልክት ክብ ይከፍላል፡ ይምረጡ ነጥብ ወይንም ነጥቦች መክፈል የሚፈልጉትን ክብ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ምልክት
1c .uno%3ABezierEliminatePoints 78 የ አሁኑን ነጥብ ምልክት ማድረጊያ ወይንም የ ተመረጡትን ነጥቦች ለማጥፋት
16 .uno%3ABezierSymmetric 80 ይህ ምልክት የ ጠርዝ ነጥብ ወይንም ለስላሳ ነጥብ ይቀይራል ወደ ተመሳሳይ ነጥብ
14 .uno%3ABezierConvert 7c መቀየሪያ ክብ ወደ ቀጥተኛ መስመር ወይንም መቀየሪያ ቀጥተኛ መስመር ወደ ክብ
11 .uno%3ABezierEdge 68 የ ተመረጠውን ነጥብ መቀየሪያ ወይንም ነጥቦች ወደ ጠርዝ ነጥቦች
13 .uno%3ABezierSmooth 41 Converts a corner point or symmetrical point into a smooth point.
12 .uno%3ABezierClose 2d መስመር ወይንም ክብ መዝጊያ
16 HID_OFADLG_TREELISTBOX 29 ማስገቢያ ይምረጡ ለማረም
18 .uno%3AOptionsTreeDialog 71 ይህ ትእዛዝ የሚከፍተው ንግግር ለ ፕሮግራም ማዋቀሪያ ማስተካከያ ነው
13 SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS cb Use this dialog to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories, and color defaults.
1c cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffax 42 የ ፋክስ ቁጥርዎን በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fposition 5a በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ በ ድርጅቱ ውስጥ የ እርስዎን ቦታ ይጻፉ
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fhome 49 የ ግል ስልክ ቁጥርዎን በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2FOptUserPage 2d Use this tab page to enter or edit user data.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fcompany 3f የ ድርጅቱን ስም በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fwork 3f የ ስራ ስልክዎን በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ftitle 48 በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ የ እርስዎን አርእስት ይጻፉ
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ffirstname 23 የመጀመሪያ ስም ይጻፉ
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fshortname 1c መነሻዎችን ይጻፉ
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Femail 38 የ እርስዎን ኢ-ሜይል አድራሻ ይጻፉ
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Flastname 1d የአባት ስም ይጻፉ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstreet 3c የ መንገድ ስም በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ይጻፉ
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fizip 2e በዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ፖሳቁ ይጻፉ
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Ficity 33 የሚኖሩበትን ከተማ እዚህ ይጻፉ
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptuserpage%2Fstate 23 ያሉበትን አገር ይጻፉ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fsaveas b1 Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdoctype 51 Specifies the document type for which you want to define the default file format.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Falienwarndialog%2Fask c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fwarnalienformat c2 You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fodfversion fc Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1 format. You can select that format to save in the listbox. This older format cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.2 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_settings 47 Loads the user-specific settings saved in a document with the document.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage a6 ከ ባጠቃላይ ክፍል ነባር ማሰናጃውን መምረጥ ይችላሉ ሰነዶችን ለማስቀመጥ እና ነባር የ ፋይል አቀማመጥ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fbackup 11c ማስቀመጫ ቀደም ያለውን የ ሰነድ እትም እንደ ተተኪ ኮፒ ሁልጊዜ ሰነድ ሲያስቀምጡ %PRODUCTNAME መፍጠሪያ ተተኪ ኮፒ: ቀደም ያለው ተተኪ ኮፒ ይቀየራል: ተተኪው ኮፒ ያገኛል ተጨማሪ .BAK.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave_spin 49 Specifies the time interval in minutes for the automatic recovery option.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fload_docprinter 16c If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fdocinfo 8d መወሰኛ የ ባህሪዎች ንግግር ይታይ እንደሆን ሁል ጊዜ ሲመርጡ የ ማስቀመጫ እንደ ትእዛዝ
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fuserautosave 8d Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves all open documents when saving auto recovery information. Uses the same time interval as AutoRecovery does.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_fsys 3f Select this box for relative saving of URLs in the file system.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Fautosave 94 Specifies that %PRODUCTNAME saves the information needed to restore all open documents in case of a crash. You can specify the saving time interval.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2Frelative_inet 3c Select this box for relative saving of URLs to the Internet.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fedit 6f ይጫኑ ለማሳየት የ መንገድ መምረጫ ወይንም የ ማረሚያ መንገድ ንግግር
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fdefault 9e የ ነባር ቁልፍ እንደ ነበር መመለሻ በ ቅድሚያ የተወሰነ መንገድ ለ ሁሉም ለ ተመረጡት ማስገቢያዎች
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2Fpaths d6 ከዚህ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስገቢያውን ለማሻሻል ፡ ይጫኑ ማስገቢያውን እና ይጫኑ ማረሚያ.እንዲሁም ማስገቢያውን ሁለት ጊዜ መጫን ይችላሉ
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptpathspage%2FOptPathsPage 75 This section contains the default paths to important folders in $[officename]. These paths can be edited by the user.
21 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fadd a8 መክፈቻ የ መንገድ መምረጫ ንግግር ለ መምረጥ ሌላ ፎልደር ወይንም የ መክፈቻ ንግግር ሌላ ፋይል ለመምረጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Fselectpathdialog%2Fpaths 5f Contains a list of the paths that have already been added. Mark the default path for new files.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptionsedit 7d እርስዎ ዋጋውን መቀየር ከፈለጉ: ማስገቢያውን ይምረጡ እና ከዛ ይጫኑ ማረሚያ.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsdelete 9c የተመረጠውን መዝገበ ቃላት ማረጋገጫ ከ ተጠየቀ በኋላ ማጥፊያ: እንደ መጻፍ-የተከለከለ ካልቀረበ
28 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fdelete 87 ምልክት የተደረገባቸውን ቃላቶች ከ አሁኑ መዝገበ ቃላት ማስተካከያ ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
2c cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fnewreplace a0 Adds the word in the Word text field to your current custom dictionary. The word in the Suggestion field is also added when working with exception dictionaries.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Freplace a6 This input field is only available if you are editing an exception dictionary. The field shows the alternative suggestion for the current word in the "Word" text box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2FOptLinguPage 46 Specifies the properties of the spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodules 36 የተገጠመውን ቋንቋ ክፍሎች ይዟል
31 cui%2Fui%2Fbreaknumberoptions%2FBreakNumberOption 50 Type the minimum number of characters that must come before or after the hyphen.
12 .uno%3ASpellOnline 6f ራሱ በራሱ በሚጽፉ ጊዜ ፊደል ማረሚያ እና ስህተቶቹን ከስሩ ማስመሪያ
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fword 86 You can type a new word for inclusion in the dictionary. In the list below you will see the contents of the current custom dictionary.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fnameedit 30 Specifies the name of the new custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingumodulesedit 53 የ ቋንቋ ክፍል ለማረም ይምረጡት እና ይጫኑ ማረሚያ.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Fbook 2f የሚታረመውን መጽሀፍ መወሰኛ
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flinguoptions 42 ለ ፊደል ማረሚያ እና ጭረት ምርጫ መግለጫ
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsedit 71 Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptlingupage%2Flingudictsnew 8a Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Flanguage 4f By selecting a certain language you can limit the use of the custom dictionary.
26 cui%2Fui%2Feditdictionarydialog%2Flang 38 Assigns a new language to the current custom dictionary.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptnewdictionarydialog%2Fexcept 44 Specifies whether you wish to avoid certain words in your documents.
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fback 61 እዚህ ይጫኑ የ አሁኑን ለውጥ ለ መተው ከ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ
23 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fdown 67 በ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ የ ክፍሉን ቅድሚያ በ አንድ ደረጃ መቀነሻ
21 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Fup 6a በ ዝርዝር ሳጥን ውስጥ የ ክፍሉን ቅድሚያ በ አንድ ደረጃ መጨመሪያ
27 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flanguage 25 Specifies the language of the module.
29 cui%2Fui%2Feditmodulesdialog%2Flingudicts 71 Specifies the language and the available spelling, hyphenation and Thesaurus sub-modules for the selected module.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fsave 63 Opens the Save As dialog, which enables you to save the current color table under a specified name.
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fload 7c መድረሻ ወደ መክፈቻ ንግግር: እርስዎን የ ቀለም ማቅለሚያ መምረጥ ያስችሎታል
1d cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fmodify 2a የ አሁኑን ቀለም መቀየሪያ
20 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FColorPage b7 እርስዎን ቀለም መምረጥ ያስችሎታል ከ ቀለም ሰንጠረዥ ውስጥ: ቀለም ማረም ወይንም አዲስ ቀለም መግለጽ ያስችሎታል
1b cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fname a7 የተመረጠውን ቀለም መግለጽ ያስችሎታል: እርስዎ እዚህ ሜዳ ውስጥ ስም መጻፍ ይችላሉ አዲስ ቀለም ሲገልጹ
1a cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fadd 23 አዲስ ቀለም መጨመሪያ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FY 6 ቢጫ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FK 9 ጥቁር
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fcolorlb 72 ዝግጁ የሆኑ ቀለሞች: ቀለም ለ መምረጥ: ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ አንዱን ይምረጡ
1e cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2Fmodellb 5c To modify, select the color model: Red-Green-Blue (RGB) or Cyan-Magenta-Yellow-BlacK (CMYK).
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FG f አረንጓዴ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FR 6 ቀይ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FB c ሰማያዊ
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FM 7 Magenta
18 cui%2Fui%2Fcolorpage%2FC 4 Cyan
32 SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_LUMINANCE 2b Sets the Brightness in the HSB color model.
33 SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_SATURATION 2b Sets the Saturation in the HSB color model.
26 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_CYAN 32 Sets the Cyan color value in the CMYK color model.
2d SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_BLUE 57 የ ሰማያዊ ቀለም ዋጋ ማሰናጃ በ ቀአሰ ቀለም ዘዴ ውስጥ
28 SVTOOLS%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_1 b7 Click the <-- button to replace the selected color in the color palette with the color selected at the right. The button is enabled when you select a color in one of the four corners.
2c SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_RED 51 የ ቀይ ቀለም ዋጋ ማሰናጃ በ ቀአሰ ቀለም ዘዴ ውስጥ
28 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_YELLOW 34 Sets the Yellow color value in the CMYK color model.
28 SVTOOLS%3APUSHBUTTON%3ADLG_COLOR%3ABTN_2 b7 Sets the small selection cursor in the right window on the color, which corresponds to the selected color in the left window and updates the respective values in the numerical fields.
29 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_MAGENTA 35 Sets the Magenta color value in the CMYK color model.
25 SVTOOLS_METRICFIELD_DLG_COLOR_NUM_KEY 42 Sets the Black color value or key (black) in the CMYK color model.
2e SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_GREEN 5a የ አረንጓዴ ቀለም ዋጋ ማሰናጃ በ ቀአሰ ቀለም ዘዴ ውስጥ
2c SVTOOLS%3ANUMERICFIELD%3ADLG_COLOR%3ANUM_HUE 24 Sets the Hue in the HSB color model.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fyear 4a Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fdocstatus 48 Specifies whether the printing of the document counts as a modification.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fexthelp 63 Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ffiledlg 84 Specifies whether $[officename] dialogs are used to open and save documents. Otherwise the dialogs of the operating system are used.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftooltips 86 Displays the icon names and more bubble help information, for example, chapter names when you scroll through a document with chapters.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 31 Specifies the general settings for $[officename].
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontheight 41 Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffontname 3e Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fdelete 3c የተመረጠውን ፊደል መቀየሪያ ማጥፊያ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fapply 40 የ ተመረጠውን ፊደል መቀየሪያ መፈጸሚያ
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont2 51 ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ የ መቀየሪያውን ፊደል ስም
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Ffont1 5e ያስገቡ ወይንም ይምረጡ መቀየር የሚፈልጉትን የ ፊደል ስም
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fchecklb f0 Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fusetable 36 Enables the font replacement settings that you define.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Fnonpropfontonly 43 Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptfontspage%2Freplacements e6 Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ftransmf 7a Select the transparency level for transparent selections. The default value is 75%. You can select values from 10% to 90%.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ftrans b0 If enabled, the text selection in Writer and the cell selection in Calc will be shown using a transparent color. If not enabled, the selection will be shown by inverted colors.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaa af When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fuseaccel 63 Directly accesses hardware features of the graphical display adapter to improve the screen display.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fwindowsize 62 Uses percentile scaling for font size in user interface elements, such as dialogs and icon labels.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonsize 2c Specifies the display size of toolbar icons.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfonthistory 82 Lists the last five fonts that you used in the current document at the top of the list in the Font Name box on the Formatting bar.
5 20201 85 ይጫኑ Shift+Ctrl+R እንደ ነበር ለመመለስ ወይንም የ አሁኑን ሰነድ መመልከቻ ለማነቃቃት
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fsystemfont 67 Specifies to use the system font to display all menus and dialogs. Else another installed font is used.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faafont 2f Select to smooth the screen appearance of text.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Faanf 33 Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Ficonstyle 38 Select the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fshowfontpreview 7b Displays the names of selectable fonts in the corresponding font, for example, fonts in the Font box on the Formatting bar.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousemiddle 3e የ አይጥ ቁልፍ መሀከል ተግባር መግለጫ
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmousepos 52 Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptviewpage%2Fmenuicons a4 Displays icons next to the corresponding menu items. Select from "Automatic", "Hide" and "Show". "Automatic" displays icons according to system settings and themes.
19 .uno%3ARestoreEditingView 87 Specifies whether to restore the last used document view. Many view properties valid when the document was last saved will be restored.
28 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradstep 3e Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.
23 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpapersize 58 Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2FOptPrintPage 3a የ ማተሚያ ማሰናጃ ምርጫዎች መወሰኛ
24 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegrad 44 If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.
20 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fframe2 35 Defines which warnings appear before printing begins.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducegradcolor 49 Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
1e sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ffile 57 Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetrans a5 If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.
25 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fpaperorient 5e Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransnone 2f With this option transparency is never printed.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapdpi 61 Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
29 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducetransauto 76 Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.
1f sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Ftrans 69 Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.
27 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Fconverttogray 38 Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
2d sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmapoptimal 75 High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi.
26 sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmap 6e Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.
2b sfx%2Fui%2Foptprintpage%2Freducebitmaptrans 75 If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjecttime 4f Specifies the time that each graphic remains in the cache in hours and minutes.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fobjectcache 89 Mark this check box if you want $[officename] to enable quickstart. This option is available if the Quickstart module has been installed.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fundo 5b You can specify the number of steps which can be undone by selecting a number from the box.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Folecache 46 Choose the maximum number of OLE objects that are pooled in the cache.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2Fgraphiccache 30 Specifies the total cache size for all graphics.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptmemorypage%2FOptMemoryPage 51 Defines the settings for the graphics cache and the number of steps you can undo.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorconfig 32 Select the colors for the user interface elements.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fdelete 57 Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
23 HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME 2b ስም ያስገቡ ለ ቀለም እቅድ
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fsave 47 Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2Fcolorschemelb 47 መጠቀም የሚፈልጉትን የ ገጽታ ቀለም ይምረጡ
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptappearancepage%2FOptAppearancePage 35 Sets the colors for the $[officename] user interface.
38 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fsystempagepreviewcolor 4c Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
2f cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautofontcolor 6c Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftiphelptimeoutnf 58 የ እርዳት ምክሮች እንዲታዩ የ ሰከንዶች ቁጥር ያስገቡ
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftiphelptimeout 65 መደበቂያ የ እርዳት ምክሮች ካስገቡት የ ሰከንዶች ቁጥር በኋላ
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fautodetecthc 93 መቀየሪያ %PRODUCTNAME ወደ ከፍተኛ ማነጻጸሪያ ዘዴ የ ስርአቱ መደብ በጣም ጥቁር በሚሆንበት ጊዜ
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedtext 9a ቅድመ እይታ የሚንቀሳቀሱ ንድፎችን እንደ ብልጭ ድርግም የሚሉ እና የሚንሽራተቱ ያሉ በ %PRODUCTNAME.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Fanimatedgraphics 6d ቅድመ እይታ የሚንቀሳቀሱ ንድፎችን እንደ GIF ምስሎች ያሉ በ %PRODUCTNAME.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2Ftextselinreadonly 3b መጠቆሚያ ለ ንባብ-ብቻ ሰነዶች ማሳያ
36 cui%2Fui%2Foptaccessibilitypage%2FOptAccessibilityPage 83 Sets options that make %PRODUCTNAME programs more accessible for users with reduced sight, limited dexterity or other disabilities.
28 SVX_CHECKBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_CB_PASSWORD 56 Using "simple" authentication method, check this box to make your password persistent.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_PASSWORD 5d Using "simple" authentication method, enter your password for access to the LDAP server here.
24 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_ED_USERNAME 57 Using "simple" authentication method, you enter your user name on the LDAP server here.
28 SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_SSO_LB_MECHANISM 3d Choose your security mechanism for access to the LDAP server.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsavepage%2FOptSavePage 49 መጫኛ/ማስቀመጫ ማሰናጃዎች ባጠቃላይ መወሰኛ
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fnoproxy 62 Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftp 2a Type the name of the proxy server for FTP.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttps 53 Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fftpport 31 Type the port for the corresponding proxy server.
1e cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fhttp 2b Type the name of the proxy server for HTTP.
23 cui%2Fui%2Foptproxypage%2Fproxymode 27 Specifies the type of proxy definition.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Fbrowse 31 Opens a file dialog to select the e-mail program.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptemailpage%2Furl 4c የ ኢ-ሜይል ፕሮግራም መንገድ እና ስም ማስገቢያ
9 703992332 2c መክፈቻ የ Macro Security ንግግር
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fchange 51 Opens a dialog where you can view and change the password for the selected entry.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremoveall 63 የተመረጡትን ሁሉንም ማስገቢያዎች ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fconnections 70 Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
40 cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2FStoredWebConnectionDialog 50 የተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
33 uui%2Fui%2Fmasterpassworddlg%2FMasterPasswordDialog 40 ለመቀጠል ዋናውን የመግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword1 31 ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fmasterpassword 3e ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል ንግግር መክፈቻ
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2FOptSecurityPage 76 Defines the security options for saving documents, for web connections, and for opening documents that contain macros.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Fsavepassword bb If enabled, %PRODUCTNAME will securely store all passwords that you use to access files from web servers. You can retrieve the passwords from the list after you enter the master password.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptsecuritypage%2Foptions 30 Opens the "Security options and warning" dialog.
9 703988740 6b Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
9 703988741 cb Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
9 703988739 7d Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
9 703988742 93 Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
2d cui%2Fui%2Fstoredwebconnectiondialog%2Fremove 50 የተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
2b uui%2Fui%2Fsetmasterpassworddlg%2Fpassword2 41 ዋናውን የ መግቢያ ቃል እንደገና ያስገቡ
9 703988743 e3 Select to always remove user data from the file properties. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the Reset Properties button on File - Properties - General.
9 703988744 8e Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fsecurityoptionsdialog%2Fctrlclick 88 If enabled, you must hold down the Ctrl key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2FOptHtmlPage 33 ማሰናጃዎች መግለጫ ለ HTML ገጾች.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fprintextension a2 If you mark this field, the print layout of the current document (for example, table of contents with justified page numbers and dot leaders) is exported as well.
1e cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsize7 b8 የ ማሽከርከሪያ ቁልፎችን ይጠቀሙ መጠን 1 እስከ መጠን 7 ለ መግለጽ የፊደል መጠኖችን በ HTML <font size=1> ወደ <font size=7> tags.
23 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Funknowntag 67 Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by $[officename] to be imported as fields.
20 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fcharset 33 Select the appropriate character set for the export
28 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fignorefontnames 97 Mark this check box to ignore all font settings when importing. The fonts that were defined in the HTML Page Style will be the fonts that will be used.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasicwarning 6f If this field is marked, when exporting to HTML a warning is shown that %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros will be lost.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fnumbersenglishus d6 If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
1f cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fexport 3d የ HTML ሰነዶች መላኪያ ማሰናጃ መወሰኛ:
22 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fstarbasic 62 Mark this check box to include the $[officename] Basic instructions when exporting to HTML format.
25 cui%2Fui%2Fopthtmlpage%2Fsavegrflocal dd Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
14 .uno%3ASwEditOptions a4 These settings determine the way text documents that are created in $[officename] are handled. It is also possible to define settings for the current text document.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fcomments dc Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fdrawings 3e Displays the drawings and controls contained in your document.
16 .uno%3ATableBoundaries 8c To display the table boundaries, right-click any table and choose Table Boundaries, or choose Table - Table Boundaries in a Writer document.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ftables 2f Displays the tables contained in your document.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fsmoothscroll 2d Activates the smooth page scrolling function.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Ffieldcodes 4f Displays the field names in the document instead of the contents of the fields.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhscrollbar 2a የ አግድም መሸብለያ ማሳያ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvscrollbar 3a የ ቁመት መሸብለያ መደርደሪያ ማሳያ
3a modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2FViewOptionsPage 81 Defines the default settings for displaying objects in your text documents and also the default settings for the window elements.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fruler 59 Enables the rulers. Use the following two check boxes to select the ruler(s) to be shown.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fgraphics 40 Specifies whether to display graphics and objects on the screen.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fmeasureunit 26 Specifies the Unit for HTML documents.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhelplines ab Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fhrulercombobox 5f Displays the horizontal ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulercombobox 5d Displays the vertical ruler. Select the desired measurement unit from the corresponding list.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fviewoptionspage%2Fvrulerright 30 Aligns the vertical ruler with the right border.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fidxbox 52 Specifies the font used for indexes, alphabetical indexes, and tables of contents.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2FOptFontTabPage 3d Specifies the settings for the basic fonts in your documents.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Findexheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardbox 3e Specifies the font to be used for the Default Paragraph Style.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fstandardheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitleheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flistbox 43 Specifies the fonts for lists and numbering and all derived styles.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelheight 23 የፊደል መጠን መወሰኛ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Ftitlebox 2b Specifies the font to be used for headings.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Fdoconly 3f Specifies that the settings apply to the current document only.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptfonttabpage%2Flabelbox 3e Specifies the font used for the captions of images and tables.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ffax 84 If you have installed fax software on your computer and wish to fax directly from the text document, select the desired fax machine.
3b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Ftextplaceholder 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintHiddenText%3ACheckBox 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
3c .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintPageBackground%3ACheckBox 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
3d .HelpId%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintTextPlaceholder%3ACheckBox 78 Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fformcontrols 4b Specifies whether the form control fields of the text document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Finblack 30 Specifies whether to always print text in black.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fgraphics 41 Specifies whether the graphics of your text document are printed.
3b .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintAnnotationMode%3AListBox 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbackground 95 Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2FPrintOptionsPage 38 Specifies print settings within a text or HTML document.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fleftpages 4a Specifies whether to print all left (even numbered) pages of the document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fblankpages 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frightpages 4a Specifies whether to print all right (odd numbered) pages of the document.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fhiddentext 3a Enable this option to print text that is marked as hidden.
38 .HelpID%3Avcl%3APrintDialog%3APrintEmptyPages%3ACheckBox 190 If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fbrochure 45 Select the Brochure option to print your document in brochure format.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fpapertray a9 For printers with multiple trays, the "Paper tray from printer settings" option specifies whether the paper tray used is specified by the system settings of the printer.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Frtl 59 Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fnone 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fonly 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fend 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fprintoptionspage%2Fendpage 38 Specifies whether comments in your document are printed.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffix 56 Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolinsert 32 Specifies the default value for inserting columns.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2FOptTablePage 55 በ ጽሁፍ ሰነዶች ውስጥ የ ሰንጠረዥ ባህሪዎች መግለጫ
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fheader 60 Specifies that the first row of the table is formatted with the "Table heading" Paragraph Style.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frepeatheader 59 Specifies whether the table heading is carried over onto the new page after a page break.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowmove 30 Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Ffixprop 4d Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Frowinsert 2f Specifies the default value for inserting rows.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fcolmove 33 Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fdontsplit 43 Specifies that tables are not split by any type of text flow break.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fborder 34 Specifies that table cells have a border by default.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumformatting 4f Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
2b modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fvar 40 Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumfmtformatting 9a If Number format recognition is not marked, only input in the format that has been set at the cell is accepted. Any other input resets the format to Text.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fopttablepage%2Fnumalignment 43 Specifies that numbers are always bottom right aligned in the cell.
39 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursorinprot 57 Specifies that you can set the cursor in a protected area, but cannot make any changes.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillspace 9f When the Direct Cursor is used, a corresponding number of tabs and spaces are inserted in the new paragraph as necessary until the clicked position is reached.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffilltab 7f When the direct cursor is used, as many tabs as necessary are added in the new paragraph until the clicked position is reached.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillindent 9d When the direct cursor is used, the left paragraph indent is set at the horizontal position where you click the direct cursor. The paragraph is left aligned.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ffillmargin 102 Sets the paragraph alignment when the direct cursor is used. Depending on where the mouse is clicked, the paragraph is formatted left aligned, centered or right aligned. The cursor before the mouse-click shows, by means of a triangle, which alignment is set.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2FOptFormatAidsPage 6f In $[officename] text and HTML documents, defines the display for certain characters and for the direct cursor.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fparagraph 79 Specifies whether paragraph delimiters are displayed. The paragraph delimiters also contain paragraph format information.
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhyphens 185 Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Ftabs 37 Specifies that tab stops are displayed as small arrows.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fspaces 42 Specifies whether to represent every space in the text with a dot.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fnonbreak af Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fcursoronoff 1c Activates the direct cursor.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fbreak 105 ሁሉንም የገቡትን የመስመር መጨረሻዎች ማሳያ በ Shift+ማስገቢያ አቋራጭ ቁልፍ፡ እነዚህ መጨረሻዎች አዲስ መስመር ይፈጥራሉ፡ ነገር ግን አዲስ አንቀጽ አያስጀምሩም
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentext 66 Displays text that uses the character format "hidden", when View - Non-printing Characters is enabled.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddentextfield 72 የተደበቀ ጽሁፍ ማሳያ በ Conditional ጽሁፍ ወይንም የተደበቁ ጽሁፍ ሜዳዎች.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptformataidspage%2Fhiddenparafield 6e If you have inserted text using the Hidden Paragraph field, specifies whether to display the hidden paragraph.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkpos 3e Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchangedcolor e8 You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fchanged 88 Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fdeleted ca Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Finsert 4a Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2Fmarkcolor 43 Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptredlinepage%2FOptRedLinePage 48 በ ሰነድ ውስጥ የ አቀራረብ ለውጦችን መግለጫ
34 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fsquaremode 47 When this setting is enabled, the text grid will look like square page.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fusecharunit 99 When this setting is enabled, the measurement units of indents and spacing on Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing tab will be character (ch) and line.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fmetric 4c መወሰኛ የ መለኪያ መለኪያዎች  ለ ጽሁፍ ሰነዶች
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatefields c8 The contents of all fields are updated automatically whenever the screen contents are displayed as new. Even with this box unchecked, some fields are updated each time a special condition takes place.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fnever 47 አገናኝ ተሻሽሎ አያውቅም ሰነዱ በሚጫን ጊዜ
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fonrequest 55 አገናኝ በሚጠየቅ ጊዜ ብቻ ማሻሻያ ሰነዱ በሚጫን ጊዜ
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Fupdatecharts be Specifies whether to automatically update charts. Whenever a Writer table cell value changes and the cursor leaves that cell, the chart that displays the cell value is updated automatically.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Falways 2e ሁል ጊዜ ሰነዱ ሲጫን ማሻሻያ
2d modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2Ftab 37 Specifies the spacing between the individual tab stops.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptgeneralpage%2FOptGeneralPage 4a ለ ጽሁፍ ሰነዶች ባጠቃላይ ማሰናጃዎች መወሰኛ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2Fdefault 69 Click to use the current settings on this tab page as the default for further sessions with %PRODUCTNAME.
3e SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST_PAGESTART b6 Specifies whether paragraph spacing at the top of a page will also be effective at the beginning of a page or column if the paragraph is positioned on the first page of the document.
34 SW%3ACHECKBOX%3ATP_OPTLOAD_PAGE%3ACB_MERGE_PARA_DIST 79 Specifies whether to add MS Word-compatible spacing between paragraphs and tables in $[officename] Writer text documents.
2c SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_TAB_ALIGNMENT 95 Specifies how to align text at tab stops beyond the right margin, how to handle decimal tab stops, and how to handle tab stops close to a line break.
2e SW_CHECKBOX_TP_OPTLOAD_PAGE_CB_PRINTER_METRICS 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
36 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcompatpage%2FOptCompatPage 8c Specifies compatibility settings for text documents. These options help in fine-tuning %PRODUCTNAME when importing Microsoft Word documents.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fapplyborder 41 Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.
2f modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Flevel 4f Specifies the headings or chapter levels where you want the numbering to start.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fseparator 73 ከ ራስጌ ቁጥር ወይንም ከ ምእራፍ ደረጃ በኋላ የሚታየውን ባህሪ መግለጫ
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcharstyle 1e Specifies the character style.
37 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fchapseparator 73 ከ ራስጌ ቁጥር ወይንም ከ ምእራፍ ደረጃ በኋላ የሚታየውን ባህሪ መወሰኛ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fcategory 40 የተመረጠውን እቃ አይነት ምድብ መወሰኛ
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fposition 42 Determines the position of the caption with respect to the object.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fobjects 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2Fnumbering 4d የሚያስፈልገውን የ ቁጥር መስጫ አይነት መግለጫ
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Foptcaptionpage%2FOptCaptionPage 4a Select the object type for which the AutoCaption settings are to be valid.
14 SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS 46 Defines the basic settings for $[officename] documents in HTML format.
10 .uno%3AGridFront 2e Sets the visible grid in front of all objects.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisionx 4c Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawy 51 Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrflddrawx 4e Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fgridvisible 26 Specifies whether to display the grid.
15 .uno%3AHelplinesFront 2c Sets the snap lines in front of all objects.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsynchronize 44 Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fusegridsnap 5a Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.
28 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fnumflddivisiony 4c Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2FOptGridPage cc Specifies the settings for the configurable grid on your document pages. This grid helps you determine the exact position of your objects. You can also set this grid in line with the "magnetic" snap grid.
13 .uno%3AToolsOptions f4 Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Foutline 84 If you have defined an outline, the Outline symbols option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fhscroll 59 Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fsynczoom 74 If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdiagram 37 Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fobjgrf 34 Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Ftblreg 56 Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frangefind bf Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fclipmark f3 If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fanchor 67 Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2FTpViewPage 86 Defines which elements of the %PRODUCTNAME Calc main window are displayed. You can also show or hide highlighting of values in tables.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fcolor 3d Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fnil 36 Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Frowcolheader 34 Specifies whether to display row and column headers.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fbreak 46 Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fdraw 40 Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fguideline 5a Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fformula 43 Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fannot d1 Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
28 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fgrid db Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
12 .uno%3ANoteVisible 5f To display a comment permanently, select the Show comment command from the cell's context menu.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvscroll 56 Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Ftpviewpage%2Fvalue 111 Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Freplwarncb 6d Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftextfmtcb 6a Specifies that printer metrics are applied for printing and also for formatting the display on the screen.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fmarkhdrcb 56 Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fexprefcb f9 Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Feditmodecb 4e Allows you to immediately edit the selected cell after pressing the Enter key.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Ftabmf 1f Defines the tab stops distance.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Fformatcb 74 Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Falignlb 64 Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fscgeneralpage%2Funitlb 2c Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fadd 23 Adds a new list into the Lists box.
29 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fnew 37 Enters the contents of a new list into the Entries box.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopyfrom 99 Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the Lists box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fcopy 10d Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
2d modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Fentries 50 Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.
2b modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2Flists 4a Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptsortlists%2FOptSortLists 9c All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Fcolumns 56 Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
2c modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2Frows 50 Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Fcolorrowdialog%2FColOrRowDialog 2f Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fprec ae Defines the number of decimals to be displayed for numbers with the General number format. The numbers are displayed as rounded numbers, but are not saved as rounded numbers.
35 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fgeneralprec dd You can specify the maximum number of decimal places that are shown by default for cells with General number format. If not enabled, cells with General number format show as many decimal places as the column width allows.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Flookup cc Specifies that you can use the text in any cell as a label for the column below the text or the row to the right of the text. The text must consist of at least one word and must not contain any operators.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fregex 68 Specifies that regular expressions are enabled when searching and also for character string comparisons.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fsteps 2b Sets the maximum number of iteration steps.
33 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fminchange ad Specifies the difference between two consecutive iteration step results. If the result of the iteration is lower than the minimum change value, then the iteration will stop.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdate1904 63 Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatestd 1c Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fiterate b1 Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcalc 11b Specifies whether to make calculations using the rounded values displayed in the sheet. Charts will be shown with the displayed values. If the Precision as shown option is not marked, the displayed numbers are rounded, but they are calculated internally using the non-rounded number.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fdatesc10 62 Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
3a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2FOptCalculatePage 32 Defines the calculation settings for spreadsheets.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fcase 64 Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcalculatepage%2Fmatch 117 Specifies that the search criteria you set for the Calc database functions must match the whole cell exactly. When the Search criteria = and <> must apply to whole cells box is marked, $[officename] Calc behaves exactly as MS Excel when searching cells in the database functions.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fentries 35 Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
32 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Finsertions 3a Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
31 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fdeletions 39 Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
2f modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2Fchanges 31 Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptchangespage%2FOptChangesPage 5c The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
27 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FprintCB e3 Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
2a modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FsuppressCB 56 Specifies that empty pages that have no cell contents or draw objects are not printed.
30 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdlg%2FoptCalcPrintPage 31 Determines the printer settings for spreadsheets.
42 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptcompatibilitypage%2FOptCompatibilityPage 34 Defines compatibility options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
2e modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptformula%2FOptFormula 49 Defines formula syntax options and loading options for %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
36 modules%2Fscalc%2Fui%2Foptdefaultpage%2FOptDefaultPage 37 Defines default settings for new spreadsheet documents.
14 .uno%3ASdEditOptions ad Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.
34 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fhandlesbezier ec Displays the control points of all Bézier points if you have previously selected a Bézier curve. If the All control points in Bézier editor option is not marked, only the control points of the selected Bézier points will be visible.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fruler 54 Specifies whether to display the rulers at the top and to the left of the work area.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fmoveoutline 59 %PRODUCTNAME displays the contour line of each individual object when moving this object.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2Fdragstripes 3a Specifies whether to display guides when moving an object.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fsdviewpage%2FSdViewPage 26 Specifies the available display modes.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldbezangle 26 Defines the angle for point reduction.
21 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fbigortho 16b Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the Extend edges box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.
1e svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fortho 79 Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.
27 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldsnaparea cc Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the Snap range control.
24 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fmtrfldangle 7c Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the When rotating control.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnappoints 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.
22 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapframe 69 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the border of the nearest graphic object.
23 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnapborder 58 Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the nearest page margin.
26 svx%2Fui%2Foptgridpage%2Fsnaphelplines 57 Snaps the edge of a dragged object to the nearest snap line when you release the mouse.
13 HID_SD_OPTIONS_SNAP 3a Defines the grid settings for creating and moving objects.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpapertryfrmprntrcb 52 Determines that the paper tray to be used is the one defined in the printer setup.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbackcb 2c Select Back to print the back of a brochure.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fbrouchrb 44 Select the Brochure option to print the document in brochure format.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftilepgrb a8 Specifies that pages are to be printed in tiled format. If the pages or slides are smaller than the paper, several pages or slides will be printed on one page of paper.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fprntopts 43 Specifies print settings within a drawing or presentation document.
32 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagedefaultrb 44 Specifies that you do not want to further scale pages when printing.
2d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fpagenmcb 29 Specifies whether to print the page name.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdatecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current date.
2c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffrontcb 2e Select Front to print the front of a brochure.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ffittopgrb 89 Specifies whether to scale down objects that are beyond the margins of the current printer, so that they fit on the paper in the printer.
2b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Ftimecb 2c Specifies whether to print the current time.
31 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fblackwhiterb 41 Specifies that you want to print the document in black and white.
2f modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fhiddenpgcb 55 Specifies whether to print the pages that are currently hidden from the presentation.
2e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fdefaultrb 34 Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
30 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Fprntopts%2Fgrayscalerb 35 Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FmetricFields 26 Defines the spacing between tab stops.
12 .uno%3APickThrough 3e Specifies whether to select a text frame by clicking the text.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FcbCompatibility 68 Specifies that $[officename] Impress calculates the paragraph spacing exactly like Microsoft PowerPoint.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FOptSavePage 42 Defines the general options for drawing or presentation documents.
40 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fbackgroundback 4d Specifies whether to use the cache for displaying objects on the master page.
37 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Funits 41 መወሰኛ የ መለኪያ ክፍል ለ ማቅረቢያዎች
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fqickedit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
10 .uno%3AQuickEdit 6e If on, you can edit text immediately after clicking a text object. If off, you must double-click to edit text.
3d modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fenremotcont 54 Specifies that you want to enable Bluetooth remote control while Impress is running.
3e modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fcopywhenmove 56 If enabled, a copy is created when you move an object while holding down the Ctrl key.
3c modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fobjalwymov a6 Specifies that you want to move an object with the Rotate tool enabled. If Object always moveable is not marked, the Rotate tool can only be used to rotate an object.
3a modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2FscaleBox 2b Determines the drawing scale on the rulers.
41 modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fstartwithwizard 64 Specifies whether to activate the Wizard when opening a presentation with File - New - Presentation.
3b modules%2Fsimpress%2Fui%2Foptimpressgeneralpage%2Fdistrotcb 70 Maintains relative alignment of Bézier points and 2D drawing objects to each other when you distort the object.
17 .uno%3ASdGraphicOptions ae Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.
14 .uno%3ASmEditOptions 97 Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from %PRODUCTNAME Math.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fzoom 56 Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.
d tobeannounced 49 Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizescaled 3c Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fframe 3a Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.
2b modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftext 5f Specifies whether to include the contents of the Commands window at the bottom of the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fnorightspaces 56 Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.
31 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Fsizenormal 3b Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.
2c modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2Ftitle 53 Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.
34 modules%2Fsmath%2Fui%2Fsmathsettings%2FSmathSettings 3e Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fdefault 4d Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptchartcolorspage%2Fcolors 36 Displays all the colors available for the data series.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fex_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_exec bf The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_saveorig 120 Specifies that the original Microsoft Basic code contained in the document is held in a special internal memory for as long as the document remains loaded in $[officename]. When saving the document in Microsoft format the Microsoft Basic is saved again with the code in an unchanged form.
21 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2Fwo_basic d8 Loads and saves the Basic code from a Microsoft document as a special $[officename] Basic module with the document. The disabled Microsoft Basic code is visible in the $[officename] Basic IDE between Sub and End Sub.
24 cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrpage%2FOptFltrPage 81 Specifies the general properties for loading and saving Microsoft Office documents with VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptfltrembedpage%2Fchecklbcontainer ad The List Box field displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into $[officename] (L) and/or when saving into a Microsoft format (S).
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fctlsupport 7c Activates complex text layout support. You can now modify the settings corresponding to complex text layout in %PRODUCTNAME.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrencylb 5c Specifies the default currency that is used for the currency format and the currency fields.
32 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fignorelanguagechange dd Indicates whether changes to the system input language/keyboard will be ignored. If ignored, when new text is typed that text will follow the language of the document or current paragraph, not the current system language.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fwesternlanguage 4d Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fuserinterface c3 Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Flocalesetting 7b Specifies the locale setting of the country setting. This influences settings for numbering, currency and units of measure.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasiansupport 70 Activates Asian languages support. You can now modify the corresponding Asian language settings in %PRODUCTNAME.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdecimalseparator 7a Specifies to use the decimal separator key that is set in your system when you press the respective key on the number pad.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2FOptLanguagesPage 4b Defines the default languages and some other locale settings for documents.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fdatepatterns cd Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fasianlanguage 4b Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcurrentdoc 5a Specifies that the settings for default languages are valid only for the current document.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptlanguagespage%2Fcomplexlanguage 3e Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
1d cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fend 4b Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the end of a line.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstandard 75 When you mark Default, the following two text boxes are filled with the default characters for the selected language:
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Flanguage 4e Specifies the language for which you want to define first and last characters.
2e cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctkanacompression 3c Specifies that punctuation and Japanese Kana are compressed.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fnocompression 30 Specifies that no compression at all will occur.
1f cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fstart 51 Specifies the characters that should not appear alone at the beginning of a line.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharpunctkerning 4d Specifies that kerning is applied to both western text and Asian punctuation.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fpunctcompression 32 Specifies that only the punctuation is compressed.
25 cui%2Fui%2Foptasianpage%2Fcharkerning 37 Specifies that kerning is only applied to western text.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fignoremiddledot 27 Specifies the characters to be ignored.
33 cui%2Fui%2Foptjsearchpage%2Fmatchprolongedsoundmark 39 Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fnumerals ac Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all %PRODUCTNAME modules. Only cell contents of %PRODUCTNAME Calc are not affected.
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementvisual 9d Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Frestricted 4b Prevents the use as well as the printing of illegal character combinations.
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fmovementlogical b2 Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2Fsequencechecking 3b Enables sequence input checking for languages such as Thai.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptctlpage%2FOptCTLPage 3c Defines the options for documents with complex text layouts.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Ftimeout 45 Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.
2a cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fenablepooling 73 Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fconnpooloptions%2Fconnectionpooling 34 Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.
9 809226770 51 የ ተመረጠውን ማስገቢያ ከ ዝርዝር ውስጥ ማስወገጃ
9 809226766 3a Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
9 809226765 35 Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
5 35535 67 Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.
24 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fname 52 Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.
26 cui%2Fui%2Fdatabaselinkdialog%2Fbrowse 3b Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_proc 37 Automatically insert closing statements for procedures.
2c cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_paren 25 Automatically close open parenthesis.
2d cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautoclose_quotes 20 Automatically close open quotes.
31 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fextendedtypes_enable 2c Allow UNO object types as valid Basic types.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fautocorrect 3b Correct cases of Basic variables and keywords while typing.
30 cui%2Fui%2Foptbasicidepage%2Fcodecomplete_enable 22 Display methods of a Basic object.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexperimental 1c Enable experimental features
26 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fclasspath 1c Opens the Class Path dialog.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fmacrorecording 16 Enable macro recording
27 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fparameters 27 Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
20 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fadd 38 Add a path to the root folder of a JRE on your computer.
22 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavas b7 Select the JRE that you want to use. On some systems, you must wait a minute until the list gets populated. On some systems, you must restart %PRODUCTNAME to use your changed setting.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
28 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fjavaenabled 34 Allows you to run Java applications in %PRODUCTNAME.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fpreferences 3f List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
2b cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchButton 3d Click to search your preference text in the Preferences tree.
24 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Freset 28 Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
23 cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2Fedit 26 Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
2a cui%2Fui%2Faboutconfigdialog%2FsearchEntry 38 Type the preference you want to display in the text area
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptadvancedpage%2Fexpertconfig 5e Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Ffolder 35 Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.
27 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Fremove 64 Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.
28 cui%2Fui%2Fjavaclasspathdialog%2Farchive 4f Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.
30 SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH 3f Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fremovebtn 29 Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignbtn 31 Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.
31 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fassignlist 72 Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click Remove.
35 cui%2Fui%2Fjavastartparametersdialog%2Fparameterfield 8e Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Flow c5 A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.
25 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fmed e6 Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.
26 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fhigh bf Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
27 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2Fvhigh 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritylevelpage%2FSecurityLevelPage 7c Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovefile 44 Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.
29 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Faddfile 5e Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
2b xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Flocations 5f Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
2c xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fremovecert 47 Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.
2e xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fcertificates 39 የሚታመን የምስክር ወረቀት ዝርዝር
2a xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2Fviewcert 3f Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
33 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fsecuritytrustpage%2FSecurityTrustPage 39 የሚታመን የምስክር ወረቀት ዝርዝር
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserverauthentication 72 Opens the Server Authentication dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure e-mail.
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fport 1a የ SMTP port ያስገቡ
2e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Ftest 44 Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fsecure 39 When available, uses a secure connection to send e-mails.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplyto 2c Enter the address to use for e-mail replies.
35 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fdisplayname 27 የ እርስዎን ስም ያስገቡ
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Fserver 29 የ SMTP ሰርቨር ስም ያስገቡ
33 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Freplytocb 64 Uses the e-mail address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to e-mail address.
31 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2Faddress 26 Enter your e-mail address for replies.
38 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fmailconfigpage%2FMailConfigPage 27 የ እርስዎን ስም ያስገቡ
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fchecknow 1e A check will be performed now.
2b cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feverymonth 27 A check will be performed once a month.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryweek 43 A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.
29 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Feveryday 25 A check will be performed once a day.
2a cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2Fautocheck 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
34 cui%2Fui%2Foptonlineupdatepage%2FOptOnlineUpdatePage 82 Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.
2c cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fown_persona 56 Choose this option to open the Select Firefox Theme dialog for more choices of themes.
30 cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fdefault_persona 27 Display the system theme, if available.
29 cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fframe4 56 Shows a random choice of nine themes based on the categories displayed in the buttons.
2e cui%2Fui%2Fselect_persona_dialog%2Fsearch_term 4e Type or paste the URL of the theme page of the Mozilla Firefox themes website.
2b cui%2Fui%2Fpersonalization_tab%2Fno_persona 5e The toolbars background inherit the background settings of the window manager of your desktop.
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finpassword 23 የመግቢያ ቃል ያስገቡ
42 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Finusername 28 Enter the user name for the IMAP server.
54 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2FAuthenticationSettingsDialog 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
46 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fauthentication 43 Enables the authentication that is required to send e-mail by SMTP.
4e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fseparateauthentication 3d Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.
40 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fusername 28 Enter the user name for the SMTP server.
43 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Foutpassword 25 Enter the password for the user name.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fport 2a Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fimap 32 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fpop3 33 Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.
44 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fsmtpafterpop 50 Select if you are required to first read your e-mail before you can send e-mail.
3e modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Fauthenticationsettingsdialog%2Fserver 38 Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.
30 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Fstop 36 Click the Stop button to stop a test session manually.
32 modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2Ferrors 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
3c modules%2Fswriter%2Fui%2Ftestmailsettings%2FTestMailSettings 68 In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.
21 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2FCertPage 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
1f xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fstatus 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
23 xmlsec%2Fui%2Fcertpage%2Fsignatures 71 The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
2d xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Fvaluedetails 45 Use the value list box to view values and copy them to the clipboard.
2c xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2FCertDetails 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
2f xmlsecurity%2Fui%2Fcertdetails%2Ftablecontainer 64 The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
21 XMLSECURITY_HID_XMLSEC_TP_GENERAL 61 The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
